DIXIE NATIONAL CORP
PRE 14A, 1995-06-08
LIFE INSURANCE
Previous: DIGICON INC, 8-K, 1995-06-08
Next: DOW CORNING CORP, POS AM, 1995-06-08



                                  SCHEDULE 14A
                                 (Rule 14a-101)
                    INFORMATION REQUIRED IN PROXY STATEMENT
                            SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION

Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(Amendment No.                           )

Filed by the Registrant     (X)
Filed by a Party other than
  the Registrant            ( )
Check the appropriate box:
(X)  Preliminary Proxy Statement                       ( ) Confidential for Use
                                                       of the Commission Only
                                                       (as permitted by Rule
                                                       14a-6(e)(2)

( ) Definitive Proxy Statement
( ) Definitive Additional Materials
( ) Soliciting Material Pursuant to Rule 14a-11(c) or Rule 14a-12

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

                           Dixie National Corporation
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   (Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant)

Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):
( ) $125 per Exchange Act Rules 0-11(c)(1)(ii),   14a-6(i)(1), or 14a-6(i)(2)
    or Item 22 (a)(2) of Schedule 14A.
( ) $500 per each party to the controversy pursuant to Exchange Act Rule
    14a-6(i)(3).
(X) Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(4) and 0-11.

(1) Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:
       N/A

(2) Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:
       N/A

(3) Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed pursuant to
    Exchange  Act Rule 0-11 (Set  forth the  amount on which the  filing  fee is
    calculated and state how it was determined):

Value is based on cash to be  received  and  amount  of debt to be  canceled  or
assumed.

(4) Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction: $8,583,746

(5) Total fee paid: $1,717

( ) Fee paid previously with preliminary material

( ) Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Rule 0-11
(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee was paid previously.
Identify the previous  filing by registration  statement  number, or the Form or
Schedule and the date of its filing.

(1) Amount previously paid:  N/A

(2) Form, Schedule, or Registration Statement No.: N/A
 
(3) Filing Party: N/A

(4) Date Filed: N/A

<PAGE>
                           DIXIE NATIONAL CORPORATION
                 NOTICE OF 1995 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                                 JULY 18, 1995

To The Shareholders:

     Notice is hereby given that the 1995 Annual Meeting of the  Shareholders of
Dixie National  Corporation  will be held in the Board Room, Dixie National Life
Insurance Company Building,  3760 Interstate 55 North,  Jackson,  Mississippi on
July 18, 1995 at 1:00 o'clock P.M., Central Time, for the following purposes:

     1.   To  consider  and act upon  the  recommendation  of the  Board of
          Directors  that  the   shareholders   approve  the  sale  of  the
          Corporation's   99.3%  owned  subsidiary,   Dixie  National  Life
          Insurance Company, to Standard Life Insurance Company of Indiana.
          Shareholders have the right to assert dissenters' rights relative
          to such sale.

     2.   To  consider  and act upon  the  recommendation  of the  Board of
          Directors that the  shareholders  approve a new stock option plan
          for key employees and directors of the Corporation.

     3.   To fix the number of and to elect the Board of Directors  for the
          ensuing year or until their successors are duly elected.

     4.   To consider and vote upon the  ratification  of the  selection of
          Horne CPA Group as  independent  auditors  of the Company for the
          year ending December 31, 1995.

     5.   To transact  such other  business as may properly come before the
          meeting or any adjournment thereof.

     June 15,  1995 is the record  date for the  determination  of  shareholders
entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting and to receive notice thereof.  The stock
transfer books of the Corporation will not be closed.

                    PLEASE DATE AND SIGN THE ENCLOSED PROXY
           NO POSTAGE NEED BE AFFIXED IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES


                                 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

June 26, 1995                    /s/Jerry M. Greer
                                 Jerry M. Greer
                                 SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT AND SECRETARY
<PAGE>
                        DIXIE NATIONAL CORPORATION
                    1995 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

                              PROXY STATEMENT
                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

SOLICITATION                                                                5

VOTING SECURITIES                                                           5

OWNERSHIP OF VOTING SECURITIES BY CERTAIN
BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners                        6
     Security Ownership of Management                                       7

PROPOSAL NO. 1 - SALE OF DIXIE NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY
     General                                                                8
     Background of Proposed Sale                                            8
     Recommendation of Board of Directors; Reasons for Sale                11
     Opinion of Corporation's Financial Advisor                            12
     Federal Income Tax Consequences                                       13
     The Stock Purchase Agreement                                          13
          Terms of the Sale                                                13
          Certain Representations and Warranties                           14
          Conduct of Business Pending the Sale                             14
          Conditions to Consummation of the Sale                           15
          Fees and Expenses                                                15
          Termination; Amendment; Governing Law                            15

DISSENTERS' RIGHTS OF SHAREHOLDERS                                         16
     General                                                               16
     Procedure of Exercise of Dissenter's Rights                           16
     Procedure if the Dissenters Are Dissatisfied with the Payment Offered 17

CONSEQUENCES OF NOT CLOSING THE STANDARD TRANSACTION                       18

FUTURE BUSINESS PLANS                                                      20

BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY                                                    21
                                     2
<PAGE>
     Description of Business                                               22
          General                                                          22
          Statutory Surplus and Accounting                                 23
          Capital Requirements of the Corporation                          24
          Products and Markets                                             24
          Sales Force and Employees                                        25
          Competition                                                      25
          Investments                                                      25
          Reinsurance                                                      26
          Regulatory Factors                                               27

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA                                                    29

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS                                        30
     Liquidity and Capital Resources                                       30
          General                                                          30
          Liquidity Requirements                                           30
          Going Concern Considerations                                     31
          Investment Portfolio Liquidity                                   31
          Statutory Surplus                                                32
     Results of Operations                                                 32

MARKET PRICES AND DIVIDENDS                                                36

PROPOSAL N0. 2 - 1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN                                    37
     Description of the Plan
     Reason for the Plan
     Recommendation of Board of Directors

PROPOSAL NO. 3 - ELECTION OF DIRECTORS                                     40
     Nominees and Directors                                                40
     Executive Officers                                                    44

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND OTHER INFORMATION                               44
     Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation               44
     Summary Compensation Table                                            46
     Fiscal Year End Options                                               47

DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION                                                    47
                                     3
<PAGE>
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS                             47

PROPOSAL NO. 4 - RATIFICATION OF SELECTION OF
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS                                                       48

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS                                                      48

OTHER MATTERS                                                              48

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                              F-1

APPENDIX A     STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT                                    A-1

APPENDIX B     ARTICLE 13 OF MISSISSIPPI
               BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT                                    B-1

APPENDIX C     FAIRNESS OPINION OF MERCER CAPITAL                          C-1

APPENDIX D     1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN                                      D-1

                                     4
<PAGE>
                                PROXY STATEMENT
                           DIXIE NATIONAL CORPORATION
                            3760 Interstate 55 North
                                 P.O. Box 22587
                        Jackson, Mississippi 39225-2587

                                  SOLICITATION
                   Approximate Date of Mailing: June 26, 1995


     The  enclosed  proxy is being  solicited by the Board of Directors of Dixie
National  Corporation  ("Corporation")  for use at the 1995  Annual  Meeting  of
Shareholders of the  Corporation,  to be held in the Board Room,  Dixie National
Life Insurance Company Building, 3760 Interstate 55 North, Jackson, Mississippi,
at 1:00 o'clock P.M. on July 18, 1995, and any adjournment thereof. Shareholders
may revoke their proxy by written notice to the Corporation at any time prior to
the  exercise  thereof or by attending at the meeting and voting their shares in
person. The solicitation will be primarily by mail but may also be by telephone,
telegraph or oral  communications by officers or regular employees.  The cost of
soliciting proxies will be borne by the Corporation. The term "Company," as used
herein includes,  collectively,  the Corporation,  its 99.3%  subsidiary,  Dixie
National Life Insurance  Company ("Dixie  Life"),  and the  Corporation's  other
subsidiaries.

     Shares  represented by a properly  executed and returned proxy card will be
voted at the 1995 Annual Meeting in accordance with the  instructions  indicated
thereon. If no instructions are indicated,  the proxy will be voted FOR the sale
of Dixie  Life,  FOR  approval  of the new  stock  option plan, FOR the Board of
Directors to consist of nine members,  FOR the election of the nine  individuals
nominated by the Board of  Directors  to serve as directors of  the  Corporation
and FOR the  ratification  of the  selection  of Horne CPA Group as  independent
auditors of the Company for the year ending December 31, 1995.  See "Dissenters'
Rights of Shareholders."
                               VOTING SECURITIES

     Shareholders  of record at the close of  business  on June 15, 1995 will be
entitled to notice of and to vote at the annual meeting. On June 15, 1995, there
were ________ shares of common voting stock ("Common  Stock") of the Corporation
outstanding  and  entitled to vote.  Each  outstanding  share of Common Stock is
entitled to one vote per share on each matter submitted to a vote at the meeting
of shareholders  except with respect to the election of directors.  Shareholders
have cumulative  voting rights in the election of directors.  Cumulative  voting
means that each  shareholder  will be entitled to as many votes as the number of
shares of Common  Stock owned by such  shareholder  multiplied  by the number of
directors to be elected and all such votes may be cast for a single  director or
may be distributed  among the director  nominees as the shareholder sees fit. To
exercise cumulative voting rights by proxy, a shareholder must clearly designate
the number of votes the shareholder wishes to cast for any given nominee.

                                     5
<PAGE>
                   OWNERSHIP OF VOTING SECURITIES BY CERTAIN
                        BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT


Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

     The following table sets forth  pertinent  information as to the beneficial
ownership  of the  Corporation's  Common  Stock  as of June 15, 1995, of persons
known by the Corporation to be holders of 5% or more of the  outstanding  Common
Stock.  Information  as to the  number  of  shares  beneficially  owned has been
furnished by the persons named in the table.

Name and Address                             Shares
of Beneficial                                Beneficially        Percent
Owner                                        Owned               of Class
- -----------------                            -----------------   --------
American Capitol Insurance Company           1,000,144(1)        10.6%
10555 Richmond Avenue
Houston, Texas  77042

S. L. Reed, Jr.                               590,942(2)          7.0%
107 Executive Center
Hilton Head Island, SC  29928

Robert B. Neal                                533,768(3)          6.2%
c/o Dixie National Corporation
3760 Interstate 55 North
Jackson, Ms  39211

W.A. Taylor, Jr.                              439,815(2)(3)       5.0%
939 West Main
Louisville, MS 39339

- ------------------------

(1) Includes  1,000,000 shares issuable upon conversion of the Corporation's 10%
Subordinated  Convertible  Callable  Fixed  Interest  Rate  Notes  ("Convertible
Notes") due at the earliest of closing of the sale of Dixie Life,  90 days after
either party to the sale  notifies the other that it cannot close the sale under
the terms of the Agreement  governing  the sale or December 27, 1995.  The share
ownership of American Capitol  Insurance  Company is as shown in a Schedule 13D,
dated July 28, 1993, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934.  The  Schedule  13D  states  that it is filed
jointly  by  American  Capitol  Insurance  Company,  Acap  Corporation,  Fortune
National Corporation, InsCap Corporation and William P. Guest, and that American
Capitol  Insurance  Company,  is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Acap Corporation,
which is 63% owned by Fortune National Corporation,  which is 

                                       6
<PAGE>
60% owned by InsCap  Corporation,  which,  in turn,  is 40% owned by  William P.
Guest.  According to the Schedule 13D these  companies  are  organized in Texas,
Delaware, Pennsylvania and Delaware, respectively.

(2)  Includes  shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of  stock  options.  See  table
immediately below.

(3) Includes  shares  issuable upon exercise of stock options and  conversion of
Convertible Notes. See table immediately below.

Security Ownership of Management

     The following table sets information as to the beneficial  ownership of the
Corporation's  Common  Stock as of June 15,  1995,  by each  director,  nominee,
executive officer named in the Summary  Compensation  Table and by all directors
and executive officers as a group.

Name                                         Shares
of Beneficial                                Beneficially        Percent
Owner                                        Owned               of Class
- -----------------                            -----------------   --------

T. H. Etheridge                               216,827(1)(3)       2.5%

John E. Haggar                                  7,000(1)          Less than 1%

Robert B. Neal                                533,768(1)(2)(3)    6.2%

Dennis Nielsen                                 12,200(1)          Less than 1%

Joe D. Pegram                                  28,043(1)          Less than 1%

S. L. Reed, Jr.                               590,942(3)          7.0%

James G. Ricketts                               5,000(1)          Less than 1%

Herbert G. Rogers, III                        107,128(1)(3)       1.2%

W. A. Taylor, Jr.                             439,815(1)(2)(3)    5.0%

[Ninth Nominee]

Monroe M. Wright                                    0             0.0%

Directors and
executive officers as
a group (13 persons)                         2,533,856(4)        27.8%
- --------------------

(1) Includes  shares  issuable upon exercise of stock options as follows:  T. H.
Etheridge - 5,000 shares; John E. Haggar - 5,000 shares; Robert B. Neal - 28,570
shares;  Dennis Nielsen

                                       7
<PAGE>
- - 5,000 shares; Joe D. Pegram - 5,000 shares;  James G. Ricketts - 5,000 shares;
Herbert G. Rogers - 5,000 shares; W. A. Taylor,  Jr. - 5,000 shares. The options
held by Messrs. Etheridge,  Haggar, Nielsen, Pegram, Ricketts, Rogers and Taylor
have  been  granted  under  the  stock  option  plan  being  voted  upon  by the
shareholders  (Proposal  No. 2) and are  subject to approval of that plan by the
shareholders.

(2) Includes shares  issuable upon conversion of Convertible  Notes, as follows:
Robert B. Neal - 100,000 shares; W. A. Taylor, Jr. - 200,000 shares.

(3) Includes  shares held in the name of spouse,  minor child or other relatives
or  persons,  as to some of which  shares the owner  named has shared  voting or
investment  power,  but as to  which  beneficial  ownership  is  disclaimed,  as
follows:  T. H. Etheridge - 37,510 shares;  Robert B. Neal - 1,368;  S. L. Reed,
Jr. - 482,078 shares; Herbert G. Rogers, III - 27,479 shares; W. A Taylor, Jr. -
234,815 shares.

(4) Includes all shares  issuable upon exercise of stock options and  conversion
of Convertible Notes and shares held in the name of spouse, minor child or other
relatives or persons, as to which beneficial ownership is disclaimed.


         PROPOSAL NO. 1 - SALE OF DIXIE NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

General

     On April 18, 1995, the Corporation and Dixie Life entered into an agreement
("Stock  Purchase  Agreement")  with Standard Life Insurance  Company of Indiana
("Standard")  to sell to Standard all of the common  capital stock of Dixie Life
owned by the  Corporation.  Dixie  Life is 99.3%  owned by the  Corporation  and
represents   virtually  all  of  the  Company's  assets  and  operations.   This
transaction   ("Standard   Transaction"),   if   completed,   provides  for  the
satisfaction  of  substantially  all  of the  Corporation's  debt,  including  a
$3,689,000  Term Loan,  originally  due March 31,  1995,  held by  Standard  and
$1,720,000 of  Convertible  Notes  originally  due May 1, 1995. The due dates of
both of these obligations have been extended.  The Corporation also will receive
up to $3,175,000 in cash. The final selling price is subject to adjustment based
on changes in Dixie Life's  statutory  capital and surplus between  December 31,
1994 and  closing of the  Standard  Transaction  and the  resolution  of certain
litigation.

     The  Standard  Transaction,  if  completed,  will  result  in a loss to the
Corporation of  $4,635,000.  This loss has been recorded in the first quarter of
1995.  Following the consummation of the Standard  Transaction,  the Corporation
will have no ongoing  operations,  but it is actively  considering  the possible
acquisition of Phoenix Medical Management, Inc. ("PMM"), a health care provider,
or the commencement of some other line of business. See "Future Business Plans."

Background Of Proposed Sale

     Virtually all of the Corporation's  unconsolidated revenues are represented
by its monthly  management  fee of $154,000  received  from Dixie Life.  This is
insufficient  to cover the  Corporation's  operating  expenses  and  service the
Corporation's  total  debt of  $5,409,000  outstanding  under  the Term Loan and
Convertible  Notes. The ability of the Corporation to transfer funds,  including
its management fee, from Dixie Life, is controlled to a very significant  degree
by statute.  Under Mississippi insurance law, the Corporation and Dixie Life are
members of a "holding company system." Generally, all transactions between

                                       8
<PAGE>

members  of a  holding  company  system  must  be  "fair  and  reasonable."  The
Mississippi  Commissioner  of Insurance  ("Commissioner")  has wide  latitude in
evaluating the reasonableness of a transaction and its effect upon a Mississippi
insurer,  such as  Dixie  Life.  The  Commissioner  takes  the  position  that a
Mississippi  insurance  company  cannot make a loan to any of its  shareholders,
officers or  directors.  Mississippi  law limits the size of  dividends or other
distributions that may be made by a Mississippi insurer to another member of its
holding company system without approval of the Commissioner. Among other things,
the Mississippi  insurance laws and regulatory authority of the Commissioner are
designed  to  protect  policyholders  by  assuring  the  financial  solvency  of
insurance  companies.  The interests of shareholders  are secondary.  Because of
these  considerations,  among other factors,  the Corporation has been unable to
transfer  adequate  funds from Dixie Life in order to service the  Corporation's
debts, or at least a portion  thereof as part of an overall  financing plan. See
"Business of the Corporation--Regulatory Factors."

     In addition, the Company has experienced substantial operating losses since
December 31, 1992,  aggregating $3,685,240 through March 31, 1995, before giving
effect  to  the  recorded  loss  of  $4,635,000   resulting  from  the  Standard
Transaction.

     The Company  has found  itself in the  position  of having to maintain  the
statutory capital and surplus  ("Statutory  Surplus") of Dixie Life, while faced
with maturing debt that could not be satisfied from the  Corporation's own funds
or from Dixie Life's resources.  The Corporation has devoted  significant effort
to  strengthening   the  Statutory  Surplus  of  Dixie  Life  and  reducing  the
Corporation's  dependence  upon the  operations of Dixie Life and its ability to
transfer  funds to the  Corporation  during  this  period.  Management's  effort
included the following:

     (1) In July 1993, the  Corporation and Medical  Resource  Companies of
     America  ("MRA") reached an agreement in principle for the acquisition
     of the  Company by MRA through an exchange of shares of MRA for shares
     of the  Corporation.  An  Agreement  and  Plan of  Reorganization  was
     entered  into by the  Corporation  and  MRA in  August  1993,  but was
     terminated  by mutual  agreement in October 1993 because of unresolved
     issues that arose during the pendency of the transaction.

     (2) In January 1994, the Corporation reached an agreement in principle
     to merge  with  Standard's  parent,  Standard  Management  Corporation
     ("SMC").  In June 1994,  the parties signed a Merger  Agreement  which
     provided  that the  Corporation  would be  acquired  by SMC through an
     exchange  of stock.  In late  July  1994,  the  Merger  Agreement  was

                                     9
<PAGE>
     terminated by the Corporation  because of the SMC's failure to fulfill
     a material condition of the Merger Agreement.

     (3) During 1993 and 1994, the Corporation negotiated and completed the
     sale of virtually all of Dixie Life's  accident and health  business ,
     thereby  increasing  Dixie Life's  Statutory  Surplus to a level which
     provided  financial  strength to Dixie Life and might have supported a
     dividend  to the  Corporation.  However  the  proceeds  of any  such a
     dividend would not have been  sufficient to satisfy the  Corporation's
     debt.

     (4)  The   Corporation   entered  into  an  agreement  with  Universal
     Management  Services,  a Nevada corporation ("UMS"), as of October 27,
     1994 ("UMS Agreement").  The UMS Agreement provided that UMS would use
     its best  efforts  to assist the  Corporation  in  locating  potential
     investors  for its  Common  Stock  in  non-U.S.  markets  pursuant  to
     Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933. On November 29, 1994, with
     such  assistance,  the Corporation sold 2,000,000 shares of its Common
     Stock for which it received  1,230,770 shares of Alanco  Environmental
     Resources,  Inc.  ("Alanco")  common stock  ("November  Transaction").
     Alanco is principally  engaged in the  manufacture  and marketing of a
     pollution  control  device sold in domestic and foreign  markets.  The
     Alanco shares had an aggregate  market value of $2,000,000 on November
     29, 1994. The sale of the Alanco shares,  or other  marketable  equity
     securities owned by the Corporation, could provide some funds for debt
     service. See "Future Business Plan" and "Business of the Corporation -
     Investment in Marketable Equity Securities."

     The UMS  Agreement  provided UMS the option to use its best efforts to
     assist the  Corporation in placing  additional  equity  securities for
     cash. Such placements could have provided a source of funds to repay a
     portion of the  Corporation's  debt, but no such placements  occurred.
     See "Future Business Plans" in this connection

     (5) The Stock  Purchase  Agreement  was  entered  into in April  1995.
     Completion of the Standard Transaction would satisfy the Term Loan and
     the Convertible Notes.

     In November  1994,  after the  Corporation's  July 1994  termination of the
Merger  Agreement  with  SMC,  Standard  bought  from  Trustmark  National  Bank
("Trustmark"),  the Corporation's  $3,689,000 Term Loan owed to Trustmark.  This
development   eliminated  the  possibility  of  negotiating  with  Trustmark  an
extension  of the March 31,  1995 due date of the Term  Loan.  As a result,  the
Corporation  was faced with the  prospect of the March 31, 1995  maturity of the
Term Loan with little apparent  prospect for renegotiation of the terms with the
new holder of the underlying note.

                                       10
<PAGE>
Recommendation Of Board Of Directors; Reasons For Sale

     As discussed above, in seeking a solution to the serious liquidity problems
facing the  Corporation,  the  Corporation's  Board  considered  a wide range of
alternatives, including the sale of the Corporation or Dixie Life, the merger of
the Corporation with another company,  the sale of certain blocks of business or
other assets of Dixie Life or the issuance of debt or equity  securities  by the
Corporation or its subsidiaries. In analyzing the proposed Standard Transaction,
the Corporation's Board considered a number of factors, including,  principally,
the following:

     (1)  Standard's  purchase of the Term Loan  eliminated any ability the
     Corporation  might  have  had to  renegotiate  the  Term  Loan  at its
     maturity with Trustmark,  with which the Corporation has had a banking
     relationship.

     (2) The Term Loan is secured by a pledge of all of the shares of Dixie
     Life capital stock owned by the Corporation. Accordingly, a default in
     payment of the Term Loan on its stated maturity date of March 31, 1995
     would have had a very  material  adverse  impact on the  Corporation's
     shareholders.

     (3) Standard  agreed to cancel the Term Loan and assume payment of the
     Corporation's  Convertible  Notes as part of the consideration for the
     sale of Dixie Life and to extend the Term Loan.  These  provisions are
     included in the Stock Purchase Agreement.

     (4) The  difficulties  experienced by the Board of the  Corporation in
     its  prior  efforts  to  merge  with  other   companies  or  sell  the
     Corporation   or  Dixie  Life  left  the  Board   with  no   realistic
     alternatives.  In all the circumstances, the Board viewed the terms of
     the  Standard  Transaction  as fair  and  reasonable  and in the  best
     interests of the Corporation and its shareholders.

     After  considering all of the above factors,  among others,  as well as the
opinion,   discussed  below,  of  the  Corporation's   financial  advisor,   the
Corporation's  Board  of  Directors  unanimously  approved  the  Stock  Purchase
Agreement  and  recommends  that  the  Corporation's  shareholders  vote FOR the
proposed Standard Transaction.

     In deciding  whether to vote for or against the Standard  Transaction,  the
Corporation's  stockholders should consider,  among other factors, the financial
condition  and  operating  prospects  of the  Corporation  and the  restrictions
involved in continuing to operate as a regulated  insurance holding company.  In
this regard,  Corporation  shareholders  should consider the  information  under
"Consequences  of  Not  Closing  the  Standard  Transaction"  and

                                       11
<PAGE>
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."

Opinion Of Corporation's Financial Advisor

     Mercer  Capital has rendered its opinion that the Standard  Transaction  is
fair to the  shareholders of the Corporation from a financial point of view. The
opinion  letter is attached  hereto as Appendix C. Mercer  Capital is a business
appraisal  and  financial  advisory firm founded in 1982 and located in Memphis,
Tennessee.  Mercer Capital has valued  numerous  companies  engaged in financial
services  including  commercial  banks,  savings  banks,   insurance  companies,
mortgage bankers, commercial finance companies and consumer finance companies.

     Pursuant to the terms of an  engagement  letter dated March 13,  1995,  the
Corporation  has  agreed to pay  Mercer  Capital,  as  financial  advisor to the
Corporation,  a fee estimated at $15,000 to $18,000.  The  Corporation  has also
agreed to reimburse  Mercer Capital for its reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses,
including all reasonable  fees and  disbursements  of counsel,  and to indemnify
Mercer Capital and certain related persons against certain liabilities  relating
to or arising out of its engagement.

     As noted above under "Recommendation of the Board of Directors; Reasons for
Sale," the fairness opinion of Mercer Capital was one of the factors  considered
by the  Corporation's  Board of Directors in determining to approve the Standard
Transaction.

     Neither  Mercer  Capital,  its  shareholders,  nor  its  employees  had any
business  relationship  with  the  Corporation  or any of  its  subsidiaries  or
affiliates or with Standard or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates  within the
past two years, except for this engagement and comparable  previous  engagements
to evaluate the previously  proposed  acquisitions of the Corporation  discussed
above under  "Background of Proposed Sale." No other business  relationships are
contemplated  at this time.  No  limitations  were imposed by  management or the
Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation  on the  scope of the  analysis  or the
information to be reviewed.

     With respect to the Corporation and Dixie Life,  Mercer Capital  considered
the financial  position and historical  performance of the Corporation and Dixie
Life; the growth  potential in Dixie Life's  markets;  the  historical  dividend
performance  of  the  Corporation;  prior  efforts  to  find  a  buyer  for  the
Corporation or Dixie Life, and other sources of financing; the statutory capital
requirements  of Dixie Life,  including the possible  effect  thereon of pending
litigation;  the prospective financial performance and future cash flow needs of
the Corporation and trading in the Corporation's  Common Stock,  including price
and volume.

     Regarding  pricing and terms of the Standard  Transaction,  factors  Mercer
Capital considered  relevant included total  consideration to be received by the
Corporation, and terms of the transaction; the potential financial impact to the
Corporation  and  its   shareholders  if  no  satisfactory   resolution  to  the
Corporation's  debt service  needs can be obtained;  the  potential  value which
might be received by a dissenting shareholder;  a review of the pricing of other
publicly traded insurance

                                       12
<PAGE>

companies  with  similar  lines  of  insurance  business;   a  review  of  other
transactions  involving  sale of  controlling  interests of small life  issuance
companies  and  prior  efforts  by  the  Corporation  to  find  a  buyer  of the
Corporation or Dixie Life or to obtain new capital.

Federal Income Tax  Consequences

     The  Corporation  does not expect any  federal  tax  consequences  from the
Standard Transaction.

     Unless a shareholder  perfects his dissenter's  rights as discussed  below,
there are no  federal  tax  consequences  to the  shareholder  arising  from the
Standard  Transaction.  A shareholder who perfects his  dissenter's  rights will
recognize a capital gain or loss,  if the Common Stock is a capital asset in the
hands of the dissenting  shareholder,  equal to the difference between his basis
in the Common  Stock for which  appraisal  rights  were sought and the amount of
cash received for such shares,  exclusive of any interest.  Such holders  should
consult their own tax advisers.

Employment Contracts

     Standard and Robert B. Neal, a director and  President of the  Corporation,
have agreed to enter into an employment  agreement effective upon the closing of
the Standard  Transaction.  The terms,  which have been agreed to in  principle,
provide for Mr.  Neal's  employment  as President of Dixie Life for a three year
period commencing with the closing of the transaction.  Mr. Neal's  compensation
will remain at the same level as his present  annual salary of $125,269,  and be
adjusted for cost of living increases. In addition, Mr. Neal will receive a $500
monthly  automobile  allowance,  annual bonuses as determined by the Chairman of
the Board of Standard, and customary employee benefits.

     It also is expected that Thomas F. Flowers, Jr., a Senior Vice President of
the  Corporation,  will enter into an  employment  agreement  or other  business
relationship with Standard related to marketing.  However,  the nature and terms
of Mr. Flower's arrangements are indefinite at this time.

The Stock Purchase Agreement

     The following is a summary of the material provisions of the Stock Purchase
Agreement and does not purport to be complete.  The Stock Purchase  Agreement is
attached as Appendix A to this Proxy  Statement  and is  incorporated  herein by
reference.  This  summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Stock
Purchase Agreement.  Shareholders of the Corporation are urged to read the Stock
Purchase Agreement.

     Terms  of  the  Sale.  The  Stock  Purchase  Agreement  provides  that  the
Corporation  will sell 100% of its holdings in the common capital stock of Dixie
Life to  Standard  at closing of the  Standard  Transaction.  Dixie Life will no
longer be a subsidiary of the Corporation after closing and the Corporation will
no longer have any insurance operations.

     As  consideration  for  its  holdings  in  Dixie  Life,  the  Corporation's
$3,689,000  indebtedness  to Standard  under the Term Loan will be canceled  and
Standard will assume the Corporation's obligation, aggregating $1,720,000, under
its Convertible Notes and will pay the Corporation $3,000,000.  In addition, the
Corporation  will  receive  the first  $175,000  Dixie  Life  collects  on agent
advances  after  closing.  The  purchase  price will be reduced by the amount by
which Dixie  Life's  statutory  capital  and  surplus,  as defined,  falls below
$6,410,000  at closing or increased by the amount by which  capital and surplus,
as defined,  exceeds $6,500,000 at closing. At March 31, 1995, statutory capital
and surplus and asset  valuation  reserve was $318,200 less than at December 31,
1994.  It is expected  that there will be little  change from the March 31, 1995
level prior to closing.  The  purchase  price may also be adjusted  based on the
resolution of certain litigation  involving life insurance  policies  previously
issued  by  Dixie  Life.  In  addition,  Dixie  Life  will  continue  to pay the
Corporation's wholly-owned subsidiary, Vanguard, Inc.

                                       13
<PAGE>
("Vanguard"),  $15,000 per month  through the December 31, 1996  expiration of a
lease between Dixie Life and Vanguard. The lease covers the building occupied by
the Corporation and its subsidiaries,  including Dixie Life. Certain investments
which have been made by Dixie Life since  December 31, 1995 will be  transferred
to the  Corporation  at  closing  in lieu of  cash.  At  March  31,  1995,  such
investments amounted to approximately $540,000.

     Certain  Representations  And  Warranties.  The  Stock  Purchase  Agreement
contains various  representations and warranties of the Corporation and Standard
relating to, among other things,  the following  matters (which  representations
and warranties are subject, in certain cases, to specified exceptions):  (i) the
due  organization,  power and  standing of, and similar  corporate  matters with
respect  to  each  of  the  Corporation,  Dixie  Life  and  Standard;  (ii)  the
authorization,  execution, delivery, performance and enforceability of the Stock
Purchase  Agreement  by the  Corporation,  Dixie  Life and  Standard  and of the
transactions  contemplated thereby; (iii) Dixie Life's capitalization;  (iv) the
absence  of any  conflict  with  each  of the  Corporation's,  Dixie  Life's  or
Standard's articles of incorporation, bylaws and agreements, and compliance with
applicable   laws;   (v)  the  receipt  of  any   governmental   or   regulatory
authorizations,  consents or approvals  required to consummate the  transaction;
(vi) the possession by Dixie Life of all valid  licenses,  franchises,  permits,
registrations,  approvals  and  authorizations  relating  to the  conduct of its
businesses;  (vii) the  accuracy  and  completeness  of Dixie  Life's  financial
statements,   and  its  books  and  records;   (viii)  the   determination   and
qualification of Dixie Life's reserves;  (ix) the absence of any litigation that
would  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  business  or  condition  of the
Corporation,  Dixie  Life  or  Standard,  or  their  ability  to  perform  their
respective obligations under the Stock Purchase Agreement; (x) the timely filing
of all regulatory reports and other documents required to be filed by Dixie Life
with  regulatory  authorities;  (xi) the status of various  Dixie Life  employee
benefit  plans and the  absence of  defaults  thereunder;  (xii) the  absence of
certain  changes or events  relating  to the  financial  condition,  business or
results of  operations  of Dixie Life;  (xiii) the status of various tax matters
relating to the Corporation or Dixie Life; (xiv) the status of certain assets of
Dixie  Life;  (xv) the  absence of any  brokerage,  finder's or other fee due in
connection  with the Stock Purchase  Agreement;  (xvi) the absence of any untrue
statements  of material  fact or omission to state a material  fact in the Stock
Purchase  Agreement or any  certificate  furnished in connection  with the Stock
Purchase  Agreement  or  transactions  thereby  contemplated;   and  (xvii)  the
existence of material  contracts and commitments of Dixie Life and the existence
of no breach or default under any such contracts.

     Conduct of Business  Pending  Sale.  Under the terms of the Stock  Purchase
Agreement, between the date the Stock purchase Agreement was executed (April 18,
1995) and  closing of the  Standard  Transaction,  Dixie Life will  conduct  its
business only in the ordinary course and consistent  with past practices.  Dixie
Life may not introduce  new products  until  closing  without the  permission of
Standard.

                                       14
<PAGE>
     Conditions To  Consummation  Of The Sale.  Standard and the Corporation are
not obligated to consummate  the Standard  Transaction  under the Stock Purchase
Agreement if, among other  conditions,  there are pending or threatened  actions
preventing or seeking to prevent such  consummation  or all required  regulatory
approvals have not been obtained.  Opinions of counsel requiring certain matters
are also required prior to closing.

     Standard has filed an application with the Mississippi Insurance Department
to obtain  approval of the change in control of Dixie Life that will result from
the Standard Transaction. The application is pending before the Commissioner and
it is anticipated  that a hearing on the application will be held promptly after
the annual meeting, if the Standard  Transaction is approved by the shareholders
of the Corporation.  

     Additionally,   Standard  is  not   obligated  to  close  if,  among  other
conditions,  there has been an  adverse  change in Dixie  Life's  business;  its
officers and directors have not resigned or the Corporation's  shareholders have
not  approved  the Standard  Transaction.  The  termination,  or  assignment  to
Standard, of the Corporation's current management agreement with Dixie Life also
is a condition to Standard's obligation to close the Standard Transaction.

     Fees  and  Expenses.   The  Stock  Purchase  Agreement  provides  that  the
Corporation  and Standard  shall each pay their own expenses in connection  with
the Standard Transaction.

     Termination;  Amendment; Governing Law. The Stock Purchase Agreement may be
terminated  prior to  closing  (a) by  mutual  consent  of the  Corporation  and
Standard,  (b) by either  party if any of the  covenants  contained in the Stock
Purchase  Agreement have not been  satisfied,  performed or complied with in any
material  respect at or before  closing and (c) at any time after August 1, 1995
by the  Corporation  or  Standard  if closing has not  occurred,  provided  such
failure to close is not caused by a breach of the Stock  Purchase  Agreement  by
the terminating party.

     The Stock Purchase Agreement may be changed, waived,  discharged or, except
as stated above,  terminated  only in writing signed by both the Corporation and
Standard and shall be construed in  accordance  with and governed by the laws of
the State of Indiana.

                                ---------------

     The members of the Corporation's  and Dixie Life's Boards of Directors,  in
the  aggregate,  directly  own  1,712,388  shares,  or 20.4% of the Common Stock
outstanding  and  intend to vote FOR the Standard Transaction. Family members of

                                       15

 <PAGE>
the directors of the Corporation  and Dixie Life own, in the aggregate,  916,364
shares,  or 10.9% of the  Common  Stock,  as to which  such  directors  disclaim
beneficial  ownership.  The Corporation has been informed that the purchasers of
the Common Stock in the November Transaction who, in the aggregate own 2,000,000
shares,  or  23.8%,  of the  Common  Stock  outstanding  intend  to vote FOR the
Standard Transaction.

     Approval of the Standard  Transaction  requires the  favorable  vote of the
holders  of a  majority  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  of the
Corporation.  Accordingly, if the purchasers in the November Transaction and the
family  members of directors vote in favor of Proposal No. 1, that vote together
with the votes of the  members of the  Corporation  and Dixie Life  Boards  will
constitute a 55.1% vote for  Proposal  No. 1, thereby  assuring the approval of
the Standard Transaction.

                       DISSENTERS' RIGHTS OF SHAREHOLDERS

General

     The  following  is a summary  of  Article  13 of the  Mississippi  Business
Corporation  Act ("Article 13" and "Act"  respectively)  and the  procedures for
shareholders dissenting from the sale by the Corporation of the capital stock of
Dixie Life  which it owns and  demanding  dissenters'  rights.  This  summary is
qualified in its entirety by reference to Article 13, which is reprinted in full
as Appendix B to this Proxy Statement.  Appendix B should be reviewed  carefully
by any shareholder who wishes to assert statutory  dissenters'  rights.  FAILURE
STRICTLY  TO COMPLY WITH THE  PROCEDURES  SET FORTH IN ARTICLE 13 WILL RESULT IN
THE LOSS OF DISSENTERS' RIGHTS.

     Section  13.02 of Article 13  provides  that a  shareholder  is entitled to
dissent  from  and  obtain  payment  of the  fair  value  of his  shares  of the
Corporation in the event of, among other things,  the sale of substantially  all
of the property of the Corporation other than in the ordinary course of business
when  such  sale  requires  shareholder's  approval.  The  proposed  sale by the
Corporation of all of the capital stock of Dixie Life which it owns  constitutes
the sale of  substantially  all of the  Corporation's  assets  and is not in the
Corporation's  ordinary  course of business.  Section 12.02 of Article 12 of the
Act requires approval by the shareholders of the Corporation for the sale.

     Accordingly,  inasmuch as the  conditions  enumerated  in Section  12.02 of
Article 12 and Section 13.02 of Article 13 of the Act are present,  shareholders
of the Corporation have the statutory right to dissent under Article 13.

     As  used  in  Article  13,  the  term  "shareholder"  includes  the  record
shareholder or the beneficial shareholders.

Procedure for Exercise of Dissenter's Rights

     Shareholders who wish to exercise dissenters' rights:

                                       16
<PAGE>
     (i)  must deliver to the Corporation, before the vote on the Proposal No. 1
          is taken, written notice (the "Dissenter's Notice") of their intent to
          demand payment for their shares if the Proposal No. 1 is approved; and

     (ii) must NOT vote their shares in favor of Proposal No. 1.

     SHAREHOLDERS  WHO DO NOT SATISFY  THESE  REQUIREMENTS  ARE NOT  ENTITLED TO
PAYMENT FOR SHARES UNDER ARTICLE 13.

     Shareholders  electing to exercise dissenters' rights under Article 13 must
NOT VOTE FOR approval of Proposal No. 1. A vote against approval of Proposal No.
1 is not required in order for a  shareholder  to exercise  dissenters'  rights.
HOWEVER,  IF A  SHAREHOLDER  RETURNS A SIGNED  PROXY BUT DOES NOT SPECIFY A VOTE
AGAINST APPROVAL OF PROPOSAL NO. 1 OR AN ELECTION TO ABSTAIN,  THE PROXY WILL BE
VOTED  FOR THE  WHICH  WILL  HAVE  THE  EFFECT  OF  WAIVING  THAT  SHAREHOLDER'S
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS.

     If the Standard  Transaction is consummated,  the  Corporation  must send a
notice to that  effect  (the  "Company  Notice") no later than 10 days after the
closing  date to all  shareholders  that have  perfected  their  right to assert
dissenters' rights under Article 13.

     Upon  receipt of the Company  Notice,  dissenters  must demand  payment for
their  shares by the date set forth in the Company  Notice.  A  shareholder  who
elects to  exercise  dissenters'  rights must mail or deliver his or her written
demand to: Dixie National  Corporation,  3760 I-55 North,  Jackson,  Mississippi
39211. The written demand for payment must comply with the provisions of Article
13 and must specify the  shareholder's  name and mailing address,  the number of
shares of  Corporation  Common Stock owned,  and state that the  shareholder  is
demanding  payment of his or her shares.  The shareholder must also certify that
the shareholder had beneficial ownership of the shares before the date set forth
in the  Company  Notice,  which  is  April  10,  1995,  the  date  of the  first
announcement of the proposed sale to the news media.  The shareholder  must also
deposit  his or her  share  certificates  in  accordance  with the  terms of the
Company  Notice.  Failure  to make a  payment  demand  or to  deposit  the share
certificates where required,  each by the dates for such action set forth in the
Company Notice, shall forfeit the shareholder's right to receive payment for his
or her shares.

     Upon receipt of a payment demand,  the Corporation  shall pay  shareholders
who  complied  with Article 13 the amount the  Corporation  estimates to be fair
value of the shares submitted by such shareholder plus accrued interest. Certain
financial information  concerning the Corporation,  its estimate of the value of
the shares,  an explanation of how interest was  calculated,  and a statement of
rights to demand  payment along with a copy of Article 13, must  accompany  such
offer or payment.

PROCEDURE IF THE DISSENTERS ARE DISSATISFIED WITH THE PAYMENT

     Dissenters  may  reject  the  Corporation's  payment  and demand in writing
payment of the fair value of their  shares and  interest  due based on their own
estimate  of the fair value of their

                                       17
<PAGE>
shares and amount of interest due. To be entitled to such rights, the dissenters
must notify the  Corporation of their demand in writing within 30 days after the
Corporation made payment for the shares.

     If a dissenter has rejected the Corporation's  payment and demanded payment
of the fair  value of the  shares and  interest  due and the demand for  payment
remains unsettled,  the Corporation shall commence a judicial  proceeding within
60 days after receiving the payment demand and petition an appropriate court, as
described in Article 13, to  determine  the fair value of the shares and accrued
interest.  If the Corporation  does not commence such action within the required
sixty  (60)  day  period,  it shall  pay each  dissenter  whose  demand  remains
unsettled the amount demanded.

     The  court in an  appraisal  proceeding  shall  determine  all costs of the
proceeding,  including the  reasonable  compensation  and expenses of appraisers
appointed by the court. Additionally, the court may assess fees of legal counsel
and of experts for the  respective  parties.  The court  shall  assess the costs
against the  Corporation,  except that the court may assess costs against all or
some of the  dissenters  to the  extent  the court  finds the  dissenters  acted
arbitrarily, vexatiously or not in good faith in demanding payment under Article
13, or the  court may  assess  counsel  fees  against  the  dissenters  who were
benefited.

     THE ABOVE IS MERELY A SUMMARY  OF ARTICLE  13 OF THE  MISSISSIPPI  BUSINESS
CORPORATION  ACT. THIS SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED BY REFERENCE TO ARTICLE 13, WHICH IS
SET FORTH IN ITS  ENTIRETY AS APPENDIX B TO THIS PROXY  STATEMENT.  SHAREHOLDERS
DESIRING TO EXERCISE DISSENTERS' RIGHTS SHOULD REFER TO THE FULL TEXT OF ARTICLE
13 AND  SHOULD  CONSULT  COUNSEL  SINCE  FAILURE  TO  COMPLY  STRICTLY  WITH THE
PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 13 WILL DEFEAT THEIR DISSENTERS' RIGHTS.

              CONSEQUENCES OF NOT CLOSING THE STANDARD TRANSACTION

     The Standard Transaction provides an immediate and complete solution to the
severe liquidity  problems facing the  Corporation,  including the obligation to
satisfy the $3,689,000  owed Standard under the Term Loan and $1,720,000 owed to
the holders of the Corporation's  Convertible  Notes. The Term Loan was extended
as part of the Stock Purchase Agreement and, due in part to the existence of the
Stock Purchase Agreement, the

                                       18
<PAGE>
Convertible  Notes have also been  extended.  The Term Loan will be canceled and
the  Convertible  Notes will be assumed by Standard  at closing of the  Standard
Transaction.

     If the  Standard  Transaction  is  not  consummated,  either  for  lack  of
shareholder  or  regulatory  approval  or some other  reason,  the Term Loan and
Convertible  Notes  will be due 90 days  after the Stock  Purchase  Agreement is
terminated.  In any  event,  the  Convertible  Notes  will be due not later than
December 27, 1995. The Corporation has no present prospects for satisfying these
debts except through the Standard Transaction.

     The capital  stock of Dixie Life serves as  collateral  under the Term Loan
and the holders of the Convertible Notes have a second security interest in such
stock. The building, which houses the offices of the Corporation and is owned by
Vanguard,  is subject to a first mortgage to Trustmark  National Bank.  Vanguard
has executed a borrowed  money  certificate  pledging its building as additional
collateral to the Term Loan. Finally, a substantial portion of the Corporation's
holdings in Alanco  common stock are pledged as  collateral  to the  Convertible
Notes through the instrument which extended their due date.

     If the Standard Transaction is not consummated,  and either Standard or the
holder's of the  Convertible  Notes exercise their rights against the collateral
they hold, the  Corporation's  shareholders  would hold shares of a company with
virtually no assets.

                                       19
<PAGE>
                             FUTURE BUSINESS PLANS

General

     Assuming that the Standard Transaction is consummated, the Corporation will
have no debt except a mortgage on its office building,  current assets in excess
of $5,000,000 and no operations.  In analyzing opportunities for a new direction
for the Corporation  after the sale of Dixie Life, in consultation with UMS, the
Corporation considered taking part in the activities of PMM on a regional basis.
PMM has recently entered the health care industry, specializing in pain care, as
described under  "Description of PMM," below.  

     After review of the prospects for PMM and the efforts of its  management in
developing  PMM to the  stage of  opening  its  first  clinic,  the  Corporation
concluded its interests  could best be served by acquiring a 16% interest in PMM
and considering the exercise of an option to acquire the remaining 84% interest.
This  course  would  take  advantage  of the  development  efforts  of PMM.  The
Corporation  believes the health care  industry,  in general,  is an  attractive
focus for the future of the Corporation  and that the concept  developed by PMM,
in particular,  provides the potential for significant growth.  However, PMM has
no operating history and is a highly speculative  venture.  No assurances can be
given, or  representations  made, as to the results of this venture if, in fact,
it proceeds,  or whether it, or any  diversification by the Corporation into the
health care field, will be financially successful.

     The Corporation's  Board of Directors has approved [and the Corporation has
completed] issuing 2,000,000 shares of the Corporation's  Common Stock for a 16%
interest in PMM and 100,000  shares for an option to acquire the  remaining  84%
interest in PMM. The Corporation is also exploring other business opportunities.

Description of PMM

     PMM was formed in November 1993 to engage in the ownership and operation of
health care facilities  specializing in pain care. Its primary business activity
is the development of a proprietary  multi-state  network of medical  facilities
that  specialize in the  comprehensive  treatment of patients  seeking relief of
chronic  pain and the  management  of other such  facilities.  Each  facility is
designed  and  equipped  to  accommodate  a   multi-modality   pain  management,
psychological  and physical  rehabilitation  program,  as well as to accommodate
non-affiliated   surgeons  who  perform  their  own  non-pain  related  surgical
procedures at these facilities.

     PMM  currently  has one medical  facility  open and  operating  in Phoenix,
Arizona, with one additional facility in Lafayette, Louisiana, scheduled to open
in the third quarter of 1995. The  combination of all facets of pain  management
was  successfully  test marketed by the founders of PMM in Phoenix,  Arizona and
Lafayette,  Louisiana  over  the  course  of  the  past  two  years.  PMM  was a
development  stage  company  until  January  1995  when it  opened  its  Phoenix
facility. Accordingly, PMM does not yet have a meaningful history of operations.

     The Corporation understands that (1) PMM is 60% owned by Amarante Financial
SA  ("Amarante"),  a British  Virgin Islands  corporation,  which was one of the
investors in the November Transaction;  (2) Amarante owns all of the outstanding
common  stock of UMS;  (3)  Alanco  and two  unaffiliated  individuals  hold the
minority  interest in PMM; and (4) Amarante has an option to purchase all of the
minority interest during June 1995.

     John E. Haggar,  who is a director of the  Corporation,  is Chief Financial
Officer and a director of UMS. James G. Ricketts,  who also is a director of the
Corporation,  is a director of Alanco.

                                       20
<PAGE>
Basis for Consideration [Being] Paid For Investment in PMM

     The  amount  of the  consideration  to be paid by the  Corporation  for the
acquisition  of its  interest in PMM, as described  above,  bears no relation to
PMM's  current  financial  position  or  operations.  In  this  connection,  the
Corporation  and UMS, on April 20,  1995,  entered  into an amended and restated
agreement,  effective  as of March 24, 1995  ("Second  Amended and  Restated UMS
Agreement"),  which  provides  that UMS has the right to use its best efforts to
assist the  Corporation  in placing up to  12,500,000  additional  shares of the
Corporation's  Common Stock in non-U.S.  markets,  pursuant to  Regulation S, or
otherwise in private placements.  In that regard, the Corporation expects to (i)
issue  2,000,000  shares  of  its  Common  Stock  in  exchange  for  16%  of the
outstanding  common  stock  of PMM it  proposes  to  acquire,  and  (ii)  if the
acquisition of the 16% interest is completed, issue 100,000 shares of its Common
Stock for an option to acquire the  remaining 84% of the common stock of PMM for
10,400,000 shares of the Corporation's Common Stock. These terms,  including the
number  of  shares of  Common  Stock to be  issued  by the  Corporation  for its
interest in PMM, were negotiated by the Corporation and PMM.

                            BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

     The Corporation was organized in 1966 as a Mississippi  corporation and has
been primarily  engaged in the life insurance  business  through its 99.3% owned
subsidiary,  Dixie Life, a Mississippi  corporation  organized in 1965. Prior to
the sale, in two transactions completed in 1994, of all of its in force accident
and health  business,  most of Dixie  Life's  premium  income was  derived  from
accident and health products.

     Virtually all of the Company's  consolidated  revenues are  represented  by
premium income and net  investment  income  generated in Dixie Life's  insurance
operations. For the year ended December 31, 1994, the Company had total revenues
of  $11,651,343  and a net  loss  of  $2,554,729.  The  Corporation's  financial
condition is dependent  upon the  operations  of Dixie Life, as well as on Dixie
Life's  ability to transfer  funds to the  Corporation  to meet  expenses,  debt
service  requirements  and other  financial  needs of the  Corporation.  In that
regard, provisions of the Mississippi insurance law impose restrictions upon the
transfer of funds from an insurance company subsidiary, such as Dixie Life, to a
parent shareholder, such as the Corporation.

     All of the  shares of Dixie Life owned by the  Corporation  are  pledged as
collateral  under the Term Loan, and the holders of the  Convertible  Notes also
have a security interest in those shares. In addition,  the home office building
of the  Corporation  and Dixie  Life which is owned by  Vanguard,  is pledged as
additional collateral for the Term Loan, and a substantial portion of the Alanco
shares owned by the Corporation also secure the Convertible Notes.

                                       21
<PAGE>
Description of Business

     General. Dixie Life has traditionally offered various forms of life, health
and annuity insurance  products,  primarily  designed for specialized  insurance
markets.  However, as noted above, Dixie Life sold virtually all of its accident
and health  business  in late 1993 and mid 1994.  Consequently,  from July 1994,
Dixie Life has only been  marketing life  insurance  products,  primarily in the
burial or final expense market.  Dixie Life will continue its present  marketing
program pending consummation of the Standard Transaction.

     The following  table sets forth  information  as to life insurance in force
and premium  income  (after giving effect to amounts ceded and assumed) from all
business of Dixie Life for the last five years:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           1994            1993            1992            1991            1990
<S>                    <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C> 
Life Insurance
 in force (at
 December 31)          $224,782,000    $188,337,000    $330,440,000    $540,989,000    $389,589,000


Premium income:
  Life                 $  3,878,000    $  4,935,000    $  4,455,000    $  4,466,000    $  3,803,000
  Accident and
    Health                5,302,000      14,185,000      12,287,000      10,054,000       8,032,000
  Annuity                   336,000         379,000         437,000         627,000         623,000
                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
    TOTAL              $  9,516,000    $ 19,499,000    $ 17,179,000    $ 15,147,000    $ 12,458,000
                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

Premium  income from new  business  only for the last five years is shown in the
following table:

                           1994            1993           1992             1991            1990

Life                   $    301,000    $  1,068,000    $    837,000     $   942,000    $  1,293,000
Accident and Health       1,530,000       4,012,000       4,184,000       3,857,000       2,685,000
Annuity                                                                       9,000
                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
  TOTAL                $  1,831,000    $  5,080,000    $  5,021,000     $ 4,808,000    $  3,978,000

</TABLE>

                                       22
<PAGE>
     In 1993,  a marketing  director  new to Dixie Life  produced a  significant
amount of new life  business.  In early 1994,  this  marketing  director  ceased
producing business for Dixie Life, significantly contributing to the decrease in
first year life  premiums in 1994.  The 1994 decrease in first year accident and
health  premiums  was  caused by the sale of Dixie  Life's  accident  and health
business.

     Statutory  Surplus and Accounting.  An insurance company such as Dixie Life
must maintain minimum levels of Statutory Surplus,  as required by the insurance
laws and  regulations  of the  insurance  company's  state of  domicile  and the
various other states in which it operates.  See "Insurance Company  Regulation,"
below. At December 31, 1994,  Dixie Life's Statutory  Surplus was  approximately
$6,280,000.  The  highest  level of  Statutory  Surplus  required by the laws or
regulations of any state in which Dixie Life operates is $3,000,000.

     Statutory accounting practices, as prescribed by the Mississippi Department
of Insurance,  differ from generally accepted  accounting  principles in several
respects. The most significant of these differences is that statutory accounting
practices  require  that costs  incurred  in writing new  insurance  business be
expensed as paid, while generally  accepted  accounting  principles  require the
capitalization of such costs, which are then amortized over the expected life of
the insurance  products sold. The principal such first year cost expensed in its
entirety  is  commissions,  which are  significantly  greater  in the first year
compared to renewal  commissions.  For example,  on accident and health policies
the first  year  commission  is  typically  70% of  premium  while  the  renewal
commission  is  typically  20%.  On  life  insurance  policies  the  first  year
commissions  are as much as 105% of  premiums  while the renewal  commission  is
typically 10%. The excess of first year commissions over renewal  commissions is
deferred under  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  as are other costs
associated with the issuance of a policy.

                                       23
<PAGE>

     Because the high first year costs  associated with issuance of a policy are
expensed  under  statutory  accounting  practices,  high levels of new  business
create  drains on statutory net income and therefore  Statutory  Surplus.  Dixie
Life  experienced  increased  levels of new business for several  years  through
1992, creating a strain on Statutory Surplus. However,  primarily as a result of
the sale of Dixie Life's  accident and health  business and a 1993  agreement by
Dixie Life to cease  writing new business in a particular  state,  the trend did
not  continue in 1994 and 1993.  In order to write an  increasing  amount of new
business while  continuing to meet the statutory  requirements  of the states in
which it conducted its  insurance  operations,  it has been  necessary for Dixie
Life to utilize various forms of surplus relief.

     The  principal  source of  surplus  relief  since  1989 has been  financial
reinsurance  agreements,  which  for GAAP  purposes  are  treated  as  financing
arrangements,  but for statutory  accounting  purposes  provide  reserve credits
that, in equal amount,  increase Statutory Surplus.  Since September 1992, Dixie
Life  has had a  financial  reinsurance  agreement  with  Crown  Life  Insurance
Company, a Canadian  corporation  (Crown Agreement).  Under the Crown Agreement,
Dixie Life was entitled to a credit to its  statutory  reserves of $1,985,000 at
December  31,  1994.  The amount of this credit  will  decrease in the amount of
$165,000 each calendar quarter beginning in 1995. See "Reinsurance", below.

     The sales of Dixie Life's  accident  and health  business  discussed  above
increased  Statutory  Surplus by  $5,322,000  and  $2,125,000  in 1994 and 1993,
respectively.

     Capital  Requirements  of the  Corporation.  As previously  discussed under
"Proposal  No.  1  -  Sale  of  Dixie  National  Life  Insurance  Company",  the
Corporation has taken several steps to strengthen the Statutory Surplus of Dixie
Life  and  to  find  a  solution  to  the  significant  liquidity  needs  of the
Corporation.


     Products and Markets. Life insurance policies sold in the final expense, or
burial,  market include fixed premium interest  sensitive  policies that provide
for increasing death benefits, as well as traditional whole life policies. These
policies are designed to cover expenses such as funeral, last illness,  monument
and cemetery  lot. The policies  provide for a death  benefit,  generally not in
excess of $10,000,  and a level  premium  payment.  The products  include a cash
value which may be borrowed by the policyholder.

     Dixie Life's policies sold in other markets include interest  sensitive and
traditional  whole  life  policies  and  forms of term  policies.  The  interest
sensitive and whole life  policies  include cash values which may be borrowed by
the  policyholder.  Dixie  Life  issues  policies  on both a  participating  and
non-participating   basis.  See  Note  8  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

     Dixie Life conducts  insurance  operations  in 21 states,  primarily in the
southeastern and southwestern United States, and the District of Columbia.

                                       24
<PAGE>
     Sales Force and  Employees.  Dixie  Life's  insurance  products are offered
through a sales force  consisting,  as of December  31, 1994,  of  approximately
1,760 agents,  375 general agents, and 50 marketing  directors,  with whom Dixie
Life  has  non-exclusive  contracts.   Sales  personnel  are  compensated  on  a
commission  basis  and are  provided  incentives  for  increased  production.  A
relatively  small  number  of  Dixie  Life's  marketing   directors  generate  a
significant  amount  of  premium  income  and the loss of one or more  marketing
directors could have an adverse economic effect on the Company.  In that regard,
see  "General,"  above,  with  respect to the impact of the loss of a  marketing
director on 1994 new life insurance business.

     At  December  31,  1994,  the  Company  had  approximately  30 home  office
employees,  including  officers.  In  connection  with the sale of Dixie  Life's
accident and health business, the home office staff was further reduced to 26 at
March 15, 1995. At December 31, 1993, such staff numbered approximately 50.


     Competition.  The life insurance industry is highly competitive.  There are
over 2,000 life insurance companies nationwide. Dixie Life's competitors consist
of both stock and mutual  companies.  Because  the  profits,  if any,  of mutual
companies  accrue to the  benefit  of  policyholders,  such  companies  may have
certain competitive  advantages.  Dixie Life is a relatively small,  essentially
regional, insurance company that competes with life insurance companies that are
more widely  known,  have far  greater  resources  and offer a broader  range of
insurance  products.  Dixie Life also  competes  with other  regional  insurance
companies of a more comparable size. These factors contribute to the competition
encountered by the Company in attracting the services of qualified  sales agents
and may  result in higher  agent  costs.  Based on  industry  data,  major  life
companies  generally pay smaller  commissions  than Dixie Life.  Compared to the
regional  companies in the market area it services,  Dixie Life believes it pays
similar  commissions.  The  Company  expects  this  pattern to  continue  in the
foreseeable  future.  Dixie Life  believes  that its  policies  and  rates,  the
services  performed by its agents,  and its claims  administration are generally
competitive  with  those  offered  by both  stock and  mutual  companies  in the
jurisdictions in which it operates.

     Investments. Dixie Life is required to invest its assets in accordance with
applicable  provisions of the  Mississippi  insurance  law. The following  table
shows the  composition of Dixie Life's  invested assets at December 31, 1994 and
1993, valued on a GAAP basis:

                                       1994                       1993
                                Carrying   Percent of      Carrying   Percent of
                                 Value       Total          Value       Total
                               -----------  -------       -----------  -------  
Fixed maturities               $17,332,660    54.7%       $13,489,902    43.0%
Policy loans                     3,060,185     9.7          3,025,981     9.6

Government
 guaranteed student loans, net   5,978,288    18.9          7,159,975    22.9
Short-term investments           4,860,347    15.3          3,040,448     9.7
Cash and cash equivalents          459,109     1.4          4,655,458    14.8
                               -----------  -------       -----------  -------  
     TOTAL                     $31,690,589   100.0%       $31,371,764   100.0%
                               -----------  -------       -----------  -------  
                               -----------  -------       -----------  -------  

                                       25

<PAGE>
     Dixie  Life's  fixed  maturities  consist  of  obligations  issued  by U.S.
Government  agencies  and  authorities;  states,  municipalities  and  political
sub-divisions;  public  utilities;  and other  corporate  issuers.  As the table
shows,  there was a substantial  increase in fixed  maturities and a substantial
decrease  in cash  and cash  equivalents  during  1994.  In  1994,  the  Company
completed  a plan  begun  in  1993  to  realign  the  composition  of its  fixed
maturities and short-term investments to create a portfolio with an average life
of  approximately  10  years.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations"  and  Note  3  of  Notes  to
Consolidated Financial statements.

     Reinsurance.   Dixie  Life  reinsures  substantial  portions  of  its  life
insurance  risks  with other  carriers  under its  excess  coverage  reinsurance
arrangements.  Generally,  when the life coverage on any one individual  exceeds
$55,000,  Dixie Life's maximum  retention on the insured is $50,000.  The excess
coverage is reinsured under  agreements Dixie Life has entered into with various
reinsurers, other than Crown.

     In addition to its excess coverage  reinsurance  arrangements,  Dixie Life,
pursuant to the Crown Agreement,  has ceded to Crown 90% of the retained portion
of its traditional life and 90% of the retained part of its fixed premium excess
interest  sensitive  life policies in effect as of September 30, 1992.  The face
amount  of  policies   ceded  as  of  the  effective   date  was   approximately
$255,455,000.  The  reinsurance  effected  under  the  Crown  Agreement  is on a
combination  coinsurance and modified coinsurance basis. It is expected that the
coinsurance  portion will  decrease and the  modified  coinsurance  portion will
increase over the term of the Crown Agreement.

     As the amount of reinsurance  on a coinsurance  basis  decreases  under the
Crown  Agreement  the amount of the reserve  credit  available  to Dixie Life is
reduced,  with a corresponding  reduction of Dixie Life Statutory  Surplus.  The
Crown  Agreement  provided Dixie Life with $4,500,000 of initial reserve credit.
At December 31, 1994, the reserve credit was $1,985,000 which will be reduced by
not more than  $165,000 per quarter  ($250,000 per quarter prior to an amendment
effective October 31, 1994).  It is anticipated that the Crown Agreement will be
terminated in approximately  three years from December 31, 1994, when all of the
coinsurance  portion of the  reinsurance is expected to be converted to modified
coinsurance, unless the agreement is further amended.

     Dixie  Life has placed  assets in trust  equal to 105% of the amount of the
reserves  on the portion of the ceded  block of  business  originally  reinsured
under the Crown Agreement on a coinsurance  basis.  These assets,  with a market
value of approximately  $13,435,000 as of December 31, 1994, have been placed in
trust by Dixie Life with a bank.

     Investment in Marketable Equity Securities.  Pursuant to the UMS Agreement,
UMS assisted the Corporation in the November  Transaction  involving the sale of
2,000,000  shares of the  Corporation's  Common Stock for which the  Corporation
received 1,230,770 shares of Alanco common stock. The purchasers in the November
Transaction,  as required by the UMS  Agreement,  were  required to maintain the
value  of the  Alanco  stock  conveyed  to the  Corporation  at  not  less  than
$2,000,000  market  value  for an  agreed  period by  delivering,  if  required,
additional  shares of Alanco common stock to the  Corporation.  In the event the
market value exceeded the required  $2,000,000,  the  purchasers  could purchase
all, but not less than all, of the Alanco  common stock held by the  Corporation
for a purchase price of $2,000,000.

     The UMS Agreement was  subsequently  amended,  effective March 24, 1995, to
provide, among other things, for the following:

          (A) the  extension of the period  during which the  purchasers  of the
Corporation's  Common Stock in the November Transaction are required to maintain
a minimum  market  value of  $2,000,000  from March 31, 1995 to the later of the
closing date of the sale of Dixie Life to Standard, or ninety days from the date
of cancellation of the agreement related to such sale;

          (B) the  substitution of other common stock for Alanco common stock so
long as such substituted stock is currently traded on NASDAQ, the American Stock
Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange; and

          (C) the granting of the Corporation to UMS of the option to assist the
Corporation in acquiring  shares of Phoenix  Medical  Management,  Inc. (PMM) by
exchanging  2,000,000  shares of the Common Stock of the  Corporation for 16% of
the  outstanding  shares  of PMM  and the  acquisition  by the  Corporation,  in
consideration  for 100,000  shares of its Common Stock,  of an option to acquire
the  remaining  84% of the shares of PMM in exchange  for  10,400,000  shares of
Common Stock of the Corporation.

     The  Corporation  has not yet  consummated  the  acquisition  of 16% of the
shares of PMM in exchange for 2,000,000 shares of its Common Stock.

     As  permitted  by the UMS  Agreement,  as amended,  the  purchasers  in the
November  Transaction  have  substituted  shares  of common  stock of  Appletree
Companies,  Inc.  (Appletree) in place of shares of Alanco. At June 7, 1995, the
Corporation owned 874,770 shares of Alanco and 500,000 shares of Appletree.  The
market value of such stock at June 7, 1995 exceeded the required $2,000,000.

                                       26
<PAGE>
     Under the terms of the Crown Agreement, Dixie Life makes quarterly payments
to Crown which are generally  equal to 1% of the reserve  credit being  provided
under the  agreement  for the next  quarter.  The Crown  Agreement  provides for
various  premium  and other  payments to be made  between  Dixie Life and Crown.
These payments may offset each other,  resulting in a netting of amounts due. No
net quarterly  payment to Crown during the remaining life of the Crown Agreement
will exceed the payment made in the next preceding quarter.

     Under all of Dixie  Life's  reinsurance  arrangements,  Dixie Life  remains
liable under its policies to its policyholders, regardless of the ability of the
reinsurer to meet its obligation to Dixie Life.

     Dixie Life has assumed  reinsurance on a block of life  insurance  business
under the Servicemen's  Group Life Insurance Program.  However,  this assumption
has virtually no effect on Dixie's  earnings from year to year.  This assumption
increased   Dixie  Life's  total  in  force  life  insurance  by   approximately
$141,936,000  at December 31, 1994.  Dixie does not have any plans to enter into
other assumption reinsurance agreements.

     Additional   information   regarding  Dixie's   reinsurance   policies  and
activities  is  included  in Notes 2 and 13 of Notes to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

     Regulatory Factors.  Dixie Life is subject to regulation and supervision by
the insurance  departments of the  jurisdictions in which it is licensed.  These
insurance  departments  are  charged  with the  responsibility  to  assure  that
insurance  companies  maintain adequate capital and surplus,  manage investments
within prescribed  character and exposure  limitations and comply with a variety
of operational  standards.  They also make periodic  examinations  of individual
companies and review annual reports on the financial  condition of all companies
operating within their respective jurisdictions.  Regulations cover many aspects
of the life insurance  business,  including  accounting and financial  reporting
procedures.

     As a  Mississippi  domiciled  insurer,  Dixie Life is primarily  subject to
regulation by the Mississippi Insurance Department.  An annual statement must be
filed  with the  Insurance  Department  in each  state in  which  Dixie  Life is
qualified on or before March 1 of each year covering operations and reporting on
the financial  condition of Dixie Life as of December 31 of the preceding  year.
Periodically,   the  Mississippi   Insurance  Department  examines  the  assets,
liabilities  and reserves of Dixie Life and performs a full  examination  of its
operations.   The  Mississippi  Insurance   Department's  most  recent  complete
examination of Dixie Life was as of December 31, 1990.

     In  1993,  the  Mississippi   Insurance  Department  completed  a  targeted
examination as of September 30, 1993. In February  1995, the Department  began a
complete  examination  as of December 31, 1994.  The  Department  invites  other
jurisdictions   in  which  Dixie  Life  does  business  to  participate  in  its
examinations,  if they so desire.  An examiner from Delaware,  representing  the
Eastern Region as set up by NAIC, is participating in the current examination.

                                       27
<PAGE>
     Under insurance guaranty fund laws in most states,  insurers doing business
therein can be assessed up to prescribed limits for policyholder losses incurred
as a result of insolvent  companies  that were doing  business in the  assessing
state. The amount of future assessments,  if any, of Dixie Life under these laws
cannot be estimated.  Most of these laws do provide, however, that an assessment
may be excused or  deferred  if it would  threaten an  insurer's  own  financial
strength. In addition, insurers are generally allowed a 100% credit for guaranty
assessments paid against future premium tax expense.

     Under  Mississippi  law, the  Corporation  and Dixie Life are members of an
insurance  holding  company system.  As members of an insurance  holding company
system,  transactions  between  the  Corporation  and Dixie Life are  subject to
various statutory  controls and limitations and may require approval and trigger
certain  reporting  requirements.  In addition,  Mississippi  law provides  that
certain transactions  involving a domestic insurer and any person in its holding
company  system  shall not be entered  into unless the insurer has  notified the
Commissioner  in  writing  of  the  insurer's   intention  to  enter  into  such
transaction  at least 30 days  prior  thereto,  or such  shorter  period  as the
Commissioner  may permit,  and that the  Commissioner  has not disapproved  such
transaction within such period.

     Generally,  transactions  within a holding  company system must be fair and
reasonable; charges or fees for services rendered must be reasonable; accounting
for expenses incurred and for payments received must be allocated to the insurer
in  conformity  with  customary  insurance  accounting  practices   consistently
applied;  the books and  records of the  parties to all such  transactions  must
clearly and  accurately  disclose  the nature and  details of the  transactions,
including accounting  information necessary to support the reasonableness of the
charges  or  fees  to  the  parties;   and  the  insurer's  surplus  as  regards
policyholders  following any dividend or distribution to a shareholder affiliate
must be  reasonable  in relation to the insurer's  outstanding  liabilities  and
adequate to meet its financial  needs.  Certain  transactions are required to be
reported to the Commissioner.

     Mississippi law prohibits the payment of an  extraordinary  dividend or any
other  extraordinary  distribution by an insurer to a shareholder  until 30 days
after the  Commissioner  has received notice of the declaration  thereof and has
not, within such period,  disapproved  such payment or has approved such payment
within the permitted period.

     An extraordinary  dividend or distribution is one which,  together with all
other  distributions  or dividends  within the preceding 12 months,  exceeds the
lesser of (i) 10% of such  insurer's  surplus  as  regards  policyholders  as of
December 31st next preceding, or (ii) net gains from operations of such insurer,
not including  realized  capital gains, for the twelve months ending December 31
next  preceding.  In such  computations,  the insurer may carry forward net gain
from  operations from the previous two calendar years that have not already been
paid out as dividends. Based upon Dixie Life's net gain from operations in 1994,
Dixie Life may pay a dividend of approximately  $200,000 without the approval of
the Commissioner.

     Although the federal  government  generally does not directly  regulate the
business of insurance,  federal initiatives often have an impact on the business
in  a  variety  of  ways.  Current  and  proposed  federal  measures  which  may
significantly affect the insurance business include employee benefit regulation,
tax law changes affecting the taxation of insurance companies, the tax treatment
of  insurance  products,  and the  relative  desirability  of  various  personal
investment vehicles.

                                       28
<PAGE>
Legal Proceedings

     Dixie Life is a  defendant  in a suit  filed on  January 7, 1994,  by David
William Becker, plaintiff, in the Circuit Court of Montgomery County, Alabama.

     The suit alleges  that Dixie Life has failed to properly  pay  dividends to
holders of its Charter  Contract  policies.  As discussed in Note 13 of Notes to
Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  these policies are participating  policies
pursuant to which Dixie Life is obligated to apportion  dividends to the holders
of such policies as a group and on a prorata basis,  of not less than 35% of the
statutory  net  profits of Dixie  Life,  computed  by a formula set forth in the
policy.  The  formula  utilizes  certain  information  contained  in the  annual
statement filed by Dixie Life with the Mississippi  Department of Insurance,  as
such report was  constituted  in 1966.  The suit was filed as a class  action on
behalf of the plaintiff and a class of persons allegedly  similarly situated and
alleges the class consists of over 1,000 persons.

     The suit seeks judgment in an undetermined amount for alleged  underpayment
of dividends and an injunction requiring Dixie Life to pay appropriate dividends
in the future.
                  
     Dixie Life has paid a dividend to holders of the Charter Contract  policies
in each year since the policies were issued.  On a cumulative  basis,  the total
dividends  paid to the holders of the Charter  Contract  policies since issuance
exceed 35% of the  statutory  net  profits of Dixie Life for the same  period as
defined by the policy.

     Dixie Life filed an answer to the complaint on March 7, 1994 and intends to
vigorously  defend the suit. Dixie Life believes  serious  questions exist as to
whether a class action is available  relative to the plaintiff's  claim, and the
identity of the class,  if a class action is  available.  Dixie Life will oppose
the certification of any class and, alternatively, will seek to limit the class.

     No class has yet been certified by the court. In the absence of a class, if
any, and its composition,  if certified, Dixie Life has no reasonable basis upon
which to estimate its potential liability, if any.

     There are no other pending legal proceedings, expect for routine litigation
incidental  to the  Company's  business,  to  which  the  Company  or any of its
subsidiaries are a part, or to which any of the Company's property is subject.

                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The selected  financial  data for the Company set forth below as of and for
the years ended December 31, 1994,  1993,  1992, 1991 and 1990 were derived from
the audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of the Company.  The unaudited
financial  information  as of and for the three  months ended March 31, 1995 and
1994  were  derived  from the  accounting  records  of the  Corporation  and its
subsidiaries  and  reflect,  in the  opinion of the  Company,  all  adjustments,
consisting  only of  normal  recurring  items,  which are  necessary  for a fair
presentation  of  financial  position  and  results  of  operations  on a  basis
consistent with that of the audited  financial  statements.  The results for the
three  months  ended March 31, 1995 are not  necessarily  indicative  of results
expected  for the full  year.  The  selected  financial  data  should be read in
conjunction with  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations" and the Company's  consolidated  financial statements
and notes thereto, each included elsewhere herein.

FOR THE PERIOD ENDED
MARCH 31:
REVENUES
  Premiums                    $    810,697     $ 4,083,248 
  Net Investment Income            617,412         537,085
  Realized investment
    gains (losses)                  36,757          11,594
                               ------------    ------------  
    Total                        1,464,866       4,631,927
                               ------------    ------------  
                               ------------    ------------  

NET INCOME (LOSS)               (4,808,323)       (909,329)
                               ------------    ------------  
                               ------------    ------------  

PER COMMON SHARE AMOUNTS
  Primary and fully diluted
    Net income (loss)          $     (0.57)          (0.14)
                               ------------    ------------  
                               ------------    ------------    

AT MARCH 31:
TOTAL ASSETS                    40,487,880      52,868,860
                               ------------    ------------
                               ------------    ------------
NOTES PAYABLE
 AND OTHER DEBT                $ 6,058,506     $ 6,217,981   
                               ------------    ------------  
                               ------------    ------------    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           1994            1993            1992            1991            1990
<S>                    <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C> 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31:
REVENUES
  Premiums             $ 9,516,157     $19,499,289     $17,178,510     $15,146,819     $12,457,781
  Net Investment Income  2,133,635       2,005,075       2,157,848       2,410,940       2,545,802
  Realized investment
    gains (losses)           1,551          25,580         (24,494)          2,029         (29,818)
                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
    Total              $11,651,343     $21,529,944     $19,311,864     $17,559,788     $14,973,765
                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

NET INCOME (LOSS)      $(2,554,779)    $  (957,138)    $  848,984      $ 1,566,934     $ 2,495,775
                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

PER COMMON SHARE AMOUNTS
  Primary and fully diluted
    Net income (loss)  $      (.39)    $      (.15)    $      .13      $      .24      $       .39
                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

AT DECEMBER 31:
  TOTAL ASSETS         $44,577,452     $56,255,734     $55,540,644     $54,240,107     $49,191,859
                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
  NOTES PAYABLE        ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
   AND OTHER DEBT      $ 6,103,839     $ 6,253,670     $ 7,003,517     $ 7,520,447     $ 6,110,609

</TABLE>
                                       29
<PAGE>
        MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
                             RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following  should be read in  conjunction  with the Selected  Financial
Data and the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and notes  thereto  appearing
elsewhere in this Proxy Statement.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     General. In 1994 and early 1995, the Corporation devoted significant effort
to  strengthening   the  Statutory  Surplus  of  Dixie  Life  and  reducing  the
Corporation's  dependence  upon the  operations of Dixie Life and the ability of
Dixie Life to transfer funds to the Corporation.  The following steps were taken
in 1994 and early 1995:

          The sale of Dixie Life's accident and health  business  increased
          Dixie Life's  Statutory  Surplus to a level so that Dixie Life is
          not  dependent  upon the  reserve  credit  provided  by the Crown
          Agreement to meet minimum levels of Statutory Surplus required by
          any state in which it operates.  The sale of that  business  also
          allowed  Dixie  Life to  accelerate  the  recapture  of the Crown
          reserve  credit in 1994,  further  reducing the dependence on the
          Crown Agreement.

          The UMS Agreement  generally  provided a possible source of funds
          to satisfy the Term Loan and Convertible Notes. The Alanco shares
          acquired  under the UMS  Agreement  in the  November  Transaction
          provided a means of further  securing the Convertible  Notes upon
          the extension of their original May 1, 1995 due date.

          The Standard  Transaction  provides for the  satisfaction  of the
          Term Loan and the Convertible  Notes. There are no assurances the
          transaction  contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement will be
          consummated.

     Liquidity Requirements. Most of the operating liquidity requirements of the
Company arise from the insurance  operations of Dixie Life and generally are met
through  funds  generated by Dixie  Life's  operations.  Premium  income and net
investment  income  provide funds that are used to pay claims to  policyholders;
make policy loans; pay costs of obtaining new business,  principally  first year
commissions;  and pay  operating  expenses.  Dixie Life's  operations  generated
positive cash flow of  approximately  $778,000,  $98,000 and $1,074,000 in 1994,
1993 and 1992, respectively.

     Dixie Life pays a monthly  management  fee of $154,000 to the  Corporation.
Funds  provided  by the  management  fee are  sufficient  to pay  operating  and
interest expenses of the Corporation.  Assuming the Standard Transaction closes,
the  Corporation  will no longer have this  source of revenue,  although it will
have eliminated its interest  expense and its operating  expenses will have been
significantly reduced.

                                       30
<PAGE>
     The  Corporation's  most important  liquidity need at this time is for debt
service.  At December 31, 1994,  the  Corporation  owed  Standard  approximately
$3,689,000  under a Term Loan. The Term Loan  (originally due March 31, 1995) is
now due at closing of the Standard Transaction or 90 days after the cancellation
of the Standard Transaction by either party. Also, the Corporation's Convertible
Notes, in the amount of $1,720,000,  (originally due May 1, 1995) are now due on
the new due date of the Term Loan but not later than December 27, 1995. Although
the  Standard  Transaction  provides  a means  to  satisfy  the  Term  Loan  and
Convertible  Notes  at  closing,  there  are no  assurances  that  the  Standard
Transaction  will be  consummated.  All of the shares of Dixie Life owned by the
Corporation  are pledged to secure payment of the Term Loan and the  Convertible
Notes.

     At December 31, 1994,  Vanguard owed a bank approximately  $524,000 under a
mortgage  loan  secured  by the home  office  building  of Dixie Life which also
secures the Term Loan.  Under a lease  agreement,  Dixie Life pays Vanguard rent
sufficient to cover the debt service under the mortgage.

     The  loan  agreement  covering  the  Term  Loan  contains  three  financial
covenants.  A provision  of the Stock  Purchase  Agreement  waives each of those
covenants  until the due date of the Term  Loan.  The  terms of the  Convertible
Notes  provide  that an event of default  under the Term  Loan,  if not cured or
waived, is an event of default under the Convertible Notes.


     Going  Concern  Considerations.  The lack of  assurance  that the  Standard
Transaction  will be  completed  raises  significant  doubt about the  Company's
ability to continue as a going concern.  Completion of the Standard  Transaction
together with an extension or timely  repayment of the  Convertible  Notes would
remove such uncertainties.

     Management's plans in this regard include the following:

          1.  Endeavor  to  complete  the  Standard  Transaction,   thereby
          satisfying the Term Loan and the Convertible Notes.

          2. In the event the  Standard  Transaction  is canceled by either
          party,  searching  for another  purchaser of Dixie Life in the 90
          days available to Corporation beyond such cancellation before the
          Term Loan and Convertible Notes are due.

          3. The sale of a  portion  of the  marketable  equity  securities
          owned by the  Corporation is a possible source of repayment of at
          least a portion of the Convertible Notes.

     There are no assurances that any of these efforts will be successful.

     Investment Portfolio Liquidity. Dixie Life's investment strategy emphasizes
investments of the highest quality. Accordingly, Dixie Life's policy has been to
invest in securities  which are considered  investment grade by various investor
services and the NAIC. Occasionally, securities will fall below investment grade
over the life of the securities.  At December 31, 1994, Dixie Life's  investment
in securities not of investment grade was less than 1% of total investments.

     During 1994, the Dixie Life increased its investment in fixed maturities by
almost $5 million.  The funding for this  increase  came from  several  sources,
including  $778,000  from  operations,  $403,000 from net  collections  on agent
advances, $1,182,000 from net collections on student loans and $2,568,000 from a
reduction  in cash and short  term  investments.  Dixie Life has  completed  its
program, begun in 1993, to recast its investment portfolio into investments with
an  average  maturity  of  approximately  10  years.   Management  believes  its
investment portfolio provides  appropriate  liquidity to meet the liabilities of
Dixie Life as such liabilities mature.

                                       31
<PAGE>
     At December 31, 1994, the Company's  investments are reported in accordance
with the provisions of Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 115 (FAS
115) which was issued by the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board in 1993 and
effective  for 1994  financial  statements.  As a result the carrying  basis for
investments is different in 1994 than in 1993.

     At December 31, 1994,  fixed  maturity  investments  are all  classified as
available for sale and are carried at market value.  Unrealized market gains and
losses are reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity. Application
of FAS 115 resulted in a reduction of the Corporation's  stockholders' equity of
$925,000 at December 31, 1994.

     In 1995,  Dixie Life's Board of Directors  approved an  investment of up to
$1,200,000 in five year equipment leases on food preparation equipment at a rate
of prime plus 4% fixed at closing has been approved.  Approximately $540,000 has
been funded thus far in 1995.  The Stock  Purchase  Agreement  requires that any
investment under this program be transferred to the Corporation at book value at
closing.  Such transfer would effectively reduce the cash portion of the selling
price to the Corporation.

     Statutory  Surplus.  Minimum  required levels of Statutory  Surplus vary by
state and range  from  $600,000  to  $3,000,000  in states  where  Dixie Life is
licensed.  If an insurance company's Statutory Surplus falls below the statutory
minimum,  that company could be subjected to severe  restrictions  in the states
where such minimum levels are not maintained.  Thus any insurance  company has a
continuing need to maintain required minimum Statutory Surplus levels.

     The  insurance  departments  of most of the  states  in  which  Dixie  Life
operates, including its domicile state of Mississippi,  have broad discretionary
powers to require higher levels of Statutory Surplus,  or to impose restrictions
on  operations,  including  fund  transfers  and new business  sales,  when such
restrictions  are  perceived  by the  departments  as  necessary or desirable to
maintain adequate amounts of Statutory Surplus.

     At December 31, 1994, Dixie Life's Statutory  Surplus was $6,280,000,  well
in excess of the minimum  requirement  of any state.  Prior to the 1994  sale of
its accident and health business,  Dixie Life's Statutory  Surplus was less than
$3,000,000. Further, in order to meet its Statutory Surplus requirements,  Dixie
Life has, from time to time, depended upon forms of reinsurance  agreements that
provide surplus relief through  reserve  credits that, for statutory  accounting
purposes,  increase  Statutory  Surplus in an amount equal to the reserve credit
taken. Dixie Life's principal reinsurance agreement provided a reserve credit of
$1,985,000 at December 31, 1994.  The sales of its in force  accident and health
insurance, generated significant statutory profits.

Results of Operations

     First Three Months of 1995  Compared To First Three Months of 1994.  In the
three month  period  ended March 31,  1995,  the Company  incurred a net loss of
$4,808,000  ($.57 per share) compared to a net loss of $909,000 ($.14 per share)
in the  comparable  period of 1994.  The 1995 loss included an estimated loss of
$4,635,000  ($.55 per share) from the proposed  sale of Dixie Life  discussed in
Note  3 to the  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  sale  of  Dixie  Life
constitutes  discontinuance  of the life insurance  business by the Corporation.
The  loss  on the  sale  is  reported  in a  manner  substantially  the  same as
discontinued   operations.   The  Corporation   continues  to  report  insurance
operations in the same manner as prior to the measurement date of March 6, 1995,
the date of a letter of intent preceding the Stock Purchase Agreement Accounting
Principles  Board Opinion No. 30 (APB 30) calls for reporting the  operations of
discontinued  operations  as a single net amount in the  statement of operations
but, in management's opinion, reducing virtually all of the Company's operations
to a single  amount in the  statement of  operations  would not be meaningful to
readers of the  Corporation's  financial  statements.  As discussed  above,  the
Corporation   anticipates  entry  into  the  health  care  business.   When  the
Corporation enters some other line of business but no later than 1996, insurance
operations  will be reported as  discontinued  operations in accordance with APB
30.

                                       32
<PAGE>
     Total revenues  decreased  $3,167,000 in the three month period ended March
31, 1995 compared to the same period in 1994.  Premiums for the period decreased
$3,273,000 in 1995,  primarily as a result of the sale of Dixie Life's  accident
and health business.

     Benefits and expenses decreased  $4,083,000 in the three month period ended
March 31, 1995 compared to the same period in 1994, primarily as a result of the
sales of Dixie Life's accident and health business.

     Benefits  and claims to  policyholders  decreased  $2,248,000  in the three
month  period  ended  March  31,  1995  compared  to the  same  period  in 1994.
Amortization of deferred policy  acquisition  costs decreased  $1,115,000 in the
three month  period  ended  March 31, 1995  compared to the same period in 1994.
Commissions decreased $605,000 in the three month period ended March 31 compared
to  1994.  Each of these  decreases  was  driven  by the  sales of Dixie  Life's
accident and health business.

     The Corporation  recognized no income tax benefit on the loss before income
taxes and estimated  loss on sale of  subsidiary  because it is more likely than
not that the resultant deferred tax assets would not be realized.


     Comparison of Three Years Ended December 31, 1994.  The Company  incurred a
net  loss of  $2,554,779  in 1994  compared  to a net loss of  $957,138  in 1993
reflecting a negative  change of 167% in 1994 compared to 1993.  The net loss in
1993  reflected  a  negative  change  of 213%  compared  to 1992 net  income  of
$848,984.  On a per share basis the net loss for 1994 was $.39 compared to a net
loss of $.15 in 1993 and net income of $.13 in 1992.

     Total  revenues for 1994 were  $11,651,000  compared to $21,530,000 in 1993
and  $19,312,000 in 1992,  reflecting a 46% decrease in 1994 and an 11% increase
in 1993.

     Premium income in 1994 was $9,516,000, a 51% decrease from 1993 premiums of
$19,499,000. The 1993 level of premiums was 14% greater than 1992 premium income
of  $17,179,000.  The  decrease in premiums in 1994 was driven  primarily by the
sale of Dixie Life's accident and health business,  which resulted in Dixie Life
having no accident and health premiums in the last half of 1994. The composition
of premium income in each of the three years was as follows:

                                    Life and         Accident
     Year                           Annuity         and Health        Total
     ----                         -----------       -----------   ------------  

     1994                         $ 4,214,000       $ 5,302,000   $  9,516,000
     1993                           5,314,000        14,185,000     19,499,000
     1992                           4,892,000        12,287,000     17,179,000

     Net investment income was $2,134,000 in 1994 compared to $2,005,000 in 1993
and  $2,158,000 in 1992,  reflecting an increase of 6% in 1994 and a decrease of
7% in 1993. In 1994 and 1993, net investment income was favorably  influenced by
a planned  program to reinvest  significant  short term  holdings in a portfolio
with an average life of 10 years.  There was also a positive impact in 1994 from
rising interest  rates.  Several factors  counteracted  these positive  factors.
First,  in  1991  Dixie  Life  began  reinvesting  the  proceeds  of all  calls,
maturities  and  sales  in  short  term  investments.   This  program  continued
throughout  1992  and  into the  first  quarter  of  1993.  This  resulted  in a
significant decrease in the yield on Dixie Life's investment portfolio.  Second,
income on student  loans has  steadily  decreased  in absolute  dollars,  driven
partly by a  reduction  in the amount of loans  outstanding  and the fact that a
significant portion of the outstanding loans provide for floating interest rates
which have fallen over the periods being compared.

                                       33
<PAGE>
     Total benefits and expenses were  $14,236,000 in 1994,  $22,700,000 in 1993
and $18,213,000 in 1992, reflecting a decrease of 37% in 1994 and an increase of
25% in 1993.

     In 1994, every expense  category  experienced a significant  decrease.  The
decreases  in benefits  and claims to  policyholders,  amortization  of deferred
policy acquisition costs and commissions largely resulted from the sale of Dixie
Life's accident and health  business,  The composition of these three categories
by segment were as follows:

                                    Life and         Accident
     Year                           Annuity         and Health        Total
     ----                         -----------       -----------   ------------  
Benefits and Claims to Policyholders:
- -------------------------------------
     1994                         $ 3,512,000       $3,061,000    $ 6,573,000
     1993                           4,046,000        8,528,000     12,574,000
     1992                           3,321,000        6,771,000     10,092,000

Amortization of Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs:
- --------------------------------------------------
     1994                             968,000          453,000      1,421,000
     1993                           1,526,000          980,000      2,506,000
     1992                           1,337,000          720,000      2,057,000

Commissions:
- ------------
     1994                             882,000        1,012,000      1,894,000
     1993                             367,000        3,142,000      3,509,000
     1992                             452,000        2,270,000      2,722,000

     General  expenses  declined  $323,000 in 1994  compared to 1993.  Under the
terms of the 1994 sale of Dixie Life's accident and health business,  Dixie Life
continued to administer  the business  which was sold through  December 16, 1994
and received  compensation  from the purchaser of $671,000 which was credited to
general expense.  Actual costs of such administration  exceeded the compensation
received,  accounting  for the  difference in the decrease and the  compensation
received.  The  decreases  in  all  recurring  categories  were  offset  by  the
difference in the loss incurred on the sale of Dixie Life's  accident and health
business in 1994 compared to 1993.

                                       34
<PAGE>
     In 1993, total benefits and expenses increased  $4,487,000 with an increase
in benefits and claims to policyholders  comprising $2,481,000 of this increase,
or  55%  of the  total  increase.  This  increase  in  benefits  and  claims  to
policyholders  was caused by an  increase in claims  paid of  $1,895,117  and an
increase in accident and health reserves resulting from continued high levels of
claims.  Dixie Life  instituted  rate  increases  on several of its accident and
health  policies  because  of the  higher  levels of claims  and it  continually
monitored its claims experience and requested rate increases on its accident and
health products  whenever claims experience  warranted rate increases.  The rate
increases  which were approved  generally were  instituted in the latter part of
1993 or  early  1994  and  thus  had  little  effect  on  operations  for  1993.
Amortization  of  deferred  policy  acquisition  costs  and  value of  insurance
purchased  increased  $450,000 in 1993 as a result of a general  increase in the
amount of insurance in force and a somewhat higher level of terminated  policies
in 1993.  Commission  expenses  increased  $787,000 as a result of a  relatively
higher  renewal  premium  income on accident and health  products  which carry a
higher renewal commission structure. General expenses increased $437,000 in 1993
with $217,000 of this increase being caused by increased professional fees.

     In 1994, a change in deferred taxes on policy  liabilities,  resulting from
an  incorrect  estimate of the tax basis  policy  benefits at December 31, 1993,
caused a $362,786  reduction  of the 1994 tax benefit  credited  to  operations.
Consequently the 1994 effective tax rate was less than 2%. Income tax benefit in
1993 was 18% of the loss before  income taxes  compared to income tax expense of
23% on income before income taxes in 1992 and 18% in 1991.

                                       35
<PAGE>

                          MARKET PRICES AND DIVIDENDS


     The Corporation's Common Stock is traded in the over-the-counter market and
is quoted on the NASDAQ  Market  System under the symbol DNLC.  The tables below
set forth the  reported  high and low bid and asked  prices as  reported  by the
National  Quotation Bureau,  Inc. for the quarters  indicated.  This information
does not include retail markups, markdowns, or commissions and may not represent
actual transactions.

                                            1995
                                High                        Low
     Quarter             Bid          Asked          Bid          Asked

     First               1            1 1/32           13/16        15/16
     Second (through
               , 1995)

                                            1994


     First               1            1 1/4          1            1 3/16
     Second                15/16      1 1/16           13/16       15/16
     Third                  9/16        3/4             1/2        11/16
     Fourth                 3/4         7/8             1/2         5/8



                                            1993

     First                  7/8       1 1/8             7/8       1 1/8
     Second                13/16      1 1/16           13/16      1 1/16
     Third               1  1/16      1 1/4            15/16      1 1/8
     Fourth                13/16      1                11/16        7/8


     The closing bid price for the Corporation's  Common Stock on April 7, 1995,
the business day immediately  preceding the public  announcement of the Standard
Transaction, was $ .84 3/8.

     No cash  dividends have been paid on the  Corporation's  Common Stock since
1983 and the  Corporation  does not anticipate the payment of any such dividends
for the foreseeable future. The provisions of the Term loan prohibit the payment
of dividends by the Corporation.

     The number of holders of record of common stock of the  Corporation on June
15, 1995 was _____.

                                       36

<PAGE>
                    PROPOSAL NO. 2 - 1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN

     The Board of Directors  adopted the 1995 Stock Option Plan ("1995 Plan") on
May 26, 1995, subject to shareholder  approval.  The purpose of the 1995 Plan is
to advance the interests of the  Corporation  and its  shareholders by affording
key employees and non-employee  directors the opportunity to acquire a propriety
interest in the Corporation  through the purchase of Common Stock under options.
By so doing, the Board seeks to motivate,  retain and attract highly  competent,
highly  motivated  individuals  whose  judgment,   initiative,   leadership  and
continued efforts will contribute to the success of the Corporation.

     The shareholders of the Corporation have previously  approved similar stock
option plans,  the 1982 Incentive Stock Option Plan and the 1988 Incentive Stock
Option Plan  (together,  "1982 and 1988  Plans"),  both of which have expired so
that options thereunder may no longer be granted. Options granted under the 1982
and 1988 Plans with respect to an  aggregate  of 395,768  shares of Common Stock
currently  are  outstanding  and held by three  officers  and  directors  of the
Corporations,  and 192 sales agents of Dixie Life. These options are exercisable
for periods  ending  January 1999, at prices not less than the fair market value
of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

     A copy of the 1995 Plan is attached as Appendix D to this Proxy  Statement.
The principal features of the 1995 Plan are described below.

General

     The 1995 Plan provides for the grant of options to acquire shares of Common
Stock to key employees and non-employee directors of the Corporation.  A maximum
of 500,000  shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustments in the event of stock
splits,  stock  dividends and certain other events) may be issued under the 1995
Plan,  of which  400,000 are reserved for key employees and 100,000 are reserved
for non-employee  directors.  Based on the closing bid price of the Common Stock
on NASDAQ on June 15, 1995,  the  aggregate  market value of the 500,000  shares
subject to the 1995 Plan is $ _____. If any option terminates or expires without
having been exercised in full,  the stock not purchased  under such option shall
again be  available  for the  purposes  of the 1995 Plan.  Each  option  must be
granted within five years from May 26, 1995, the date on which the 1995 Plan was
adopted by the Board of Directors. The 1995 Plan will terminate on May 25, 2005,
at which time any outstanding options shall be void and of no further effect.

Administration

     The 1995 Plan is administered by an  Administrative  Committee of the Board
of  Directors,  which is comprised of the members of the Board's  Personnel  and
Compensation   Committee.   Subject  to  provisions   of  the  1995  Plan,   the
Administrative  Committee has the sole  authority to determine  those persons to
whom and the time or times at which  options may be  granted,  and the number of
shares of Common Stock to be subject to each option.  Also,  the  Administrative
Committee has complete authority to interpret the 1995 Plan, to prescribe, amend
and rescind rules and regulations related to it, and to determine the provisions
of each stock option agreement,  consistent with the terms of the 1995 Plan, and
to make all other determinations necessary or advisable in the administration of
the 1995 Plan.

                                       37
<PAGE>
Options

     The options may be granted  under the 1995 Plan as either  incentive  stock
options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,
as  amended  ("Code"),  for  key  employees,  or  as  non-statutory  options  to
non-employee directors. All options must be exercised within five years from the
date of grant;  are to be  exercised  at the option  price which may not be less
than the  fair  market  value of the  Common  Stock  at the time the  option  is
granted;   are  exercisable  over  such  period  and  in  such  amounts  as  the
Administrative  Committee  may  determine;  and are  non-transferable  except on
death. The options terminate ten days following termination of employment,  with
or without cause, or termination of a non-employee  director's relationship with
the  Corporation.  However,  in the event of retirement the options expire three
months from the date of  retirement and, in the case of death or  permanent  and
total   disability  of  an  optionee,   the  deceased  or  disabled   optionee's
representative or estate shall have the right to exercise the option at any time
within a period of one year following the optionee's death or disability.

     The maximum number of shares subject to options granted under the 1995 Plan
to any one employee is 100,000 and to any one  non-employee  director is 10,000.
No person to whom  options are granted may receive  options,  first  exercisable
during any single  calendar  year,  for Common  Stock,  the fair market value of
which (determined at the time of the grant of the options) exceeds $100,000.

Exercise of Options

     The options  granted  under the 1995 Plan are  exercisable  by the optionee
over such period of time and in such amounts as the Administrative Committee may
determine,  but in no instance  will the exercise  period exceed five years from
the date of grant of the option. Key employees may exercise 20% of their options
in each year on a cumulative  basis;  any portion not exercised  will be carried
over for exercise in subsequent years. Non-employee directors may exercise their
options,  in whole or in part,  at any time.  The exercise of any option must be
accompanied  by the full  purchase  price in cash at the time of  exercise.  The
exercise  price  may  not  be  changed  except  by  adjustment  pursuant  to the
anti-dilution provisions of the 1995 Plan.

Transferability

     Options are not assignable or transferable except for the right of exercise
which passes to the estate or legal  representative of a deceased optionee for a
period of one year following the optionee's death.

Termination or Amendment

     The  Board  of  Directors  of  the   Corporation  may  at  any  time,  upon
recommendation  of the  Administrative  Committee,  terminate the 1995 Plan, and
may, at any time and from time to time, amend or modify the 1995 Plan. No action
may be taken by the Board, without approval of a majority of the shareholders of
the  Corporation,  to: (a)  increase  the total number of shares of Common Stock
subject to the 1995 Plan, (b) change the manner of determining the option price,
or (c)  withdraw  the  administration  of the 1995 Plan from the  Administrative
Committee.  The anti-dilution  provisions of the 1995 Plan are exceptions to the
restrictions on amendment or change.

Federal Income Tax Consequences

     The principal  federal  income tax rules as they apply to the 1995 Plan are
summarized below.

                                       38
<PAGE>
     Incentive  Stock Options.  Options granted to key employees will be treated
as "incentive  stock options," the tax treatment of which is governed by Section
422 of the Code.  If the  requirements  of Section 422 and the  Regulations  the
thereunder  are met, no regular  income tax is imposed upon the employee when an
option is granted or  exercised.  The employee is not subject to regular  income
tax until shares acquired by the exercise of the option are sold.

     The first taxable  event is the sale of shares  acquired by exercise of the
option.  At  that  time,  if the  employee  meets  the  special  holding  period
requirements,  the  employee  recognizes  gain or loss  equal to the  difference
between the amount realized on the sale and the option exercise price. This gain
is treated as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. However, if the
employee fails to satisfy the special holding period  requirement,  the employee
is treated as having  compensation income when he or she disposes of the shares.
The amount of the  compensation  income is equal to the  difference  between the
fair  market  value of the stock at the time of  exercise  of the option and the
option  exercise  price.  Any remaining gain is treated as gain from the sale or
exchange of a capital  asset.  If the stock  acquired  under an incentive  stock
option  declines in fair market value  between  exercise  and sale,  so that the
difference  between the fair market value of the stock on exercise and the price
paid for the stock exceeds the gain recognized upon an early  disposition of the
stock,  the  compensation  income is  limited  to the  amount of the gain on the
disposition.

     To meet the holding period  requirement,  stock acquired under an incentive
stock  option may not be  disposed of before the later of (i) two years from the
date of the grant of the option,  or (ii) one year from the date of the exercise
of the  option.  These  periods  are  measured  from the date on which  all acts
necessary to grant or exercise the option,  whichever is  applicable,  have been
completed.  The date of grant is the date the Administrative Committee completes
action  granting  the option.  The date of exercise is the date the  Corporation
receives notice of exercise and payment for the shares.

     The  Corporation  will be entitled to a deduction in an amount equal to any
ordinary  income  recognized  by an  optionee  upon the grant or  exercise of an
option.

     Non-Statutory Stock Options.  With respect to non-employee  directors,  the
options granted will be treated as  "non-statutory"  options governed by Section
83 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.

     Non-statutory  options are subject to the provisions of Section 83 relating
to  the  transfer  of  property  for  services.  If  the  option  has a  readily
ascertainable  fair market value when it is granted,  it is subject to tax under
Section  83 at the  time  of  grant.  If the  option  does  not  have a  readily
ascertainable  fair market value at the time of the grant, it will be subject to
tax under  Section 83 when the shares of stock are  transferred  pursuant to the
exercise of the option.

     Generally,  the value of an option is not readily  ascertainable unless the
option is actively  traded on an established  market.  Since the options granted
under  the  1995  Plan  are not  transferable,  they  will  not  have a  readily
ascertainable  fair market  value and there should be no tax  consequences  to a
non-employee  at the time the option is  granted.  Instead,  the option  will be
taxed when it is  exercised.  At that time,  the fair market value of the shares
acquired,  less any amount  paid for the  shares,  will be included in the gross
income of the non-employee as compensation; and the Corporation will be entitled
to a deduction equal to the amount included in the non-employee's gross income.

                                       39
<PAGE>
     Once  compensation  income is recognized,  the  non-employee is entitled to
increase his or her basis by the amount of income  recognized.  Thereafter,  tax
treatment  on the  sale  of the  shares  will  be  subject  to the  usual  rules
respecting  sales or  exchanges of  property.  If the shares  quality as capital
assets in the hands of the non-employee,  the subsequent sale will be treated as
a sale or  exchange  of  property  subject  to a capital  gain or  capital  loss
treatment.

Grants Under 1995 Plan

     Options for the purchase of 5,000 shares of Common Stock were granted under
the 1995 Plan upon its  adoption  on May 26,  1995 to each of the  Corporation's
seven non-employee  directors,  and an option for 25,000 shares also was granted
to G. Thomas Reed,  Senior Vice  President of the  Corporation.  The options are
subject to approval of the 1995 Plan by the shareholders,  and if approved, will
be exercisable at $ 25/32, the closing bid price on the last trade date (May 25,
1995), prior to the date of grant.

     A favorable  vote of a majority of the shares  voted in person or by proxy,
is required to approve the 1995 Plan. The Board of Directors recommends that the
shareholders vote FOR approval of the 1995 Plan.

                     PROPOSAL NO. 3 - ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Nominees and Directors

     Article III, Section 2 of the By-Laws of the Corporation  provides that the
Board of Directors shall consist of not less than nine nor more than 25 members,
the number thereof to be determined at each annual meeting of shareholders.  The
Board of Directors recommends that the Board of Directors of the Corporation for
the ensuing year consist of nine  directors and further  recommends the election
of the nominees listed below, each director to hold office until the next annual
meeting of the  shareholders  or until his  successor  shall be duly elected and
qualified. Shareholders may also nominate candidates for director at any meeting
of the shareholders at which directors are to be elected.  A favorable vote of a
majority of those shares voting, in person or by proxy, is required to approve a
Board of Directors  consisting  of nine  directors.  The nominees  receiving the
highest number of votes shall be elected.

     Each  nominee  except Mr.  _____ is a member of the  present  board and was
elected  thereto  by a vote of the  shareholders  at the  1994  annual  meeting.
Management has no reason to believe that any substitute nominee or nominees will
be required.

                                       40
<PAGE>

     The  following  table  indicates the age, year first elected a director and
principal  occupation or employment for the past five years of each nominee.  In
addition,  the table also  indicates  any committee of the Board of Directors of
the Corporation on which the nominee serves.

T. H.  ETHERIDGE              Mr.  Etheridge, 60, has been  director  since
                              1966.  He is  President  and Chief  Executive
                              Officer of Choctaw  Maid Farms,  Inc. (a food
                              processing   and   marketing   company),   of
                              Carthage,  Mississippi.  In  addition,  he is
                              Chairman  of the Board of Central  Industries
                              and a director  of  Southern  Hens,  Inc.  He
                              serves   as  a   member   of  the   Executive
                              Committee.

JOHN E.  HAGGAR               Mr.  Haggar,  52, has been a  director  since
                              January 1995.  Since December 1, 1994, he has
                              been  Chief  Financial   Officer  of  UMS  (a
                              management  company,   providing  accounting,
                              reporting  and  regulatory  services  to  its
                              clients,    and    assistance    in   capital
                              formation). Previously, Mr. Haggar was a sole
                              practitioner  engaged in providing accounting
                              services  to  the  general  public.  He  is a
                              member of the American Institute of Certified
                              Public Accountants and the Washington Society
                              of Certified Public  Accountants.  Mr. Haggar
                              serves   as   Chairman   of  the   Audit  and
                              Compliance  Committee  and a  member  of  the
                              Finance and Business  Strategy  Committee and
                              the  Nominating  and  Shareholder   Relations
                              Committee.    Mr.   Haggar   was   originally
                              nominated and elected to the Board pursuant a
                              provision of the UMS Agreement.

ROBERT B. NEAL                Mr. Neal,  57, has been a director since 1970
                              and was  Chief  Executive  Officer  from 1970
                              until  February  1995. He is President of the
                              Corporation and also Chairman of the Board of
                              Directors,   President  and  Chief  Executive
                              Officer of Dixie Life.  He serves as a member
                              of the Executive Committee.

                                    41
<PAGE>
DENNIS NIELSEN                Mr.  Nielsen,  54, has been a director  since
                              January  1995.  Since March 1993, he has been
                              self   employed  as  a  business   consultant
                              offering    assistance   to   businesses   on
                              restructuring,  financing or  assisting  with
                              possible mergers or acquisitions.  Previously
                              he was owner of P&N, Inc. and Hufburn  Sales,
                              Inc., both automobile dealerships.  He serves
                              as a  member  of  the  Audit  and  Compliance
                              Committee and the Nominating and  Shareholder
                              Relations   Committee.    Mr.   Nielsen   was
                              originally nominated and elected to the Board
                              pursuant a provision of the UMS Agreement.

JOE D. PEGRAM                 Mr.  Pegram,  54,  has  served as a  director
                              since  1991.  He is an  attorney  in  Oxford,
                              Mississippi.  Mr.  Pegram  is a member of the
                              Audit and Compliance Committee.

S.L. REED, JR.                Mr. Reed,  58, has been Chairman of the Board
                              since January 1995,  Chief Executive  Officer
                              of the Corporation  since February 1995 and a
                              director  since 1980. He is President of Reed
                              Enterprises,   Inc.,  (an   aquaculture   and
                              investment company) of Belzoni,  Mississippi.
                              He is a director of Delta  Industries,  Inc.,
                              Producers Feed Co. and Venture  SystemSource,
                              Inc.  Mr.  Reed  serves  as a  member  of the
                              Executive Committee.

JAMES G. RICKETTS             Dr.  Ricketts,  56, has been a director since
                              January  1995.  He  is  President  and  Chief
                              Executive     Officer    of     International
                              Corrections    Corporation   of   Scottsdale,
                              Arizona,  a  corporation  which he founded in
                              1990 to develop and operate  private  prisons
                              and to act as an  independent  consultant  to
                              corrections  agencies  throughout  the United
                              States.  Previously  he served as Director of
                              the  Arizona   Department   of   Corrections,
                              Executive Director of the Colorado Department
                              of  Corrections  and Deputy  Secretary to the
                              Florida Department of Corrections, as well as
                              numerous other  positions in the  corrections
                              field.  In  addition,  he  is a  director  of
                              Alanco.  Dr.  Ricketts  serves as chairman of
                              the Personnel and Compensation  Committee and
                              a member of  Finance  and  Business  Strategy
                              Committee.  He was  originally  nominated and
                              elected to the Board  pursuant a provision of
                              the UMS Agreement.

                                    42
<PAGE>
HERBERT G. ROGERS, III        Mr.  Rogers,   52  previously   served  as  a
                              director from April 6, 1990 to April 5, 1991.
                              He has also  served as a director  from April
                              3, 1992 to the  present.  He is  President of
                              Rogers Agency,  Inc.,  Rogers LP-Gas Company,
                              Rogers Investments, Inc., Mississippi Realty,
                              Inc. and Roell  Realty  Corp.  of New Albany,
                              Mississippi. In addition, he is a director of
                              the Nashoba Bank and Chairman of the Board of
                              the Gentry Furniture  Corporation.  He serves
                              as  Chairman  of  the  Finance  and  Business
                              Strategy   Committee  and  a  member  of  the
                              Personnel and Compensation Committee.

(NINTH NOMINEE)
- ---------------

     All  Committees  are appointed by the Chairman of the Board and ratified by
the Board of Directors.  The Corporation's 1994 annual shareholders' meeting was
not held until January 1995.  Therefore,  all committee  assignments  throughout
1994 were  those made  following  the 1993  annual  shareholders'  meeting.  The
committee  assignments  listed  above are those made  following  the 1994 annual
shareholders'  meeting.  Committees  of the Board of Directors  throughout  1994
consisted of the following:

(1)  Executive  Committee - subject to  statutory  limitations,  has  concurrent
authority of the Board of Directors. During 1994, the Executive Committee of the
Corporation had eight meetings.  All members who are nominees  attended at least
75% of those meetings.

(2) Audit  Committee - Reviews  planning and results of the annual report of the
Corporation with independent auditors.  During 1994, the Audit Committee had two
meetings.  All  members  were  present.  This  committee  is now the  Audit  and
Compliance Committee.

(3) Compensation  Committee - Reviews compensation for all Corporation officers.
During 1994, the Compensation  Committee did not meet. This committee is now the
Personnel and Compensation Committee.

(4)  Nominating  Committee  -  Serves  as  nominating  committee  for  Board  of
Directors.  The  Nominating  Committee  will consider a nominee for the Board of
Directors  recommended by a shareholder;  however, the Corporation presently has
no  established  procedure  for  a  recommendation  process.  During  1994,  the
Nominating  Committee did not meet.  This  committee is now the  Nominating  and
Shareholder Relations Committee.

(5) Planning  and  Oversight  Committee - Charged  with  seeking an  appropriate
solution  to  liquidity  problems  which the  Corporation  has faced since 1993.
During 1994,  the Planning and  Oversight  Committee met 5 times and all members
were present at all meetings. This committee does not exist on the present Board
of Directors.

                                       43
<PAGE>

     During the year 1994, the Board of Directors of the  Corporation  had eight
meetings.  Each  member of the Board who is a nominee to the Board of  Directors
except Mr. Peagam attended at least 75% of the meetings.

     An  investigation  of  the  Corporation  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  ("SEC") was resolved by means of a settlement on March 9, 1994, when
the United  States  District  Court for the District of Columbia  entered  final
judgments of permanent  injunction  against the  Corporation,  Robert B. Neal, a
director and President of the Corporation,  and a former director and officer of
the  Corporation,  who were the defendants in a complaint filed by the SEC. Each
defendant  consented to the entry of a final  judgment of  permanent  injunction
without  admitting or denying the allegations  contained in the SEC's complaint.
The final  judgments  enjoin the defendants from violating or aiding or abetting
future  violations of sections of the  Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act") and certain rules under the Exchange Act.

     The Second and Restated UMS  Agreement  provides  that, at such time as the
Corporation  has  placed  not less than  6,425,000  shares of Common  Stock as a
direct result of the efforts of UMS thereunder,  a sufficient number of the then
existing  directors  of the  Corporation  shall  resign  so that  the  investors
purchasing the aforesaid  amount of Common Stock shall have the ability to elect
a majority of the Board of Directors  of the  Corporation.  Under the  insurance
laws of  Mississippi,  prior approval of a change of control of the  Corporation
must be obtained from the Commissioner.  This requirement  results from the fact
that the Corporation and Dixie Life are members of an insurance "holding company
group" as that term is defined in the Mississippi insurance law. If the Standard
Transaction is consummated, approval by the Commissioner will not be required.

Executive Officers

     The executive  officers of the Corporation  are: S. L. Reed, Jr.,  Chairman
and Chief Executive  Officer;  Robert B. Neal,  President;  T. F. Flowers,  Jr.,
Senior Vice President;  Jerry M. Greer, Senior Vice President and Secretary;  G.
Thomas Reed, Senior Vice President and Monroe M. Wright,  Senior Vice President,
Treasurer and Chief Financial  Officer.  Messrs. S. L. Reed, Jr., Neal,  Flowers
and Greer have served  continuously  as executive  officers with the Corporation
since February 1995,  1967,  1970 and 1970,  respectively.  Messrs.  Flowers and
Greer, ages 57 and 52, respectively, also served as directors of the Corporation
until  January  1995.  The  ages,  positions  with  the  Corporation  and  other
information  concerning  Messrs.  S. L. Reed,  Jr. and Neal are set forth  under
"Nominees and Directors," above.

     G. Thomas Reed, 45, joined the Corporation in April 1995 and was elected an
executive  officer on May 26, 1995. Prior to joining the Corporation,  G. Thomas
Reed had a  management  consultant  practice in 1991 and 1992 and from  November
1994 until joining the  Corporation.  In 1993 and 1994 he was a Private  Banking
Manager  for  First  Union   National  Bank, and  from  1988  until  1991,   was
Administrative Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Compudata Services,
Inc., a software development and service company.. Messrs. Reed are not related.

     Mr. Wright, 54, has served in his positions with the Company since February
1993.  He was a practicing  certified  public  accountant  for 24 years prior to
joining the  Corporation  and a shareholder  in Horne CPA Group,  a professional
association,  from 1990 until February 1993. From 1987 to 1990, Mr. Wright was a
sole practitioner.

     The Corporation's officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

                  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND OTHER INFORMATION

Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation

     The  Compensation  Program.  The  Compensation  Committee  of the  Board of
Directors is  responsible  for  determining  the  compensation  of the executive
officers  of the  Corporation.  The  committee  endeavors  to  insure  that  the
compensation  program for executive  officers of the Corporation is effective in
obtaining  and  retaining  key  executives  responsible  for the  success of the
Corporation. The compensation program has been designed to link a portion of the
executive's compensation directly to performance. The components of this program
such as stock options and bonuses may increase or decrease to reflect changes in
corporate or individual performance.

     Base Salary.  Base salaries for the executive  officers are  established at
levels   considered   appropriate   in  light  of  the   duties   and  scope  of
responsibilities  of each  officer's  position.  The committee  reviews the base
salaries of the executive  officers annually and adjusts them as warranted.  The
base salary of the Chief  Executive  Officer (Robert B. Neal for all of 1994) is
set after  consideration  of operating  performance of the  Corporation  and its
financial  condition at the time of such  consideration.  There was no change in
the Chief Executive Officer's base salary for 1994.

                                       44
<PAGE>
     Bonus  Plan.  The  Compensation  Committee  also has been  responsible  for
establishing  and  recommending  to the Board of Directors a bonus formula which
relates compensation to profit goals. The formula used in prior years called for
a bonus pool to be  established  based upon pre-tax  profit of the Company.  The
Compensation  Committee established a minimum acceptable return on stockholders'
equity,  and the formula to establish the bonus pool  required a minimum  profit
before  any bonus  would be paid into the pool.  The pool  would  increase  as a
percent of profit with incremental increases in profits. Allocation of the bonus
pool,  should  one  exist,  would be made with  respect  to 80% of the pool on a
nondiscretionary  basis  and 20% of the  pool on a  discretionary  basis  by the
Compensation  Committee.  No formula was adopted and no bonuses  were granted in
1994.

     Stock Option Plan. The only long-term incentive  compensation the executive
officers  have  received  is stock  options  prior to  1994.  Certain  Executive
Officers of the Corporation  have certain stock options as shown in the Security
Ownership of Management  section of this statement.  The plans under which these
options were granted expired prior to 1994.  Thus in 1994, no executive  officer
or employee received any stock options.

     Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan. The  Corporation  maintains a qualified  profit
sharing 401 (k) plan for employees,  including officers. The Corporation matches
employee  contributions to the extent provided in the plan.  Contributions under
the profit  sharing  portion of the plan are made at the discretion of the Board
of Directors.  Such  contributions,  if any, are allocated  based upon a formula
which includes compensation and years of service. No discretionary  contribution
was made to the plan in 1994.  Under terms of the 401 (k) provision of the plan,
Messrs.  Neal,  Flowers,  Greer and Wright received $2,505,  $1,763,  $1,574 and
$1,000, respectively, in matching contributions by the Corporation in 1994.

     Compensation  Committee Members. The Corporation's  Compensation  Committee
for 1994 was composed of the following individuals:

     Rubel L. Phillips, Chairman
     Edgar L. McKenzie
     S. L. Reed, Jr.
     William A. Taylor, Jr.
     Zach Taylor, Jr.

                         Stock Price Performance Chart.

                 [To be provided in definitive proxy statement]

                             1989     1990     1991     1992     1993     1994
                             ----     ----     ----     ----     ----     ----
Dixie National Corporation $100.00   125.00   137.50   87.50    68.75    62.50
S&P 500 Index               100.00    96.90   126.42  136.05   149.76   151.74
S&P Insurance Index         100.00    81.66   117.70  157.93   159.93   132.68 


                                       45

<PAGE>

     Assumes $100  invested on December 31, 1989,  in the  Corporation's  Common
Stock,  the  Standard  and Poor's 500 Index,  and the  Standard  and Poor's Life
Insurance Index. Total return assumes reinvestment of dividends.

     Neither the  foregoing  Compensation  Committee  report or the material set
forth under the subcaption "Stock Price Performance Chart" shall be deemed to be
filed with the SEC for  purposes of the  Exchange  Act, nor shall such report or
such  material  be  deemed  to be  incorporated  by  reference  in any  past  or
subsequent  filing by the  Corporation  under the Exchange Act or the Securities
Act.

Summary Compensation Table

     The following Summary  Compensation  Table sets forth, for each of the last
three years,  information  concerning the total compensation paid or awarded for
services  rendered in all capacities to the Corporation and its  subsidiaries to
the  Corporation's  Chief Executive Officer and the only other executive officer
whose total compensation exceeded $100,000 in 1994.

Name
and
Principal                           Annual Compensation          All Other
Position                   Year      Salary      Bonus         Compensation
- ---------                 ------    ---------- --------        ------------

Robert B. Neal             1994     $125,269       None          $2,505(1)
President                  1993     $125,269       None          $2,575(1)
                           1992     $121,739     $3,477          $1,217(1)

Monroe M. Wright           1994     $100,000       None          $1,000(1)
Senior Vice President      1993(2)    85,000     10,000             -0-
Treasurer and Chief
Financial Officer
- --------------------

(1) Includes the Corporation's  contributions under its qualified profit sharing
plan for  employees,  including  officers.  Contributions  to this plan are made
based upon (a) matching  contributions  under the Corporation's  401(k) plan and
(b) for discretionary  contributions,  a formula which includes compensation and
years of  service.  All  contributions  included  above  consisted  of  matching
contributions under the 401(k) plan.

(2) Commenced employment January 1993.

     In 1994 no stock  options were granted to or exercised by Robert B. Neal or
Monroe M. Wright and Mr. Wright holds no unexercised  options as of December 31,
1994.  The  following  table sets forth  information  as of  December  31,  1994
concerning the unexercised options held by Mr. Neal. None of the options held by
Mr. Neal were  in-the-money at December 31, 1994.  Options are in-the-money when
the fair market value of the underlying  common stock exceeds the exercise price
of the option. The closing prices of the Corporation's  common stock on December
31, 1994 were $.50 bid and $.625 asked per share.

                                       46
<PAGE>
Fiscal Year End Options


                   Number of Unexercisable Options       Value of Unexercised
                          at December 31, 1994           In-the-Money Options
                   -------------------------------       --------------------
Name               Exercisable       Unexercisable       at December 31, 1994
- ----               -----------       -------------       --------------------

Robert B. Neal        28,570               0                      $0

                            DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION

     Directors  who are also officers of the  Corporation  receive no additional
compensation for serving on the Corporation's Board or committees  thereof.  All
other  directors are paid $550 for each board or committee  meeting they attend.
As Chairman of the Board of  Directors,  Rubel L.  Phillips  was paid $17,000 in
1994.  S. L.  Reed,  Jr.  was  paid  $9,800  as Vice  Chairman  of the  Board of
Directors.  As a group, directors who were not officers were paid $63,700 during
the year 1994.

     As part of a compensation program for members of the Corporation's Board of
Directors,  in March 1995 the Board approved  granting options to purchase 5,000
shares  of  the  Corporation's   Common  Stock  to  each  of  the  Corporation's
non-employee  directors  at such time as a new stock  option  plan was  formally
adopted.  The 1995 Plan being voted upon,  as Proposal No. 2, was adopted by the
Board on May 26, 1995 and options were granted to each of the  Directors on that
date,  subject  to  shareholder  approval  of  the  plan.  The  options  may  be
exercisable  at any time  prior to their  expiration  five  years from the grant
date.  The option price is the market price at the grant date. See "Proposal No.
2 - 1995 Stock Option Plan."

                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     Certain  executive   officers,   directors  and/or  holders  of  record  or
beneficially  of more than 5% of the  Corporation's  Common Stock hold more than
$60,000 of the  Corporation's  Convertible  Notes.  The  Corporation  expects to
satisfy  the  Convertible  Notes  pursuant  to the terms of the  Stock  Purchase
Agreement or otherwise. The following table summarizes such holdings:  

                                                                   Amount of
Holder                                     Relationship            Holdings  
- ------                                     ------------            ----------
American  Capitol  Insurance  Company      5%  Owner               $1,000,000

Robert B. Neal                             Director, Executive        100,000
                                           Officer and 5% Owner

W.A. Taylor                                Director and               200,000(1)
                                           5% Owner

                                       47
<PAGE>
(1) Includes  $100,000 held by Taylor  Equipment & Machine Tool Corp.,  of which
Mr. Taylor is Chairman of the Board and a significant shareholder.

     As discussed  under "Future  Business  Plans," the  Corporation  has issued
shares of its Common Stock to Amarante as part of the  acquisition of 16% of the
common  stock of PMM.  John E.  Haggar,  a director  of the  Corporation,  is an
executive officer of UMS which is owned by Amarante.

     As discussed  under  "Proposal No. 2 - 1995 Stock Option Plan," each of the
seven non-employee directors of the Corporation on May 26, 1995 has been granted
an option  for 5,000  shares  of the  Corporation's  Common  Stock,  subject  to
shareholder approval of Proposal No. 2.

       PROPOSAL NO. 4 - RATIFICATION OF SELECTION OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

     The Board of Directors  recommends that the shareholders of the Corporation
ratify the appointment of Horne CPA Group as independent auditors to examine the
financial  statements of the  Corporation for the year ending December 31, 1995.
This firm has served as independent  auditors of the  Corporation  since 1992. A
representative  of Horne CPA Group will be at the annual meeting,  will have the
opportunity  to make a  statement  if he so  desires  and will be  available  to
respond to  appropriate  questions  during the  meeting.  A favorable  vote of a
majority  of those  shares  voting,  in  person  or by proxy,  is  required  for
ratification of the selection of the independent auditors.

                             SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

     Any shareholder desiring to have a proposal considered for inclusion in the
proxy  statement to be distributed  in connection  with the  Corporation's  1995
annual  meeting  to be held in 1996 is  requested  to submit  such  proposal  in
writing to the Corporation,  Attention Corporate Secretary,  no later than March
8, 1996.

                                 OTHER MATTERS

     The Management of the Corporation  knows of no other matters which may come
before the  meeting  except for the  approval  of the minutes of the last annual
meeting of the shareholders.

     Copies of the Corporation's  Annual Report to Shareholders,  containing the
Corporation's  Form 10-K Annual  Report for the year ended  December  31,  1994,
which contains audited consolidated financial statements,  of the Corporation as
of  December  31,  1994 and 1993 and for each of the three  years in the  period
ended December 31, 1994,  were mailed on or about June 26, 1995 to  shareholders
of record as of June 15, 1995.

     Please  date and sign the  enclosed  proxy  and  return  it to the  Company
promptly.


June 26, 1995                 /s/Jerry M. Greer
                              JERRY M. GREER
                              SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT & SECRETARY



                                       48
<PAGE>
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                         PAGE
Years 1994, 1993 and 1992

     Report of Independent Certified Public Accountant                    F-2

     Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1993         F-4

     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Years Ended
       December 31, 1994                                                  F-5
     Consolidated statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Three
       Years Ended December 31, 1994                                      F-6

     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Years Ended
       December 31, 1994                                                  F-7

     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                           F-8

First Quarter of 1995 and 1994

     Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 1995            F-24

     Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations for the
      Three Months Ended March 31, 1995 and 1994                          F-25
     Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
      for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1995 and 1994                  F-26

     Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months
     Ended March 31, 1995 and 1994                                        F-27

     Unaudited Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                 F-28

<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

To The Shareholders
Dixie National Corporation
Jackson, Mississippi

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of Dixie National
Corporation  and  subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and 1993, and the related
consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders' equity and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1994.  These  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility is to report on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all material  respects,  the  financial  position of Dixie  National
Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and 1993 and the results of
their  operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended  December 31, 1994,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

The accompanying  consolidated  financial statements have been prepared assuming
the Corporation and subsidiaries will continue as a going concern.  As discussed
in Note 9. to the consolidated  financial statements,  the Company does not have
available the resources to satisfy its short-term debt requirements.


This raises substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going
concern.  Management's plans in regard to this matter are also described in Note
9. The  consolidated  financial  statements do not include any adjustments  that
might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
HORNE CPA GROUP

Jackson, Mississippi
March 20, 1995,  except for Note 1, as to which the date is April 12, 1995,  and
  Note 16, as to which the date is March 24, 1995.


                                      F-3
<PAGE>
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Dixie National Corporation
                                                          December 31
                                                         -------------
                                                     1994            1993
                                                    ------          ------
ASSETS
NON-LIFE
Investments
     Common stock                              $   2,000,000  $
     Cash and cash equivalents                       218,258          17,375
     Other                                            26,200          26,200
                                               -------------- ---------------
                   TOTAL NON-LIFE INVESTMENTS      2,244,458          43,575
Property and equipment                               419,292         375,395
                                               -------------- ---------------
                        TOTAL NON-LIFE ASSETS      2,663,750         418,970
LIFE
Investments
     Fixed Maturities, at market                  17,332,660      13,489,902
     Policy loans                                  3,060,185       3,025,981
     Government guaranteed student loans, 
      less allowance for uncollectible loans
      of $464,603 at December 31, 1994 and
      $504,981 at December 31, 1993                5,978,288       7,159,975
     Short-term investments                        4,860,347       3,014,248
     Equipment leases
     Cash and cash equivalents                       240,851       4,638,083
                                               -------------- ---------------
                       TOTAL LIFE INVESTMENTS     31,472,331      31,328,189

Accounts receivable, less allowance for
 doubtful accounts of $195,885 at
 December 31, 1994 and $480,000 at
 December 31, 1993                                   761,219       1,534,392
Accrued investment income                            412,705         380,411
Deferred policy acquisition costs, net             6,626,230      19,759,110
Value of life insurance purchased, net             1,589,356       1,749,356
Property and equipment, less accumulated
 depreciation of $652,748 and $582,143 at
 December 31, 1994 and 1993                          165,402         232,817
Other assets                                         886,459         852,489
                                               -------------- ---------------
                            TOTAL LIFE ASSETS     41,913,702      55,836,764
                                               -------------- ---------------

                                 TOTAL ASSETS  $  44,577,452  $   56,255,734
                                               -------------- ---------------

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

NON-LIFE LIABILITIES
Notes payable and other debt                   $     524,304  $      621,623
Accrued liabilities and expenses                       3,475           3,012
                                               -------------- ---------------
                   TOTAL NON-LIFE LIABILITIES        527,779         624,635
LIFE
Policy liabilities
     Future policy benefits                       27,538,803      34,904,591
     Unearned premiums                                               746,720
     Other policy claims and benefits payable        240,766         987,260
     Other policyholders' funds                      826,055         889,715
                                               -------------- ---------------
                     TOTAL POLICY LIABILITIES     28,605,624      37,528,286

Notes payable and other debt                       5,579,535       5,632,047
Income taxes                                           3,599         983,449
Accrued liabilities and expenses                     679,460         826,072
                                               -------------- ---------------
                       TOTAL LIFE LIABILITIES     34,868,218      44,969,854
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common stock                                       8,394,973       6,394,973
Retained earnings                                  1,711,493       4,266,272
Unrealized holding losses on
 investments available for sale                     (925,011)
                                               -------------- ---------------
                   TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY      9,181,455      10,661,245
                                               -------------- ---------------

   TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  $  44,577,452  $   56,255,734
                                               -------------- ---------------


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
DIXIE NATIONAL CORPORATION



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    Year Ended December 31,
                                                                                    -----------------------
                                                                              1994             1993             1992
                                                                              ----             ----             ----
<S>                                                                         <C>             <C>             <C>
REVENUES
   Premiums                                                                 $ 9,516,157     $19,499,289     $17,178,510
   Net investment income                                                      2,133,635       2,005,075       2,157,848
   Realized investment gains (losses)                                             1,551          25,580         (24,494)
                                                                            -----------    ------------     -----------
                                                 TOTAL REVENUES              11,651,343      21,529,944      19,311,864


BENEFITS AND EXPENSES
   Benefits and claims to policyholders                                       6,573,216      12,573,809      10,092,459
   Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and
      value of insurance purchased                                            1,420,943       2,506,419       2,056,889
   Commissions, net                                                           1,893,838       3,509,301       2,722,167
   General expenses, net                                                      2,187,114       2,510,047       2,072,636
   Interest expense                                                             449,550         571,026         599,810
   Insurance taxes, licenses and fees                                           514,579         705,170         669,113
   Loss on sale of accident and health business                               1,196,811         324,511
                                                                            -----------    ------------     -----------
                                    TOTAL BENEFITS AND EXPENSES              14,236,051      22,700,283      18,213,074
                                                                            -----------    ------------     -----------
                                     INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES              (2,584,708)     (1,170,339)      1,098,790
Income tax benefit (expense)                                                     29,929         213,201        (249,806)
                                                                            -----------    ------------     -----------
                                               NET INCOME (LOSS)            $(2,554,779)   $   (957,138)    $   848,984
                                                                            ===========    ============     ===========

Primary and fully diluted net income
   (loss) per share                                                         $      (.39)   $       (.15)    $       .13
                                                                            ===========    ============      ==========

</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                      F-5

<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
DIXIE NATIONAL CORPORATION
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1993 AND 1992


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             Unrealized
                                                               Common         Retained        Holding
                                                                Stock         Earnings        Losses              Total
                                                               ------         --------       ----------           -----
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>

Balance January 1, 1992                                    $6,424,973       $4,380,050        $                $10,805,023
Net income for 1992                                                            848,984                             848,984
Common Stock purchased by subsidiary                          (30,000)          (5,624)                            (35,624)
                                                           ----------       ----------        ---------        -----------
                           BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1992        6,394,973        5,223,410                         $11,618,383
Net loss for 1993                                                             (957,138)                           (957,138)
                                                           ----------       ----------        ---------        -----------
                           BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1993        6,394,973        4,266,272                          10,661,245
Net loss for 1994                                                           (2,554,779)                         (2,554,779)
Unrealized holding losses on investments available for
   sale                                                                                       $(925,011)          (925,011)
Common Stock issued                                         2,000,000                                            2,000,000
                                                           ----------       ----------        ---------        -----------
                           BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1994       $8,394,973       $1,711,493        $(925,011)       $ 9,181,455
                                                           ==========       ==========        =========        ===========

</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.




                                      F-6

<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
DIXIE NATIONAL CORPORATION


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Year ended December 31,
                                                                                  1994                1993                  1992
                                                                                  ----                ----                  ----
<S>                                                                       <C>                 <C>                   <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income (loss)                                                       $(2,554,779)       $   (957,138)          $   848,984
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
      provided by operating activities:
          Loss on sale of accident and health business                       1,196,811             324,511
          Increase in policy liabilities                                     2,155,070           2,952,775             1,682,675
          Amortization                                                       1,420,943           2,506,419             2,056,889
          Increase (decrease) in deferred income taxes                        (748,597)           (278,991)              117,552
          Decrease in accrued liabilities                                     (149,625)           (251,709)             (270,205)
          Policy acquisition costs deferred                                 (1,285,902)         (3,642,818)           (4,118,793)
          Decrease in accounts receivable                                    1,623,993             163,070               310,800
          Depreciation                                                         119,564             117,910               160,272
          Other, net                                                           (37,996)           (199,712)               82,763
                                                                          ------------         -----------           -----------
                                            NET CASH PROVIDED BY
                                            OPERATING ACTIVITIES             1,739,482             734,317               870,937
Cash flows from investing activities: Proceeds from investments sold or matured:
      Fixed maturities:
         Maturities                                                          2,326,044              14,500               151,000
         Calls                                                                 890,845           2,472,358             2,405,817
         Sales                                                                 224,500                                 3,418,054
      Repayment of policy and student mortgage loans                         2,099,864           1,976,751             1,578,475
   Cost of investments acquired;
         Fixed maturities                                                   (8,458,904)         (9,038,606)             (678,633)
         Policy and student loans                                             (952,404)         (1,099,649)           (1,027,537)
   Temporary investments, net                                               (1,819,899)          8,472,377            (6,567,829)
   Additions to property and equipment                                         (96,046)            (20,557)              (12,452)
   Proceeds from sale of property and equipment                                                      3,538               109,381
                                                                          ------------         -----------           -----------
                                       NET CASH PROVIDED (USED)
                                        BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES             (5,786,000)          2,780,712              (623,724)
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Proceeds from borrowing                                                                       1,515,000
   Payments on debt                                                           (149,831)         (2,264,847)             (832,217)
                                                                          ------------         -----------           -----------
                                               NET CASH USED BY
                                        BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES               (149,831)           (749,847)             (832,217)
                                                                          ------------         -----------           -----------
                                     NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN
                                   CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                (4,196,349)          2,765,182              (585,004)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                               4,655,458           1,890,276             2,475,280
                                                                          ------------         -----------           -----------
                                   CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
                                   AT END OF YEAR                         $    459,109         $ 4,655,458           $ 1,890,276
                                                                          ============         ===========           ===========


SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
   Cash payments for income taxes                                         $    718,668         $     5,824           $   259,887
                                                                          ============         ===========           ===========
   Cash payments for interest                                             $    505,318         $   552,459           $   623,636
                                                                          ============         ===========           ===========

SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING
   AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Lease obligation incurred for new data processing equipment                                 $     8,061           $   315,287
                                                                                               ===========           ===========
   Notes issued in exchange for debentures                                                     $   485,000
                                                                                               ===========
   Common Stock issued for equity securities of
      nonaffiliated company                                                $ 2,000,000
                                                                           ===========

</TABLE>



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-7
<PAGE>
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DIXIE NATIONAL CORPORATION
DECEMBER 31, 1994


NOTE 1--SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


Basis of Presentation:  The accompanying financial statements have been prepared
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP").

Principles of Consolidation:  The consolidated  financial statements include the
financial   statements  of  Dixie  National   Corporation   (Corporation),   its
wholly-owned  subsidiaries  and Dixie  National Life  Insurance  Company  (Dixie
Life), which is approximately 99% owned (collectively Company). The interests of
minority  stockholders are not material.  All significant  intercompany accounts
and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Discontinued Operations:  As discussed in Note 17, the Corporation has agreed to
sell  Dixie Life to  Standard  Life  Insurance  Company  of  Indiana.  This sale
constitutes  discontinuance  of the Company's  life insurance  business.  In the
accompanying  balance sheets,  the Company's  assets and  liabilities  have been
classified as "life" and "non-life" based on whether such assets and liabilities
will  survive  the sale of Dixie  Life.  The  presentation  in the  accompanying
statements  of  operations  has not  been  changed  since  virtually  all of the
Company's operation is its life insurance business.  Condensing the discontinued
operations to a single line, as suggested by Accounting Principles Board Opinion
No. 30 (APB No. 30), would not, in  management's  opinion,  be meaningful to the
users of the Company's  financial  statements.  As soon as the  Corporation  has
established  another line of business,  but no later than 1996, the  Corporation
will report its  discontinued  life insurance  operations in accordance with APB
No. 30.

Investments:  At December 31, 1994,  the Company's  investments  are reported in
accordance  with the provisions of Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
No. 115 (FAS 115) which was issued by the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board
in 1993 and effective for 1994  financial  statements.  As a result the carrying
basis for investments is different in 1994 than in 1993.

At December 31, 1994, fixed maturity investments are all classified as available
for sale and are carried at market value. Unrealized market gains and losses are
reported as a separate component of stockholders'  equity. Equity securities are
classified as trading,  which,  under the provisions of FAS 115, are reported at
market with  unrealized  market gains or losses being  reflected in  operations.
Because of the  provisions of an agreement with  Universal  Management  Services
(UMS)  discussed in Notes 3 and 16,  equity  securities  are reported at cost at
December 31, 1994. At December 31, 1993 fixed maturity  investments were carried
at amortized cost.

Realized gains and losses on the  disposition of fixed maturity  investments are
determined on the specific  identification  basis and are reported in operations
when realized.

Policy  loans  are  stated  at the  amounts  loaned  to  policyholders  and  are
collateralized by assignment of the cash value of underlying  policies.  Student
loans  are  carried  at  cost  less  an  allowance  for  uncollectible  amounts.
Short-term  investments will be held to maturity and are due in one year or less
and are carried at cost which approximates market.

Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents include cash in banks and
money-market investments which carry no withdrawal restrictions.

Recognition of Premium  Revenue and Related  Expenses:  Premiums for traditional
life insurance contracts are reported as revenue over the premium-paying  period
of the policy.  Premiums for fixed premium interest sensitive products are added
to the policy  account  value and revenues for such  products are  recognized as
charges  to the  account  value for  mortality,  administration  and  surrenders
(retrospective  deposit  method).  Profits  are also  earned to the extent  that
investment income exceeds policy requirements. The related benefits and expenses
are matched with revenues  through the provision for future policy  benefits and
the  amortization  of deferred  acquisition  costs in a manner which  recognizes
profits as they are earned.

Future  Policy  Benefits:  The liability  for future  policy  benefits  interest
sensitive products is represented by the policy account value. The liability for
future policy benefits for all other life and health products is provided on the
net level  premium  method  based on  estimated  investment  yields,  mortality,
morbidity, persistency and


                                      F-8

<PAGE>
other  assumptions.  Assumptions  are based upon  Dixie  Life's  experience  and
industry  experience,  where  appropriate,  with provision for possible  adverse
deviation.  These estimates are  periodically  reviewed and compared with actual
experience.   If  it  is  determined  future  experience  will  probably  differ
significantly from that previously assumed, the estimates are revised.

Deferred  Acquisition  Costs: The costs of acquiring new insurance  business are
deferred.  Such deferred  costs consist  principally  of excess first year sales
commissions, as well as underwriting expenses and certain other expenses.

Deferred  acquisition  costs for other  than  interest  sensitive  products  are
amortized  with interest  over an estimate of the premium-  paying period of the
policies in a manner which  charges each year's  operations in proportion to the
receipt of premium income.  For interest sensitive  products,  acquisition costs
are  amortized  with  interest in proportion  to estimated  gross  profits.  The
assumptions  used as to interest,  withdrawals and mortality are consistent with
those used in computing the  liability for future policy  benefits and expenses.
If it is determined  future experience will probably differ  significantly  from
that previously assumed, the estimates are revised.

Value of Life Insurance  Purchased:  Value of life insurance  purchased is being
amortized over 12 years, the expected life of the income stream.

Property  and  Equipment:  Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  less
accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method
over the estimated useful lives of these assets.

Income Taxes: Deferred taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred
tax assets are  recognized for deductible  temporary  differences  and operating
loss and tax credit  carryforwards  and deferred tax  liabilities are recognized
for taxable  temporary  differences.  Temporary  differences are the differences
between  the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and their tax bases.
Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of
management,  it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred
tax  assets  will not be  realized.  Deferred  tax assets  and  liabilities  are
adjusted for changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

Earnings Per Share:  Earnings per share are based on the weighted average
number of common stock and common stock equivalents outstanding during the
year.

Reinsurance:  Dixie Life cedes and assumes insurance risks with other companies.
Liabilities for future policy benefits, premiums and expenses are reported after
deduction of amounts relating to policy specific  reinsurance ceded and addition
of amounts relating to policy specific reinsurance assumed.

Reclassification: Certain amounts in the 1993 and 1992 financial statements have
been reclassified to conform to 1994 presentation.  These  reclassifications had
no effect on amounts previously reported as stockholders' equity or net income.

NOTE 2--STATUTORY ACCOUNTING

Dixie  Life is  required  to file  statutory  financial  statements  with  state
insurance regulatory  authorities.  Accounting  principles used to prepare these
statutory financial statements differ from GAAP.

The excess,  if any, of Dixie Life's  stockholders'  equity on a GAAP basis over
that determined on a statutory basis is not available for  distribution to Dixie
Life's  stockholders.  Mississippi  law governing  insurance  companies  further
restricts payment of dividends to the lessor of (1) the prior year statutory net
income plus





                                       F-9

<PAGE>
the excess of statutory net income for the second and third preceding years over
distributions  in the first and second  preceding  years or (2) 10% of statutory
stockholders' equity. Dixie Life can distribute  approximately  $200,000 in 1995
without approval of the Mississippi Department of Insurance.  The Department can
grant  permission  for  extraordinary  dividends  in excess  of the  limitations
imposed by law.


A  reconciliation  of  Dixie  Life's  statutory  net  income  to  the  Company's
consolidated GAAP net income is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Year Ended December 31
                                                                        ----------------------
                                                               1994                  1993                 1992
                                                               ----                  ----                 ----

<S>                                                    <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Statutory net income                                    $   260,165           $     3,348          $    96,003
Deferral of acquisition costs                             1,285,902             3,642,818            4,118,793
Amortization of acquisition costs                        (1,420,943)           (2,506,419)          (2,056,889)
Differences in insurance policy
  liabilities, excluding effect of
  sale of block of business                               1,775,875                55,079              180,501
Deferred income taxes                                       404,929               369,025             (188,503)
Premium income                                           (1,077,138)             (615,131)            (802,747)
Investment income                                            21,240                66,421             (120,301)
Commissions                                                                      (246,584)            (178,458)
Interest expense                                           (449,550)             (571,026)            (599,810)
General insurance expenses                                  663,558               420,741              658,719
Write off of agent advances                                 366,661               766,584
Supplementary contracts                                    (131,073)              (83,079)            (214,998)
Other                                                       265,182               190,596              (43,326)
STAT Bond write off of Vanguard
   Debenture                                              2,000,000
GAAP Loss on sale of accident and health business        (1,196,811)             (324,511)
STAT gain on sale of accident and health  business       (5,322,776)           (2,125,000)
                                                        -----------           -----------          -----------
GAAP Net Income (Loss)                                  $(2,554,779)          $  (957,138)         $   848,984
                                                        ===========           ===========          ===========

</TABLE>

A reconciliation of Dixie Life's statutory stockholders' equity to the Company's
consolidated GAAP stockholders' equity is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          December 31
                                                                                          -----------
                                                                                  1994                 1993
                                                                                  ----                 ----
<S>                                                                           <C>                  <C>
Statutory Stockholders' Equity                                                $ 6,280,400          $ 3,130,064

Differences in insurance policy liabilities                                      (984,870)          (7,850,857)
Deferred acquisition costs                                                      6,626,230           19,759,110
Deferred income taxes                                                              61,459           (1,083,861)
Debt of parent company                                                         (5,933,050)          (6,030,369)
Asset Valuation Reserve                                                           129,809              115,726
Value of life insurance purchased                                               1,589,356            1,749,356
Non-admitted assets                                                               252,049              652,593
Common stock issued                                                             2,000,000
Other                                                                            (869,857)             219,483
                                                                              -----------          -----------

  GAAP Stockholders' Equity                                                   $ 9,151,526          $10,661,245
                                                                              ===========          ===========

</TABLE>

At  December  31, 1994 Dixie Life is a party to an  indemnification  reinsurance
agreement  under which 90% of its retained life  insurance in force at September
30,  1992  is  reinsured.  This  transaction  is  accounted  for as a  financing
transaction in the  accompanying  financial  statements.  Dixie Life's statutory
financial statements include a reserve credit at December 31, 1994 of $1,985,000
related  to  this  agreement  which  has  the  effect  of  increasing  statutory
stockholders' equity by that amount.





                                      F-10

<PAGE>
NOTE 3--INVESTMENTS


The Company's  investments in fixed maturity  securities  available for sale are
summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Amortized      Unrealized       Unrealized             Market
                                                             Cost           Gains           Losses               Value
                                                             ----           -----           ------               -----
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>             <C>                <C>
December 31, 1994
  U.S. Government agencies and authorities              $ 8,966,030       $               $  504,706         $ 8,461,324
  States, municipalities and political subdivisions         511,461                            6,115             505,346
  Special revenue                                            10,278                              878               9,400
  Public utilities                                        2,041,142          23,637          121,159           1,943,620
  All other corporate                                     6,960,013          33,432          580,475           6,412,970
                                                        -----------       ---------       ----------         -----------
                                                        $18,488,924       $  57,069       $1,213,333         $17,332,660
                                                        ===========       =========       ==========         ===========


December 31, 1993
  U.S. Government agencies and authorities              $ 3,371,748       $  24,245       $   40,214         $ 3,355,779
  States, municipalities and political subdivisions         537,695           4,877              498             542,074
  Special revenue                                            56,719           3,592                               60,311
  Public utilities                                        1,936,724          83,405           17,649           2,002,480
  All other corporate                                     7,587,016         112,698           29,554           7,670,160
                                                        -----------       ---------       ----------         -----------
                                                        $13,489,902       $ 228,817       $   87,915         $13,630,804
                                                        ===========       =========       ==========         ===========

</TABLE>

Maturities  of fixed  maturity  securities  held for sale at  December  31, 1994
follow:

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Amortized           Market
                                                                          Cost              Value
                                                                        ---------           ------

<S>                                                                    <C>              <C>
Due in one year or less                                                 $ 1,165,901      $ 1,173,628
Due after one year through five years                                     2,064,466        1,971,423
Due after five years through ten years                                    4,768,972        4,437,274
Due after ten years                                                      10,489,585        9,750,335
                                                                        -----------      -----------
                                                                        $18,488,924      $17,332,660
                                                                        ===========      ===========

</TABLE>

Fixed maturity and short-term investments with an approximate carrying amount of
$2,400,000 were pledged to various state  insurance  departments for policyowner
protection  at December 31, 1994.  At December 31, 1994,  additional  securities
with an  approximate  carrying  amount of  $13,435,000  were  pledged  under the
financing transaction reinsurance treaty (see Note 2).

Net investment income consists of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1994            1993             1992
                                                             ----            ----             ----
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>              <C>
Investment income
  Fixed maturities                                       $1,189,693      $  745,534       $  741,248
  Policy loans                                              170,142         159,666          181,426
  Student loans                                             398,719         538,027          659,379
  Interest on Accounts Receivable                           151,759         254,538          237,728
  Short-term investment                                     145,919         260,591          311,059
  Other                                                      77,403          46,719           27,008
                                                         ----------      ----------       ----------
           Net investment income                         $2,133,635      $2,005,075       $2,157,848
                                                         ==========      ==========       ==========

</TABLE>

Net  realized  investment  gains  (losses)  for the year ended  December  31 are
summarized as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1994            1993            1992
                                                               ----            ----            ----

<S>                                                        <C>              <C>            <C>
Realized gains                                              $12,002         $29,448         $39,947
Realized losses                                              10,451           3,868          64,441
                                                            -------         -------        --------
           Net realized gains (losses)                      $ 1,551         $25,580        $(24,494)
                                                            =======         =======        ========

</TABLE>




                                       F-12

<PAGE>
In November 1994, the Corporation  issued  2,000,000  shares of its Common Stock
and  received  as  consideration   1,230,770  shares  of  Alanco   Environmental
Resources,  Inc.  (Alanco)  common  stock with a market value at the date of the
transaction  of  $2,000,000.  Under the terms of the UMS agreement  discussed in
Note 16, any market appreciation until June 30, 1995 may not be realized because
the  purchasers  of the  Corporation's  Common  Stock  have the right to buy the
Alanco  shares  for  cash  equal  to  the  value  on the  day  of  the  November
Transaction.   The   purchasers   have  the   obligation  to  cover  any  market
depreciation,  as  defined,  which  might  have  occurred  as of June 30,  1995.
Therefore,  the Alanco  shares will be carried at cost until June 30,  1995.  At
December 31, 1994, market value of the Alanco shares based on the average of the
closing bid and asked price, was $2,153,000.


NOTE 4--DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS


An analysis of deferred policy acquisition costs for the years ended December 31
follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1994             1993                1992
                                                                               ----             ----                ----
<S>                                                                   <C>                <C>                 <C>
Balance at beginning of year                                           $ 19,759,110      $18,787,222         $16,429,318
Deferred during the year:
  Commissions                                                               975,002        2,818,953           3,256,739
  Other Expenses                                                            310,900          823,865             862,054
                                                                       ------------      -----------         -----------
    Total Deferred                                                        1,285,902        3,642,818           4,118,793
Deferred policy acquisition costs on
   policies sold                                                        (13,157,839)        (324,511)
Amortized during the year                                                (1,260,943)      (2,346,419)         (1,760,889)
                                                                       ------------      -----------         -----------
Balance at end of year                                                 $  6,626,230      $19,759,110         $18,787,222
                                                                       ============      ===========         ===========

</TABLE>

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

NOTE 5--VALUE OF LIFE INSURANCE PURCHASED


An  analysis  of the  value of life  insurance  purchased  for the  years  ended
December 31 follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1994             1993               1992
                                                                               ----             ----               ----
<S>                                                                      <C>              <C>                <C>
Balance at beginning of year                                              1,749,356       $1,909,356         $2,205,356
Amortized during the year                                                  (160,000)        (160,000)           (96,000)
Adjustment to comply with
  FASB EITF 92-9                                                                                               (200,000)
                                                                         ----------       ----------         ----------
Balance at end of year                                                   $1,589,356       $1,749,356         $1,909,356
                                                                         ==========       ==========         ===========
</TABLE>

Estimated  annual  amortization  of the  value of life  insurance  purchased  is
approximately $160,000 in each of the next five years.


NOTE 6--PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT


A summary of property and equipment at December 31 follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1994           1993
                                                                               ----           ----
<S>                                                                   <C>                 <C>
Home office property                                                  $     795,038       $   702,181
Data Processing Equipment                                                   818,149           814,960
Furniture, Equipment and Autos                                              454,007           454,007
                                                                      -------------       -----------
                                                                          2,067,194         1,971,148
Less accumulated depreciation                                             1,482,500         1,362,936
                                                                      -------------       -----------
                                                                      $     584,694       $   608,212
                                                                      =============       ===========
</TABLE>


                                       F-14

<PAGE>
NOTE 7--FUTURE POLICY BENEFIT RESERVES

A summary of the assumptions used in determining the liability for future policy
benefits at December 31, 1994 is as follows:


Life Insurance

Interest assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Years of Issue                            Interest Rates
  --------------                            --------------
  <S>                                       <C>
  1965-1982                                 8.5% graded to 4.5%
  1983-1984                                 12.5% graded to 8.0%
  1985-1991                                 9.0% graded to 6.0%
  1992-1994                                 6.0% graded to 5.0%
</TABLE>

Mortality assumptions:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Years of Issue                            Mortality Table
  --------------                            ---------------
  <S>                                       <C>
  1965-1983                                 1955-60 Select and Ultimate Table
  1983-1994                                 1965-70 Select and Ultimate Table
</TABLE>



Withdrawal assumptions:

  Linton B or Linton C Lapse Tables

Termination assumptions:

  Termination assumptions are based on Dixie Life's experience.


                                      F-15

<PAGE>
NOTE 8--PARTICIPATING BUSINESS

Life insurance policies are issued on both a participating and non-participating
basis.   The  following   summary   presents  the  approximate   percentages  of
participating life business to total life business for the years indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1994        1993      1992
                                                             ----        ----      ----

<S>                                                          <C>         <C>       <C>
Life insurance in force                                       5%          5%        3%
Life premium income                                           9%          5%        3%
Total number of life policies                                12%         11%        7%
</TABLE>

The  amount  of  dividends  to  be  apportioned  to  participating  policies  is
determined  annually by the Board of Directors of Dixie Life. In the past, Dixie
Life sold  participating  life  insurance  through a policy known as the Charter
Contract as well as other participating  policies. The Charter Contract policies
contain a  participation  endorsement  whereby  Dixie Life  agreed to  apportion
dividends to Charter Contract holders, as a group and on a pro rata basis, in an
amount which equals at least 35% of Dixie Life's  statutory net profits computed
by a formula set forth in the policy.  As  discussed  in Note 13,  Dixie Life is
defendant  in  litigation  alleging  that  Dixie  Life  failed to  properly  pay
dividends on its Charter Contract policies. As of December 31, 1994, Dixie





                                       F-16

<PAGE>
Life  had  participating   policies  in  force  with  a  total  face  amount  of
approximately  $20,486,000  of  which  approximately  $11,721,000  were  Charter
Contract policies.


NOTE 9--NOTES PAYABLE AND OTHER DEBT

The Company has the following notes payable at December 31:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1994             1993
                                                                           ----             ----
<S>                                                                      <C>              <C>

Non-Life:
Note payable to a bank bearing interest at prime
  plus 3/4% (at December 31, 1994 and 1993, the
  rate was 9.25%), payable in monthly
  installments of $11,846 through January 5, 2001;
  secured by home office property                                           524,304          621,623

Life:
Note payable to an insurance company (bank at
  December 31, 1993) bearing interest at
  1% above prime (9.5% at December 31, 1994)
  payable interest only monthly through
  February 1995, with original maturity March 31,
  1995, collateralized by common stock of
  Dixie Life (Term Loan)                                                 $3,688,746       $3,688,746


Convertible 10% notes due May 1, 1995 (Notes)
  with interest payable semi-annually until
  maturity, convertible to common stock on the
  basis of one share for each $1 of Note
  principal, collateralized by second security
  interest in common stock of Dixie Life                                  1,720,000        1,720,000

Obligation under capital lease                                              170,789          223,301
                                                                         ----------       ----------
                                                                          5,579,535        5,632,047
                                                                         ----------       ----------
                                                                         $6,103,839       $6,253,670

                                                                         ==========       ==========

</TABLE>

In 1993, the Company replaced an existing note payable to a bank  collateralized
by common  stock of Dixie Life with the Term Loan.  In November  1994,  the bank
sold the Term Loan to Standard Life Insurance  Company of Indiana.  As discussed
in Note 17, the terms of the proposed sale of Dixie Life effectively  extend the
due  date of the  Term  Loan  to  closing  of the  sale  or 90  days  after  any
cancellation thereof.

The Term Loan agreement contains three covenants as follows:

         The Company must maintain  consolidated tangible net worth, as defined,
         of not  less  than  $9,000,000.  At  December  31,  1994,  consolidated
         tangible net worth was $8,487,818.

         The Company must maintain a ratio of total  liabilities to consolidated
         tangible  net worth of not more than 4.5 to 1. At  December  31,  1994,
         this ratio was 4.17 to 1.

         The Company  must cause Dixie Life to  maintain  statutory  capital and
         surplus of not less than $3,500,000. At December 31, 1994, Dixie Life's
         statutory capital and surplus was $6,280,400.

An  unwaived  or  uncured  event of  default  under the term loan is an event of
default under the Notes.  Standard Life Insurance  Company of Indiana has waived
all defaults pending  completion of the sale of Dixie Life and for 90 days after
any cancellation thereof.

Notes in the aggregate amount of $550,000 are held or controlled by officers and
directors of the Company.





                                       F-17

<PAGE>

As discussed  above at December 31, 1994, the  Corporation  owed a subsidiary of
Standard  Management  Corporation  approximately  $3,689,000  under a Term  Loan
originally  due March 31,  1995.  The Term Loan is now due at closing of the SMC
Transaction or 90 days after the SMC  Transaction in the event it is canceled by
either party.  Also, the Corporation's  10% Convertible  Notes, in the amount of
$1,720,000,  are due May 1, 1995. Although the SMC Transaction  provides a means
to  satisfy  the  Convertible  Notes at  closing,  such notes are due before the
anticipated  closing date and there are no assurances that the Corporation  will
be able to extend such notes  beyond their May 1, 1995  maturity,  or effect any
alternative accommodations. However, management is exploring several options and
believes that the  Convertible  Notes will be satisfied or extended at their due
date. All of the shares of Dixie Life owned by the  Corporation  were pledged to
secure payment of the Term Loan and the Convertible Notes.

The  lack of  assurance  that  the SMC  Transaction  will  be  completed  raises
significant  doubt about the Company's  ability to continue as a going  concern.
Completion of the SMC Transaction together with an extension or timely repayment
of the Convertible Notes would remove such uncertainties.

Management's plans in this regard include the following:

         1.  Endeavor  to  complete  the  SMC  Transaction,  which  contemplates
         cancellation  of the Term Loan. The SMC  Transaction  would also enable
         the  Corporation to satisfy the Convertible  Notes,  assuming their due
         date is extended.

         2.  Seek to  extend  or  secure  an  alternative  means of  paying  the
         Convertible  Notes.  Liquidation of a portion of the Alanco shares is a
         possible  source of repayment of at least a portion of the  Convertible
         Notes.

         3. In the event  the SMC  Transaction  is  canceled  by  either  party,
         searching for another  purchaser of Dixie Life in the 90 days available
         to it beyond such cancellation before the Term Loan is due.

There are no assurances that any of these efforts will be successful.

Aggregate maturities of notes payable and the present value of net minimum lease
payments at December 31, 1994, are as follows:


<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
1995                                                              $5,572,519
1996                                                                 180,252
1997                                                                 142,110
1998                                                                 127,413
1999                                                                  81,545
                                                                  ----------
                                                                  $6,103,839
                                                                  ==========
</TABLE>


NOTE 10--INCOME TAXES

The Company and its subsidiaries file a life-nonlife consolidated federal income
tax return.  The Internal Revenue Code contains several  provisions which affect
the  consolidated  tax provision,  including a special  deduction for small life
insurance  companies  amounting to 60% of taxable income and  limitations on the
amount of nonlife  taxable  losses  which can be used to reduce  life  insurance
taxable income.

The  accompanying  balance  sheet  includes a liability for income taxes payable
consisting of the following at December 31:





                                       F-18

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           1994             1993
                                                                                           ----             ----
<S>                                                                                <C>                  <C>
Income taxes payable:
  Currently payable                                                                  $   32,000         $600,000
  Net deferred                                                                          (28,401)         383,449
                                                                                     ----------         --------
                                                                                     $    3,599         $983,449
                                                                                     ==========         ========
</TABLE>


Net deferred tax liabilities (assets) consists of the following components as of
December 31:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           1994             1993
                                                                                           ----             ----

<S>                                                                                  <C>              <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Deferred acquisition costs                                                           $597,100       $2,192,100
  Other Items                                                                            69,500          127,061
                                                                                       --------       ----------
                                                                                        666,600        2,319,161
Deferred tax assets:
  Policy liabilities                                                                     48,700        1,262,712
  Financing reinsurance                                                                 337,500          540,000
  FAS 115 adjustment                                                                    196,500
  Provisions for uncollectible
    receivables                                                                         112,301          133,000
                                                                                       --------       ----------
                                                                                        695,001        1,935,712
                                                                                       --------       ----------
      NET LIABILITY (ASSET)                                                            $(28,401)      $  383,449
                                                                                       ========       ==========

</TABLE>

Income tax  (expense)  benefit  for the year ended  December  is  summarized  as
follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1994             1993             1992
                                                                       ----             ----             ----

<S>                                                                  <C>             <C>              <C>
Current                                                              $(381,900)      $(155,000)       $ (73,390)
Deferred                                                               411,849         368,201         (176,412)
                                                                     ---------       ---------        ---------
                                                                     $  29,929       $ 213,201        $(249,806)
                                                                     =========       =========        =========

</TABLE>

The Company's  effective income tax expense differs from the expense  determined
by applying the 34%  statutory  federal  income tax rate to income before income
taxes as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1994               1993                   1992
                                                               ----               ----                   ----
<S>                                                         <C>                <C>                    <C>
Expected tax benefit (expense)
 at statutory federal income tax rate                       $ 878,800          $ 398,000              $(373,589)
Special deductions                                           (583,085)          (199,000)               197,838
Alternative Minimum Tax                                        97,000             47,000                (33,870)
Change in deferred taxes on policy liabilities               (362,786)
Other                                                                            (32,799)               (40,185)
                                                            ---------          ---------              ---------
  Total income tax benefit (expense)                        $  29,929          $ 213,201              $(249,806)
                                                            =========          =========              =========
</TABLE>
In 1994, a change in deferred  taxes on policy  liabilities,  resulting  from an
incorrect estimate of the tax basis policy benefits at December 31, 1993, caused
a $362,786 reduction of the 1994 tax benefit credited to operations.

Prior to 1984, a portion of taxable  income was excluded  from current  taxation
and  accumulated in a special tax return  memorandum  account.  The December 31,
1983  balance  of  approximately  $876,600  is frozen  and will be taxed only if
distributed or if it exceeds certain  prescribed  limits.  Deferred income taxes
have not been provided on this balance since the Company does not intend to take
action nor does it expect  events to occur that would cause tax to be payable on
that amount.

NOTE 11-SALE OF BLOCK OF BUSINESS

Dixie Life has sold virtually all of its in force accident and health  insurance
business  to  unaffiliated   insurance  companies  in  two  transactions.   Both
transactions  were closed in 1994 although the first was effective  December 31,
1993.

In the first  transaction,  Dixie Life sold all of its in force cancer insurance
in South  Carolina for  $2,125,000,  resulting in a statutory  gain equal to the
selling price in 1993. Under generally accepted accounting




                                       F-19

<PAGE>
principles,  the transaction was not recorded until closing in February 1994 but
the Company did record the loss incurred ($324,000) under GAAP in 1993.

In 1994, Dixie Life sold virtually all of its remaining  accident and health for
$5,322,000  in a  transaction  effective  July 1,  1994,  again  resulting  in a
statutory gain equal to the selling price.  The Company  incurred a GAAP loss of
approximately $1,197,000 on this sale.

Together,  these sales  resulted in a reduction of deferred  policy  acquisition
costs and policy  liabilities of $12,980,000 and $11,084,000,  respectively,  in
1994.

NOTE 12--INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLANS

Options to purchase  common  stock of the Company  have been  granted  under two
incentive  stock option plans.  One of those plans expired in 1992 and the other
in 1993.  At  December  31,  1994,  options  to  purchase  481,737  shares  were
outstanding, including 23,179 at $1.16; 92,061 at $1.23; 87,816 at $1.69; 16,991
at $1.77; 34,496 at $1.41; 62,790 at $1.13; 45,161 at $1.38, 48,548 at $1.50 and
70,695 at $1.00.

NOTE 13--CONTINGENCIES

Reinsurance:  Dixie Life  reinsures a portion of its insurance  risk which is in
excess of its retention  limits on its life  insurance  policies.  The retention
limit for life  insurance  policies is  generally  $50,000.  Dixie Life would be
liable for the reinsured risks ceded to reinsuring other companies to the extent
such reinsuring companies are unable to meet their obligations.  At December 31,
1994,  Dixie Life's  possible  obligation  under excess  coverage life insurance
risks ceded to other companies was approximately $53,883,000.

Dixie  Life also has  assumed  reinsurance  under the  Servicemen's  Group  Life
Insurance Program totaling approximately $141,936,000 at December 31, 1994.

Geographic  Concentration of Business: Dixie Life is qualified to sell insurance
in 21 states and the District of Columbia. Most of its 1994 business is in Texas
(21%),  Mississippi (18%), Georgia (12%), Louisiana (10%), and Kansas (8%). Loss
of the business in any of these states could have a material
adverse affect on the future operations of Dixie Life.

Litigation:  Dixie Life is a Defendant in a suit filed in January, 1994 in the
Circuit Court of Montgomery County, Alabama.

The suit alleges that Dixie Life has failed to properly pay dividends to holders
of its Charter  Contract  policies.  These policies are  participating  policies
pursuant to which Dixie Life is obligated to apportion  dividends to the holders
of such policies, as a group and on a prorata basis, of not less than 35% of the
statutory  net  profits of Dixie  Life  computed  by a formula  set forth in the
policy. The formula utilizes certain information  contained in the annual report
filed by Dixie Life with the Mississippi Department of Insurance, as such report
was  constituted in 1966. The suit seeks to establish a class  consisting of the
plaintiff and a group of persons  allegedly  similarly  situated and alleges the
class consists of over 1,000 persons. No class has yet been certified.

The suit seeks judgment in an  undetermined  amount for alleged  underpayment of
dividends and an injunction requiring Dixie Life to pay appropriate dividends in
the future.





                                       F-20

<PAGE>

Dixie Life has paid a dividend  to holders of the Charter  Contract  policies in
each year since the policies  were  issued.  On a  cumulative  basis,  the total
dividends  paid to the holders of the Charter  Contract  policies since issuance
exceed 35% of the net profits of Dixie Life as defined by the  policies  for the
same period.

As of February  17, 1994,  a total of 76 Charter  Contract  policies are held by
residents  of the state of Alabama.  In all states at December 31, 1993, a total
of 1,421 Charter Contract policies are currently  outstanding,  of which 324 are
in premium paying status.

Dixie Life intends to vigorously defend the suit.

No  discovery  has yet taken  place and no class has yet been  certified  by the
court.  In the absence of a class,  if any, and its  composition,  if certified,
Dixie  Life has no  reasonable  basis  upon  which  to  estimate  its  potential
liability, if any.

The Company also is involved in ordinary,  routine litigation  incidental to its
business. Management and counsel are of the opinion that the ultimate resolution
of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Concentration  of Credit Risk:  At December  31, 1994 and 1993,  the Company had
funds on deposit  with a federally  insured  bank in excess of $100,000  federal
deposit insurance coverage limits.

NOTE 14--PROFIT SHARING PLAN

The Company has a profit sharing plan which covers  substantially  all employees
who meet length of service provisions  contained in the Plan. Prior to 1992, the
plan provided for Company defined  contributions based on earnings before income
taxes and  realized  investment  gains.  In 1992,  the Plan was amended to allow
employee  contributions as provided under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue
Code. The Company matches 50% of employee contributions up to 4% of compensation
and,  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  may  make  additional
contributions.  Contributions to the Plan charged to expense were  approximately
$13,000, $18,000 and $7,000 in 1994, 1993, and 1992, respectively.

NOTE 15--BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company, through Dixie Life, has engaged in the following lines of insurance
business:  life  insurance,   individual  annuities,  and  accident  and  health
insurance  (A&H).  From July 1, 1994, as discussed in Note 11, the Company is no
longer engaged in the accident and health line of insurance business. Investment
income and certain general expenses have been allocated  through the utilization
of assumptions,  estimates and formulas.  Such  allocations  have been made on a
basis  considered  reasonable  under the  circumstances;  however,  it should be
understood that other acceptable  methods of allocation might produce  different
results. Financial information by product grouping is as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Life             Annuity          A&H                  Total
                                               ----             -------          ---                  -----

<S>                                         <C>              <C>            <C>                    <C>
1994
- ----
Revenues                                    $5,360,344       $   839,747     $ 5,451,252             $11,651,343
Benefits and expenses                        5,719,795           487,326       6,779,282              12,986,403
                                            ----------       -----------     -----------             -----------
Operating profit                            $ (359,451)      $   352,421     $(1,328,030)            $(1,335,060)
                                            ===========      ===========     ===========
Unallocated general corporate expenses                                                                 1,249,648
                                                                                                     -----------
Loss before income taxes                                                                             $(2,584,708)
                                                                                                     ===========

</TABLE>




                                       F-21

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>              <C>           <C>                     <C>
1993
- ----
Revenues                                    $6,201,285      $   861,206     $14,467,453             $21,529,944
Benefits and expenses                        5,983,893          664,191      14,701,116              21,349,200
                                            ----------      -----------     -----------             -----------
Operating profit                            $  217,392      $   197,015     $  (233,663)            $   180,744
                                            ==========      ===========     ===========
Unallocated general corporate expenses                                                                1,351,083
                                                                                                    -----------
Income before income taxes                                                                          $(1,170,339)
                                                                                                    ===========


1992
- ----
Revenues                                    $5,817,395      $ 1,003,056     $12,491,413             $19,311,864
Benefits & expenses                          4,330,999        2,094,313      10,454,699              16,880,011
                                            ----------      -----------     -----------             -----------
Operating profit                            $1,486,396      $(1,091,257)    $ 2,036,714             $ 2,431,853
                                            ==========      ===========     ===========
Unallocated general corporate expenses                                                                1,333,063
                                                                                                    -----------
Income before income taxes                                                                          $ 1,098,790
                                                                                                    ===========

</TABLE>


NOTE 16--SALE OF COMMON STOCK

The Corporation entered into an agreement with Universal  Management Services, a
Nevada  corporation  (UMS),  as of October  27,  1994 (UMS  Agreement).  The UMS
Agreement  provides that UMS will use its best efforts to assist the Corporation
in  locating  potential  investors  for its  Common  Stock in  non-U.S.  markets
pursuant to Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933.

Under the UMS Agreement,  UMS has the right to assist the Corporation in placing
up to 6,425,000 shares,  subject to completion of various steps set forth in the
Agreement.  The  first  step  was  completed  on  November  29,  1994,  with the
Corporation  issuing  2,000,000 shares of its Common Stock for which it received
1,230,770 shares of Alanco Environmental  Resources,  Inc. (Alanco) common stock
(November  Transaction).  The Alanco  shares had an  aggregate  market  value of
$2,000,000 on November 29, 1994.

Under the UMS Agreement, UMS has the right to assist the Corporation in placing,
on a best efforts basis, by June 30, 1995, up to 12,500,000 additional shares of
the  Corporation's  Common  Stock.  Under  the terms of the UMS  Agreement,  the
Corporation expects to:

         1. Issue  2,000,000  shares of its Common  Stock in exchange for 16% of
         the outstanding common shares of Phoenix Medical Management, Inc.
         (PMM), an Arizona corporation.

         2. Issue, if the acquisition of the 16% interest is completed,  100,000
         of its Common Stock for an option to acquire the  remaining  84% of the
         common shares of PMM for 10,400,000 shares of the Corporation's  Common
         Stock.

         3.  Purchase  from PMM three  specialized  health care  facilities  for
         approximately  $700,000  in cash.  The funds for this  transaction  are
         expected to be obtained  through the placement,  with the assistance of
         UMS, but outside the UMS Agreement,  of approximately 700,000 shares of
         the Corporation's Common Stock under Regulation S.

In view of covenants  contained in the Term Loan  Agreement,  the  aquisition of
shares of PMM by the  Corporation  will require  certain waivers from SMC, which
the Corporation  will seek to obtain.  However,  there is no assurance that such
waivers  will be  obtained,  in which  case the  Corporation  will be obliged to
reassess the proposed PMM transaction.  There are no assurances that any further
transactions  contemplated by the UMS Agreement will be completed.  UMS's rights
under the UMS Agreement will expire June 30, 1995.

If at least 6,425,000 shares are placed with UMS's assistance, the UMS Agreement
provides  that the  purchasers  will be entitled to  designate a majority of the
Corporation's  Board  of  Directors.  This  right  would be  facilitated  by the
resignation  of a  sufficient  number of  directors  whose  tenure  as  director
predates the UMS  Agreement  so that  designees  of the new  investors  could be
appointed until the next annual meeting of





                                       F-22

<PAGE>
the  Corporation's  stockholders.   The  UMS  Agreement  contained  three  other
undertakings  of the  Corporation  which were  accomplished  at the 1994  annual
meeting of the Corporation's  stockholders held January 24, 1995. These were (a)
reduction of the Corporation's  Board of Directors from 15 members to 9 members;
(b) election to the Corporation's Board of Directors of three representatives of
the  parties  who  purchased  the  Corporation's  Common  Stock in the  November
Transaction;  and (c) an  increase  in the  number of  authorized  shares of the
Corporation's Common Stock from 10,000,000 to 50,000,000.


NOTE 17--PENDING SALE OF DIXIE LIFE

On March 6, 1995,  the  Corporation  entered into a Letter of Intent with SMC to
sell to SMC all of the capital stock of Dixie Life which the  Corporation  owns.
Dixie Life represents 94% of the consolidated  assets and  substantially  all of
the consolidated operations of the Corporation.

At closing SMC will cancel the Term Loan  obligation,  assume the  Corporation's
indebtedness of $1,720,000 under the Convertible  Notes due May 1, 1995, pay the
Corporation  $2,500,000 in cash and issue to the  Corporation  SMC common shares
equal to $500,000  valued at the average  trading  price of SMC's shares for the
five days prior to closing. The Corporation will also receive the first $175,000
of agent  advances  that Dixie  Life  collects  after  closing.  These  payments
constitute a selling price of at least  $8,408,746 and up to $8,583,746 if agent
advances  equal at least $175,000 at closing and at least $175,000 is collected.
Agent  advances,  net of allowance  for doubtful  accounts at December 31, 1994,
were approximately $270,000. The selling price will be adjusted by the change in
Dixie Life's capital and surplus and asset valuation  reserve  between  December
31, 1994 and closing.  In addition,  Dixie Life will continue to pay $15,000 per
month rent to Vanguard,  Inc., a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the  Corporation,
through the  December  31, 1996  expiration  of an existing  lease on the office
building occupied by the Corporation and Dixie Life.

Except  as to the  extension  of the due date of the Term  Loan,  a  prohibition
against  the  Corporation  negotiating  with other  parties  and  certain  other
customary  provisions,  the Letter of Intent is not  binding and is subject to a
Definitive  Purchase  Agreement which the parties intend to sign before April 1,
1995.  The  Definitive  Purchase  Agreement  will  contain  usual and  customary
conditions,  including,  among  others,  the receipt of all required  regulatory
approvals and approval of the transaction by the shareholders of the Corporation
at a meeting to be held on or before August 1, 1995.  There is no assurance that
the SMC Transaction will be consummated.

In the first quarter of 1994, the Corporation  reached an agreement in principle
for the acquisition of the Corporation by SMC in a tax-free merger. A definitive
Merger  Agreement among the  Corporation,  SMC and an SMC affiliate was executed
June 8, 1994. On August 1, 1994, the Corporation terminated the Merger Agreement
as a result of SMC's failure to meet certain conditions of the Merger Agreement.
On November 7, 1994, Standard Life Insurance Company of Indiana, a subsidiary of
SMC, purchased the Term Loan from the bank which previously held the note.

                                      F-23

<PAGE>
Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheet
Dixie National Corporation
March 31, 1995
                                                              
ASSETS
NON-LIFE
Investments
     Common stock                                              $ 2,000,000
     Cash and cash equivalents                                     388,343
     Other                                                          26,200
                                                               ------------
                                 TOTAL NON-LIFE INVESTMENTS      2,414,543
Property and equipment                                             409,526
                                                               ------------
                                      TOTAL NON-LIFE ASSETS      2,824,069
LIFE
Investments
     Fixed Maturities, at market                                17,647,294
     Policy loans                                                3,063,394
     Government guaranteed student loans,
        less allowance for uncollectible
        loans of $464,603 at March 31, 1995                      5,741,268
     Short-term investments                                        563,057
     Equipment leases                                              531,567
     Cash and cash equivalents                                   3,877,773
                                                               ------------
                                     TOTAL LIFE INVESTMENTS     31,424,353

Accounts receivable, less allowance for
 doubtful accounts of $195,885 at March 31, 1995                   821,967
Accrued investment income                                          470,413
Deferred policy acquisition costs, net                           6,573,528
Value of life insurance purchased, net                           1,549,356
Property and equipment, less accumulated
 depreciation of $670,326 at March 31, 1995                        147,823
Other assets                                                       837,684
Unallocated loss on sale of subsidiary                          (4,161,313)
                                                               ------------
                                          TOTAL LIFE ASSETS     37,663,811
                                                               ------------

                                               TOTAL ASSETS    $40,487,880
                                                               ------------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

NON-LIFE LIABILITIES
Notes payable and other debt                                   $   500,940
Accrued liabilities and expenses                                     3,500
                                                               ------------
                                 TOTAL NON-LIFE LIABILITIES        504,440
LIFE
Policy liabilities
     Future policy benefits                                     27,481,172
     Other policy claims and benefits payable                      311,519
     Other policyholders' funds                                    827,955
                                                               ------------
                                   TOTAL POLICY LIABILITIES     28,620,646

Notes payable and other debt                                     5,557,566
Income taxes                                                        21,443
Accrued liabilities and expenses                                   485,642
                                                               ------------
                                     TOTAL LIFE LIABILITIES     34,685,297
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common stock                                                     8,394,973
Retained-earnings deficit                                       (3,096,830)
Unrealized holding losses on investments available for sale
                                                               ------------
                                 TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY      5,298,143
                                                               ------------

                 TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY    $40,487,880
                                                               ------------


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-24

<PAGE>
Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Operations
Dixie National Corporation

                                                          Three Months
                                                         Ended March 31
                                                        ----------------
                                                     1995           1994
                                                    ------         ------
REVENUES
     Premiums                                  $     810,697  $    4,083,248
     Net investment income                           617,412         537,085
     Realized investment gains (losses)               36,757          11,594
                                               -------------- ---------------
                               TOTAL REVENUES      1,464,866       4,631,927

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES
  Benefits and claims to policyholders               392,703       2,640,373
  Amortization of deferred policy acquisition
     costs and value of insurance purchased          225,728       1,340,259
  Commissions, net                                   132,014         736,646
  General expenses, net                              659,220         644,957
  Interest expense                                   145,776         118,288
  Insurance taxes, licenses and fees                  82,748         240,733
  Loss on sale of accident and health business
                                               -------------- ---------------
                  TOTAL BENEFITS AND EXPENSES      1,638,189       5,721,256
                                               -------------- ---------------
  INCOME (LOSS)  BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND
  ESTIMATED LOSS ON SALE OF SUBSIDIARY              (173,323)     (1,089,329)
Income tax benefit (expense)                               0         180,000
                                               -------------- ---------------
                        LOSS BEFORE ESTIMATED
                   LOSS ON SALE OF SUBSIDIARY       (173,323)       (909,329)
Estimated loss on sale of subsidiary              (4,635,000)
                                               -------------- ---------------
                        NET INCOME (LOSS)       $ (4,808,323) $     (909,329)
                                               -------------- ---------------

Primary and fully diluted net income
  (loss) per share                              $      (0.57) $      (0.14)
                                               -------------- ---------------





See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                    F-25
<PAGE>
Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity
Dixie National Corporation
Three Months Ended March 31, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            Unrealized
                                                       Common          Retained        Holding
                                                       Stock           Earnings        Losses        Total
<S>             <C>                                    <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>
Balance January 1, 1995                                $ 8,394,973     $ 1,711,493     $ (925,011)    $ 9,181,455
Net loss for three months ended March 31, 1995                          (4,808,323)                    (4,808,323)
Recoginition of unrealized holding losses as
 realized through estimated loss on sale of subsidiary                                    925,011         925,011
                                                       ------------    ------------    -----------    ------------
                   BALANCE MARCH 31, 1995 (UNAUDITED)  $ 8,394,973     $ (3,096,830)   $   -0-        $ 5,298,143
                                                       ------------    -------------   -----------    ------------

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
</TABLE>

                                              F-26

<PAGE>
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Dixie National Corporation
                                                           Three Months
                                                          Ended March 31
                                                      ----------------------
                                                      1995           1994
                                                      ----------------------
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income                                   $  (4,808,323) $    (909,329)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
   cash provided by operating activities:
     Estimated loss on sale of subsidiary          4,635,000
     Loss on sale of accident and health business
     Increase in policy liabilities                  (57,631)       879,564
     Amotization of deferred policy acquisition
      costs and and value of life insurance
      purchased                                      225,728      1,340,259
     Increase (decrease) in deferred income taxes    (94,987)      (100,000)
     Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities     (190,318)        16,165
     Policy acquisition costs deferred              (133,026)      (597,316)
     Decrease in accounts receivable                 (34,548)      (426,102)
     Decrease in policyowner funds on deposit         (1,575)        55,641
     Depreciation                                     27,345         29,081
     Other, net                                       21,867        (48,179)
                                               -------------- --------------
                        NET CASH PROVIDED BY                                 
                        OPERATING ACTIVITIES        (410,468)       239,784
Cash flows from investing activities: 
  Proceeds from investments sold or matured:
     Fixed maturities:
           Maturities                                523,163        346,708
           Calls                                      33,000         18,301
           Sales                                     242,000
     Repayment  of policy and student loans          402,801        489,214 
  Cost of investments acquired:
     Fixed maturities                               (508,689)    (2,235,087)
     Equipment  leases                              (531,567)
     Policy and student loans                       (168,990)      (253,673)
  Temporary investments, net                       4,271,090        (34,347)
  Additions to property and equipment                               (19,693)
                                               -------------- --------------
                     NET CASH PROVIDED (USED)
                      BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES      4,262,808     (1,688,577)
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from borrowing
  Payments on debt                                   (45,333)       (35,689)
                                               -------------- --------------
                             NET CASH USED BY
                         FINANCING ACTIVITIES        (45,333)       (35,689)
                                               -------------- --------------
                   NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN
                    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS      3,807,007     (1,484,482)
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year        459,109      4,655,458
                                               -------------- --------------
                CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT
                               END OF PERIOD    $  4,266,116  $   3,170,976
                                               -------------- --------------

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash payments for income taxes                $    127,040  $     600,000
                                                ------------- --------------
  Cash payments for interest                    $     39,356  $      52,678
                                                ------------- --------------

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                   F-27

<PAGE>
Notes To Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
Dixie National Corporation
March 31, 1995

Note 1--Basis of Presentation

     The  accompanying  unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim
financial  information  and with  instructions  to Form 10-Q and  Article  10 of
Regulation  S-X.  Accordingly,  they  do  not  include  all of  the  detail  and
disclosures  required by generally accepted  accounting  principles for complete
financial  statements.  Operating results for the three month period ended March
31, 1995 are not necessarily  indicative of the results that may be expected for
the year ending December 31, 1995. More detailed information is contained in the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

     All adjustments  which,  in the opinion of management,  are necessary for a
fair presentation of such financial statements are included.

Note 2--Statutory Accounting

     A  reconciliation  of Dixie Life's  statutory  net income to the  Company's
consolidated  GAAP net income for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1994
is as follows:

                                               Three Months Ended March 31
                                              1995                     1994
                                           -----------             -----------
Statutory net income                      $  (285,123)             $ (353,487)
Estimated loss on sale of subsidiary       (4,635,000) 
Deferral of acquisition costs                 133,026                 597,316
Amortization of acquisition costs            (225,728)             (1,340,259)
Differences in insurance policy
  liabilities, excluding effect of
  sale of block of business                   456,335                 (81,614)
Deferred income taxes                               0                 100,000
Premium income                               (437,261)                250,196
Investment income                              57,354                   6,411
Commissions                                         0                 (25,000)
Interest expense                             (145,776)               (118,288)
General insurance expenses
Write off of agent advances                   199,600                 211,852
Supplementary contracts                       (57,027)                (75,442)
Other                                         131,277                 (81,014)
                                           -----------             -----------
GAAP Net (Loss)                           $(4,808,323)             $ (909,329)
                                           -----------             -----------
                                           -----------             -----------

                                      F-28

<PAGE>

     A  reconciliation  of Dixie Life's  statutory  stockholders'  equity to the
Company's  Consolidated  GAAP  stockholders'  equity  at  March  31,  1995 is as
follows:

                                                  March 31
                                                    1995
                                                  --------
Statutory Stockholders' Equity                  $ 5,962,197
Differences in insurance policy liabilities        (733,358)
Deferred acquisition costs                        6,573,528
Deferred income taxes                               (21,443)
Debt of parent company                           (5,909,686)
Asset Valuation Reserve                             129,809
Value of life insurance purchased                 1,549,256
Non-admitted assets                                 292,751
Common stock issued                               1,979,720
Other                                              (363,418)
Unallocated loss on sale of subsidiary           (4,161,313)
                                                ------------
  GAAP Stockholders' Equity                     $ 5,298,143

Note 3--Investments

     The Company's  investments in fixed maturity securities  available for sale
at March 31, 1995 are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      Amortized      Unrealized      Unrealized       Market
                                                        Cost            Gains          Losses          Value
                                                        ----            -----          ------          -----
<S>                                                <C>               <C>              <C>          <C>
  U.S. Government agencies and authorities         $  9,407,327      $  54,289        $270,213     $  9,191,403
  States, municipalities and political subdivisions      50,000              0           1,500           48,500
  Special revenue                                        10,278              0             378            9,900
  Public utilities                                    2,044,337          8,897          50,634        2,002,600
  All other corporate                                 6,727,461         56,838         389,408        6,394,891
                                                   ------------      ---------        --------     ------------
                                                    $18,239,403       $120,024        $712,133      $17,647,294
</TABLE>

     Net  investment  income for the three  months ended March 31, 1995 and 1994
consists of the following:
                                              1995                     1994
                                           -----------             -----------
Investment income
  Fixed maturities                           $341,661                $262,324
  Policy loans                                 46,002                  45,736
  Student loans                               126,393                  81,159
  Interest on Accounts Receivable              15,056                  65,914
  Short-term investment                        46,252                  33,256
  Other                                        65,385                  66,921
                                           -----------             -----------
           Net investment income             $640,749                $555,310

                                      F-29
<PAGE>
     Net realized investment gains for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and
1994 are summarized as follows:

                                              1995                     1994
                                           -----------             ------------
Realized gains                                $36,757                 $11,594
Realized losses                                     0                       0
                                           -----------             ------------
           Net realized gains (losses)        $36,757                 $11,594

     Subsequent  to March  31,  1995,  as  consideration  for  extention  of the
Corporation's Convertible Notes (Note 7), the Corporation pledged 762,106 shares
of its Alanco stock with a carrying value of $1,238,000 as addtional collateral
to the Convertible Notes.

     The obligation of the purchasers of the  Corporation's  Common Stock in the
November  Transaction  (Notes 3 and 16 of the  Corporation's  1994  Consolidated
Financial  Statements) to cover any market  depreciation,  as defined,  has been
extended to the maturity of the Term Loan.  At March 31,  1995,  market value of
the Alanco shares, based on the average closing bid and asked price, was
$ 1.625.

Note 4--Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

     An analysis of deferred policy acquisition costs for the three months ended
March 31, 1995 and 1994 follows:
                                              1995                     1994
                                           -----------             ------------

Balance at beginning of period             $6,626,230              $19,759,110
Deferred during the period:
  Commissions                                 108,071                  464,173
  Other Expenses                               24,955                  133,143
    Total Deferred                            133,026                  597,316
Deferred policy acquisition costs on
   policies sold                                                    (3,035,144)
Amortized during the period                  (185,728)              (1,300,259)
                                           -----------             ------------
Balance at end of period                   $6,573,528              $16,021,023
                                           -----------             ------------
                                           -----------             ------------

Note 5--Value of Life Insurance Purchased

     An analysis of the market of life insurance  purchased for the three months
ended March 31, 1995 and 1994 follows:
                                              1995                     1994
                                           -----------             ------------

Balance at beginning of period             $1,589,356               $1,749,356
Amortized during the period                   (40,000)                 (40,000)
                                           -----------             ------------
Balance at end of the period               $1,549,356               $1,709,356
                                           -----------             ------------
                                           -----------             ------------

Note 6--Property and Equipment

     A summary of property and equpment at March 31, 1995 follows:


       
Home office property                            $  795,038
Data Processing Equipment                          818,149
Furniture, Equipment and Autos                     454,007
                                                -----------
                                                $2,067,194
Less accumulated depreciation                    1,509,845
                                                -----------
                                                $  557,349
                                                -----------
                                                -----------
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
Note 7--Notes Payable and Other Debt

     The Company has the following notes payable at March 31, 1995:

NON-LIFE:  
Note payable to a bank  bearing  interest at prime
   plus 3/4% (at December  31, 1994 and 1993,  the
   rate   was    9.25%),    payable   in   monthly
   installments  of  $11,846  through  January  5,
   2001; secured by home office property                     $  500,940

LIFE:
Note  payable  to an  insurance  company  (bank at
   December 31, 1993) bearing interest at 1% above
   prime  (9.5%  at  December  31,  1994)  payable
   interest only monthly  through  February  1995,
   with   original   maturity   March  31,   1995,
   collateralized  by common  stock of Dixie  Life
   (Term Loan)                                                3,688,746

Convertible 10% notes due May 1, 1995 (Notes) with
   interest payable  semi-annually until maturity,
   convertible to common stock on the basis of one
   share   for   each   $1  of   Note   principal,
   collateralized  by second security  interest in
   common stock of Dixie Life                                 1,720,000

Obligation under capital lease                                  148,820
                                                             -----------
     Non-life                                                   500,940
                                                             -----------
                                                             $6,058,506

     The Stock Purchase  Agreement with Standard Life Insurance Company (Note 9)
waives all financial covenants contained in the Term Loan agreement.

     Subsequent to March 31, 1995,  the  Convertible  Notes were extended to the
Term Loan maturity but no later than December 27, 1995.

Note 8--Incentive Stock Option Plans

     Options to purchase  common stock of the  Corporation  previously have been
granted  under two  incentive  stock  option  plans.  Both of these  plans  have
expired. At March 31, 1995, options to purchase 395,768 shares were outstanding,
including  (at per share  exercise  prices):  92,061 at $1.23;  87,816 at $1.69;
16,991 at $1.77; 34,496 at $1.41; 45,161 at $1.38; 48,548 at $1.50 and 70,695 at
$1.00.

     As part of a compensation program for members of the Corporation's Board of
Directors,  the Board approved  granting options to purchase 5,000 shares of the
Corporation's  Common Stock to each of the Corporation's  nine directors at such
time as a stock option plan has been formally adopted.  It is expected that such
a plan will be adopted in May 1995.  The options will be exercisable at any time
prior to their expiration five years from the grant date.

                                      F-31
<PAGE>
Note 9--Proposed Sale of Dixie Life

     On April 18, 1995, the Corporation  entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement
with Standard Life Insurance  Company of Indiana  (Standard) to sell to Standard
all of the  capital  stock of Dixie Life which the  Corporation  owns  (Standard
Transaction). The Stock Purchase Agreement implements a Letter of Intent between
Standard's parent,  Standard Management  Corporation,  and the Corporation dated
March  6,  1995.  Dixie  Life  represents  94% of the  consolidated  assets  and
substantially all of the consolidated operations of the Corporation.

     At closing  Standard  will cancel the  Corporation's  $3,689,000  Term Loan
obligation,  assume  indebtedness of $1,720,000 under  Convertible  Notes of the
Corporation  and pay the Corporation  $3,000,000 in cash. The  Corporation  will
also receive the first $175,000 of agent advances that Dixie Life collects after
closing.  The  selling  price will be  adjusted  by the  change in Dixie  Life's
capital and surplus and asset valuation  reserve  between  December 31, 1994 and
closing.  At March 31, 1995,  statutory  capital and surplus and asset valuation
reserve was $318,200  less than at December 31, 1994.  It is expected that there
will be little  change from the March 31,  1995 level prior to closing.  Certain
other  adjustments may be made based on the resolution of pending  litigation to
which  Dixie  Life is a party.  In  addition,  Dixie Life will  continue  to pay
$15,000 per month rent to Vanguard,  Inc. (Vanguard),  a wholly-owned subsidiary
of the  Corporation,  through the December 31, 1996,  expiration  of an existing
lease on the office building occupied by the Corporation and Dixie Life.

     The proposed sale, if completed,  will result in a loss of $4,635,000 ($.55
per share)  which has been  recorded in the first  quarter of 1995.  The sale of
Dixie Life  constitutes  discontinuance  of the life  insurance  business by the
Corporation. The loss on the sale is reported in a manner substantially the same
as  discontinued  operations.  The  Corporation  continues  to report  insurance
operations in the same manner as prior to the measurement date of March 6, 1995.
Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion No. 30 (APB 30) calls for  reporting  the
operations of discontinued operations as a single net amount in the statement of
operations  but,  in  management's  opinion,   reducing  virtually  all  of  the
Corporation's operations to a single amount in the statement of operations would
not be  meaningful to readers of the  Corporation's  financial  statements.  The
Corporation  anticipates  entry into the health care business or some other line
of business in 1995. When the Corporation  enters another line of business,  but
no later  than 1996,  insurance  operations  will be  reported  as  discontinued
operations in accordance with APB 30.

     The Stock Purchase Agreement confirms an extension,  included in the Letter
of Intent,  of the due date of the Term Loan to the latter of closing or 90 days
after either party informs the other that the transaction cannot be closed under
its terms.  Certain covenants contained in the Term Loan agreement are waived by
the Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  including all  financial  covenants and certain
covenants  restricting the Corporation from entering into certain  transactions.
The Stock  Purchase  Agreement  also contains  usual and  customary  conditions,
including,  among others, the receipt of all required  regulatory  approvals and
approval of the transaction by the  shareholders of the Corporation at a meeting
to be held on or before  August 1, 1995.  The Stock  Purchase  Agreement  may be
terminated by either party after August 1, 1995,  provided the terminating party
has not breached the Stock Purchase Agreement.

                                      F-32

<PAGE>
Note 10--Sale of Common Stock

     The  Corporation  entered  into  an  agreement  with  Universal  Management
Services,  a Nevada  corporation  (UMS), as of October 27, 1994 (UMS Agreement).
The Corporation and UMS, on April 20, 1995, entered into an amended and restated
agreement  effective  as of March 24,  1995  (Second  Amended and  Restated  UMS
Agreement)  which  provides  that UMS has the right to use its best  efforts  to
assist the  Corporation  in placing up to  12,500,000  additional  shares of the
Corporation's  Common Stock in non-U.S.  markets,  pursuant to  Regulation S, or
otherwise in private  placements.  In  connection  with the UMS  Agreement,  the
Corporation  expects to issue  2,000,000  shares of its Common Stock in exchange
for 16% of the  outstanding  common shares of Phoenix Medical  Management,  Inc.
(PMM),  an  Arizona  corporation.  If the  acquisition  of the 16%  interest  is
completed,  the  Corporation  plans to issue  100,000 of its Common Stock for an
option to acquire the remaining  84% of the common shares of PMM for  10,400,000
additional shares of the Corporation's Common Stock.

                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX A

                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                           DATED AS OF APRIL 18, 1995

                                     Among


                  STANDARD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF INDIANA,

                     DIXIE NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                      and

                           DIXIE NATIONAL CORPORATION



<PAGE>


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                Page


ARTICLE I

                           DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
     1.1   Terms Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
     1.2   Other Definitional Provisions . . . . . . . . . . .  1

ARTICLE II

                   SALE OF SHARES AND CLOSING. . . . . . . . .  2
     2.1   Purchase and Sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
     2.2   Purchase Price. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
     2.3   Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
     2.4   Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4

ARTICLE III

            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER . . . . .  4
     3.1   Organization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
     3.2   Authority.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
     3.3   Capital Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
     3.4   No Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
     3.5   No Conflicts or Violations. . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
     3.6   Books and Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
     3.7   SAP Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
     3.8   No Other Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . .  7
     3.9   Reserves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
     3.10  Absence of Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
     3.11  No Undisclosed Liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
     3.12  Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
     3.13  Litigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
     3.14  Compliance With Laws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
     3.15  Benefit Plans, ERISA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     3.16  Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
     3.17  Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
     3.18  Insurance Issued by the Company . . . . . . . . . . 22
     3.19  Threats of Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
     3.20  Licenses and Permits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
     3.21  Operations Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
     3.22  Intercompany Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
     3.23  Bank Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
     3.24  Brokers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
     3.25  Disclosure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

                                                                               i
<PAGE>

ARTICLE IV

           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER . . . . 24
     4.1   Organization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
     4.2   Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
     4.3   No Conflicts or Violations. . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
     4.4   Litigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
     4.5   Purchase for Investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
     4.6   Brokers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
     4.7   Disclosure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

ARTICLE V

                 COVENANTS OF SELLER AND COMPANY . . . . . . . 27
     5.1   Regulatory Approvals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
     5.2   Investigation by the Purchaser. . . . . . . . . . . 27
     5.3   No Negotiations, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
     5.4   Conduct of Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
     5.5   Financial Statements and Reports. . . . . . . . . . 30
     5.6   Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
     5.7   Employee Matters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
     5.8   No Charter Amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     5.9   No Issuance of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     5.10  No Dividends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
     5.11  No Disposal of Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
     5.12  No Breach or Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
     5.13  No Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
     5.14  No Acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
     5.15  Intercompany Liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
     5.16  Resignations of Officers and Directors. . . . . . . 33
     5.17  Tax Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
     5.18  Dismissal of Pending Litigation . . . . . . . . . . 33
     5.19  Disclosure Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
     5.20  Shareholder Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
     5.21  Notice and Cure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
     5.22  Triennial Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

ARTICLE VI

                     COVENANTS OF PURCHASER. . . . . . . . . . 34
     6.1   Regulatory Approvals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
     6.2   Home Office Lease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
     6.3   Assignment of Certain Agent Debit Balances. . . . . 34
     6.4   Notice and Cure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

                                       ii
<PAGE>

ARTICLE VII

             CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF PURCHASER. . . . . . 35
     7.1   Representations and Warranties. . . . . . . . . . . 35
     7.2   Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
     7.3   Certificates of Officer of Seller . . . . . . . . . 35
     7.4   No Injunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
     7.5   No Proceeding or Litigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
     7.6   Consents, Authorizations, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . 36
     7.7   No Adverse Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
     7.8   Opinion of Counsel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
     7.9   Resignation of Officers and Directors . . . . . . . 37
     7.10  Shareholder Approval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
     7.11  Hart-Scott. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
     7.12  Management Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

ARTICLE VIII

               CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER . . . . . . 37
     8.1   Representations and Warranties. . . . . . . . . . . 37
     8.2   Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
     8.3   Officer's Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
     8.4   No Injunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
     8.5   No Proceeding or Litigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
     8.6   Consents, Authorizations, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . 38
     8.7   Opinion of Counsel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

ARTICLE IX

                SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS; REMEDIES . . . . . . . 39
     9.1   Survival. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
     9.2   Available Remedies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

ARTICLE X

                         INDEMNIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . 40
     10.1  Tax Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
     10.2  Other Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
     10.3  Method of Asserting Claims. . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
     10.4  After-Tax Damages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
     10.5  Assignment of Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . 44

ARTICLE XI

                             WAIVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
     11.1  Senior Debt of Seller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

                                      iii
<PAGE>

ARTICLE XII

                           TERMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
     12.1  Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
     12.2  Effect of Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

ARTICLE XIII

                          MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . 47
     13.1  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
     13.2  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
     13.3  Entire Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
     13.4  Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
     13.5  Public Announcements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
     13.6  Confidentiality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
     13.7  Further Assurances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
     13.8  Waiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
     13.9  Amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
     13.10 Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
     13.11 No Third Party Beneficiary. . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
     13.12 Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
     13.13 Binding Effect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
     13.14 Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
     13.15 Headings, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
     13.16 Invalid Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

                                       iv

<PAGE>


                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


     THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of
April  18,  1995  by  and  among  Dixie  National  Corporation,   a  Mississippi
corporation (the "Seller"); Dixie National Life Insurance Company, a Mississippi
corporation (the "Company");  and Standard Life Insurance Company of Indiana, an
Indiana corporation (the "Purchaser").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS,  Seller  is  the  beneficial  owner  of  1,489,904  shares  of the
1,500,000  shares of  authorized,  issued and  outstanding  capital common stock
("Common Stock"), $1.00 par value per share ("the Shares") of the Company; and

     WHEREAS,  Seller  desires to sell,  and Purchaser  desires to purchase from
Seller, all of the Shares of the Company owned by Seller;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set
forth in this  Agreement,  and for other good and  valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and  sufficiency  of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the parties hereto
agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

     1.1 Terms  Defined.  The  capitalized  terms used in this Agreement and not
defined herein shall have the meanings specified in Exhibit A.

     1.2 Other Definitional  Provisions.  Unless the context otherwise requires,
(a)  references  in this  Agreement  to the singular  number  shall  include the
plural,  and the plural number shall include the  singular;  (b) words  denoting
gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter; (c) the words "hereof,"
"herein" and  "hereunder" and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as
a whole  and not to any  particular  provision  of this  Agreement,  (d)  unless
otherwise  specified,  all  Article  and  Section  references  pertain  to  this
Agreement; (e) the term "or" means "and/or"; and (f) the phrase "ordinary course
of business  and  consistent  with past  practice"  refers to the  business  and
practice of the Seller or the Company, as the case may be.

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE II

                           SALE OF SHARES AND CLOSING

    2.1 Purchase and Sale.  The Seller  agrees to sell to the  Purchaser and the
Purchaser  agrees to purchase from the Seller the Shares at the Closing upon the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

    2.2 Purchase  Price.  Subject to adjustment  pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof,
the purchase price (the "Purchase  Price") for the Shares payable at the Closing
shall be equal to Eight Million Five Hundred Eighty-Three Thousand Seven Hundred
Forty-Six  and no/100  Dollars  ($8,583,746),  of which Three Million and no/100
Dollars  ($3,000,000.00)  is payable by wire transfer in  immediately  available
funds to such bank and  account  as the Seller  may  specify  by written  notice
received by the  Purchaser at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing
Date.

     The balance of the Purchase Price is payable as follows:

     (a) Forgiveness and  cancellation of Senior Debt of the Seller due Buyer in
the sum of  Three  Million  Six  Hundred  Eighty-Eight  Thousand  Seven  Hundred
Forty-Six and no/100 Dollars ($3,688,746);

     (b)  Payment  of  Dixie  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes in the sum of One
Million Seven Hundred Twenty Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($1,720,000); and

     (c) After Closing,  the first One Hundred  Seventy Five Thousand and no/100
Dollars ($175,000) recovered by the Company in respect to agent debit balances.

    2.3   Adjustment.

     (a) On the day prior to Closing, the Seller will determine and will deliver
to the Purchaser a certificate of the chief financial officer or chief executive
officer of the Seller setting forth the Seller's  determination of the Estimated
Adjusted  Capital and Surplus of Company as of the Closing  Date,  together with
true and complete copies of all Work Papers related thereto  (collectively,  the
"Estimated Closing Adjusted Capital and Surplus").  The Closing will be based on
the amount of the Estimated Closing Adjusted Capital and Surplus as shown on the
certificate of the chief  financial  officer or chief  executive  officer of the
Seller. In the event the Dixie Convertible Subordinated Notes are paid by Seller
prior to  Closing,  the cash  portion of the  Purchase  Price  shall be adjusted
upward by the amount of such payment.  If the Estimated Closing Adjusted Capital
and Surplus is greater than  $6,500,000,  the excess above  $6,410,000  shall be
deposited into an escrow account agreeable to both Seller and Purchaser.  Within
ninety (90) days after the Closing
 
                                       2
<PAGE>


Date, the chief financial officer of the Purchaser shall deliver to the Seller a
certificate setting forth the Purchaser's  determination of the Adjusted Capital
and  Surplus  of the  Company as of the  Closing  Date,  based  upon  actual SAP
reserves and liabilities  for insurance  policies in force in the Company on the
Closing Date,  together with true and complete copies of all Work Papers related
thereto  (collectively,   the  "Proposed  Final  Closing  Adjusted  Capital  and
Surplus").  If, within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt by the Seller of
the  certificate  of the  chief  financial  officer  of the  Purchaser  of  such
determination of the Proposed Final Closing  Adjusted  Capital and Surplus,  the
Seller agrees with such  determination and so notifies the Purchaser,  or if the
Seller  shall  fail  to  notify  the  Purchaser  that  it  disagrees  with  such
determination  within such fifteen (15) Business Days, such determination  shall
be the  Closing  Adjusted  Capital  and  Surplus.  If the  Seller  notifies  the
Purchaser  within such fifteen (15) Business Days that the Seller does not agree
with such  determination  of the Proposed  Final  Closing  Adjusted  Capital and
Surplus,  the  Purchaser  and the  Seller  shall in good  faith  for a period of
fifteen (15) Business Days  thereafter,  attempt to negotiate a determination of
the Closing Adjusted  Capital and Surplus.  If the Seller and the Purchaser fail
to reach  agreement  on a  determination  of the  Closing  Adjusted  Capital and
Surplus  within such fifteen  (15)  Business  Day period,  the Closing  Adjusted
Capital and Surplus shall be  determined  by KPMG Peat Marwick (the  "Accounting
Firm").  The Accounting  Firm shall arrive at its  determination  of the Closing
Adjusted  Capital and Surplus within thirty (30) days after its  notification by
the Seller.  If the  Accounting  Firm's  determination  of the Closing  Adjusted
Capital and Surplus is greater  than the amount of the  Proposed  Final  Closing
Adjusted  Capital and Surplus  determined by the chief financial  officer of the
Purchaser,  the fees and  expenses of the  Accounting  Firm shall be paid by the
Purchaser;  if the  Accounting  Firm's  determination  of the  Closing  Adjusted
Capital  and  Surplus is equal to or less than the  amount of the Final  Closing
Adjusted  Capital and Surplus  determined by the chief financial  officer of the
Purchaser,  the fees and  expenses of the  Accounting  Firm shall be paid by the
Seller.

     (b) The Adjusted  Capital and Surplus of the Company shall be determined in
accordance with the Formula set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

     (c) If the amount of the Final  Closing  Adjusted  Capital  and  Surplus is
greater  than  $6,500.000.00,  the  Purchaser  shall  pay the  difference,  plus
interest at the Prime Rate from the Closing Date to the date of payment,  to the
Seller  within  ten (10)  Business  Days  after the  determination  of the Final
Closing Adjusted Capital and Surplus is made; if the amount of the Final Closing
Adjusted Capital and Surplus is less than $6,410.000.00, the Seller shall refund
the  difference,  plus  interest at the Prime Rate from the Closing  Date to the
date of  payment,  to the  Purchaser  within  ten (10)  Business  Days after the
determination of the Final Closing Adjusted Capital and Surplus is made. Failure
by either party to pay an amount due hereunder within such ten (10) Business Day
period shall result in the imposition of an interest rate

                                       3

<PAGE>


on the  amount  due equal to the Prime  Rate  plus  four  percent  (4%) from the
Closing Date to the date of payment.

     (d) The foregoing is subject to Section 3.13(d) hereof.

     2.4 Closing. The Closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
will take place at the offices of Brunini,  Grantham,  Grower & Hewes, P.L.L.C.,
248 East Capital Street,  Suite 1400,  Jackson,  Mississippi,  39201, or at such
other place as the Purchaser  shall specify,  at 10:00 a.m.,  local time, on the
Closing  Date.  At the Closing,  the Seller will deliver to the  Purchaser  such
documents  and  instruments  as the  Purchaser  may  reasonably  request for the
purpose of effectuating the purchase and sale of the Shares and the transactions
contemplated   hereby,   including,   without   limitation,   a  certificate  or
certificates  representing  the Shares issued in the name of the  Purchaser,  or
accompanied by executed stock powers  transferring  the Shares to the Purchaser.
In addition, at closing, Seller will purchase from the Company at book value the
Company's entire  investment in Fry-Guy,  Inc.  equipment and leases and Cambria
loans, and Seller will deliver to Purchaser releases, waivers,  terminations and
similar documents  reasonably requested by Purchaser to release the Company from
any liability or obligation with respect to existing Fry-Guy, Inc. equipment and
leases and from any  obligation to undertake  future  Fry-Guy,  Inc. and Cambria
Financings.
                                  ARTICLE III

                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

    The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

     3.1  Organization.  Except as  disclosed  in Section 3.1 of the  Disclosure
Schedule, Seller is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing, and in good
standing under the laws of the State of Mississippi and has full corporate power
and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations  under
this Agreement.  Except as disclosed in Section 3.1 of the Disclosure  Schedule,
the Company is an insurance  company duly organized,  validly  existing,  and in
good standing under the Laws of the State of  Mississippi  and is duly licensed,
qualified,  or  admitted  to  do  business  and  is  in  good  standing  in  all
jurisdictions in which the failure to be so licensed, qualified, or admitted and
in good standing, individually or in the aggregate with other such failures, has
or may reasonably be expected to have a material  adverse effect on the validity
or  enforceability  of this Agreement,  on the ability of the Company to perform
its  obligations  under this  Agreement,  or on the Business or Condition of the
Company.  Section 3.1 of the  Disclosure  Schedule  contains a true and complete
list of the  states in which the  Company is  licensed  to write life and health
insurance. The Seller has furnished to the Purchaser true and complete copies of
the articles of incorporation  (as certified by the appropriate  governmental or
regulatory authorities) and the Bylaws of the Company,  including all amendments
thereto.

                                       4

<PAGE>
    3.2  Authority.  The Boards of  Directors  of the  Seller  and the  Company,
respectively, have duly and validly approved this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated  hereby.  The  shareholders  of the Seller must approve the sale by
Seller of the shares of the Company.  Subject to and upon the prior  approval by
the shareholders of the Seller,  this Agreement  constitutes a legal, valid, and
binding obligation of the Seller and the Company and is enforceable  against the
Seller and the Company in accordance  with its terms,  except to the extent that
(a)  enforcement  may be limited by or  subject to any  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization,  moratorium, or similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating
to or  limiting  creditors'  rights  generally  and (b) the  remedy of  specific
performance  and injunctive  and other forms of equitable  relief are subject to
certain  equitable  defenses and to the discretion of the court or other similar
Person before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

    3.3  Capital  Stock.  The  authorized  common  capital  stock of the Company
consists of  5,000,000  shares of common  stock,  $1.00 par value per share,  of
which  1,500,000  shares  are  validly  issued and  outstanding,  fully paid and
nonassessable,  and 1,489,904 of which are owned  beneficially  and of record by
the Seller,  free and clear of all Liens,  except for Liens disclosed in Section
3.3 of the  Disclosure  Schedule.  Except as  disclosed  in  Section  3.3 of the
Disclosure Schedule, there are no outstanding securities,  obligations,  rights,
subscriptions,  warrants,  options,  charter  or  founders  insurance  policies,
phantom stock rights, or (except for this Agreement) other Contracts of any kind
that give any Person the right to (a) purchase or otherwise receive or be issued
any shares of capital  stock of the  Company  (or any  interest  therein) or any
security or  Liability  of any kind  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for any
shares of capital stock of the Company (or any interest  therein) or (b) receive
any benefits or rights  similar to any rights enjoyed by or accruing to a holder
of the Common Stock,  or any rights to  participate  in the equity,  income,  or
election of directors or officers of the Company.

    3.4 No  Subsidiaries.  The  Company  does not control  (whether  directly or
indirectly, whether through the ownership of securities or by Contract or proxy,
and whether alone or in combination with others) any  corporation,  partnership,
business organization, or other similar Person.

    3.5 No Conflicts or Violations. The execution and delivery of this Agreement
by the Seller and the Company  does not, and the  performance  by the Seller and
the Company of their respective obligations under this Agreement will not:

     (a) subject to obtaining the approvals contemplated by Sections 5.1 and 6.1
hereof, violate any term or provisions of any Law or any writ, judgment, decree,
injunction, or similar order applicable to the Seller or the Company;

     (b)  conflict  with or result in a  violation  or breach of, or  constitute
(with or without  notice or lapse of time or both) a default  under,  any of the
terms, conditions,

                                       5
<PAGE>


or provisions of the articles or certificate of  incorporation or  Bylaws of the
Seller or the Company;

     (c) result in the creation or imposition  of any Lien upon the Seller,  the
Company or any of their respective Assets and Properties that individually or in
the aggregate  with any other Liens has or may  reasonably be expected to have a
material adverse effect on the validity or enforceability of this Agreement,  on
the ability of the Seller or the Company to perform their respective obligations
under this  Agreement,  or on the  Business  or  Condition  of the Seller or the
Company;

     (d)  conflict  with or result in a  violation  or breach of, or  constitute
(with or without  notice or lapse of time or both) a default  under,  or give to
any Person any right of termination, cancellation, acceleration, or modification
in or with  respect  to, any  Contract  to which the Seller or the  Company is a
party or by which any of their respective  Assets or Properties may be bound and
as to which  any such  conflicts,  violations,  breaches,  defaults,  or  rights
individually  or in the aggregate  have or may  reasonably be expected to have a
material adverse effect on the validity or enforceability of this Agreement,  on
the ability of the Seller or the Company to perform its  respective  obligations
under this  Agreement,  or on the  Business  or  Condition  of the Seller or the
Company; or

     (e) require the Seller or the Company to obtain any consent,  approval,  or
action of, or make any filing with or give any notice to, any Person except: (i)
as  contemplated  in Section 5.1 hereof;  (ii) as disclosed in Section 3.5(e) of
the Disclosure  Schedule;  or (iii) those which the failure to obtain,  make, or
give  individually  or in the aggregate  with any other such failures has or may
reasonably  be expected to have no material  adverse  effect on the  validity or
enforceability  of this  Agreement,  on the  ability of the Seller or Company to
perform its respective  obligations under this Agreement,  or on the Business or
Condition of the Seller or the Company.

    3.6 Books and Records.  Except as disclosed in Section 3.6 of the Disclosure
Schedule,  the minute books and other similar  records of the Company  contain a
true and complete record, in all material respects,  of all actions taken at all
meetings  and by all written  consents in lieu of meetings of the  stockholders,
Board of Directors,  and each  committee  thereof of the Company.  The Books and
Records of the Company  accurately reflect in all material respects the Business
or Condition of the Company,  and have been maintained in all material  respects
in accordance with good business and bookkeeping practices.

    3.7 SAP  Statements.  The Seller has  previously  delivered to the Purchaser
true and complete copies of the following SAP Statements:

                                       6

<PAGE>



     (a) Annual  Statements  and audited SAP basis  financial  statements of the
Company for each of the years ended  December 31, 1992,  1993, and 1994 (and the
notes relating thereto, whether or not included therein).

     Except as disclosed in Section 3.7 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  each such
SAP Statement complied in all material respects with all applicable Laws when so
filed, and all material  deficiencies known to Seller or Company with respect to
any such SAP Statement  have been cured or corrected.  Except for the year 1992,
which has  subsequently  been corrected,  each such SAP Statement (and the notes
relating  thereto,  whether  or  not  included  therein),   including,   without
limitation, each balance sheet and each of the statements of operations, capital
and surplus  account,  and cash flow  contained in the respective SAP Statement,
was  prepared  in  accordance  with SAP, is true and  complete  in all  material
respects,   and  fairly  presents  the  financial  condition,   the  Assets  and
Properties,  and the  Liabilities  of the  Company  as of the  respective  dates
thereof and the results of operations  and changes in capital and surplus and in
cash flow of the Company for and during the respective periods covered thereby.

     3.8 No Other  Financial  Statements.  Except as disclosed in Section 3.8 of
the  Disclosure  Schedule and except for the financial  statements  described in
Section 3.7 (collectively,  the "Financial Statements"), since December 31, 1994
no other  financial  statements  have been  prepared  by or with  respect to the
Company (whether on a GAAP, SAP, or other basis).

     3.9  Reserves.  All  reserves  and other  similar  amounts  with respect to
insurance and annuities as established or reflected in the SAP Statements of the
Company  dated as of  December  31, 1994  (including,  without  limitation,  the
reserves and amounts reflected respectively on lines 1 through 11.3 of page 3 of
the December 31, 1994 Annual  Statement)  were  determined  in  accordance  with
generally accepted actuarial principles that are in accordance with those called
for by the provisions of the related  insurance and annuity Contracts and in the
related  reinsurance,  coinsurance,  and other similar Contracts of Company, and
meet the  requirements  of the insurance  Laws of the State of  Mississippi  and
states in which such  insurance and annuity  Contracts were issued or delivered.
All such reserves and other similar  amounts will be adequate  (under  generally
accepted actuarial principles consistently applied) to cover the total amount of
all reasonably  anticipated matured and unmatured benefits,  dividends,  claims,
and other  Liabilities of the Company under all insurance and annuity  Contracts
under  which the  Company  has or will have any  Liability  (including,  without
limitation,  any  Liability  arising  under or as a result  of any  reinsurance,
coinsurance,  or other  similar  Contract) on the  respective  dates of such SAP
Statements.  The Company owns assets that qualify as legal reserve  assets under
applicable  insurance  Laws in an  amount  at least  equal to all such  required
reserves and other similar amounts.

     3.10  Absence  of  Changes.  Except as  disclosed  in  Section  3.10 of the
Disclosure  Schedule or as  specifically  reflected in the December 31, 1994 SAP
Statement,  or except for

                                       7

<PAGE>
changes or  developments  relating to the conduct of the business of the Company
after  the date of this  Agreement  in  conformity  with this  Agreement  or the
requests  of the  Purchaser,  since  December  31,  1994,  there  has not  been,
occurred,  or arisen any change in, or any event (including  without  limitation
any  damage,  destruction,  or  loss  whether  or  not  covered  by  insurance),
condition,  or  state  of facts of any  character  that  individually  or in the
aggregate has or may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on
the Business or Condition of the Company. Except as disclosed in Section 3.10 of
the Disclosure  Schedule (with paragraph  references  corresponding to those set
forth below),  or except as specifically  reflected in the December 31, 1994 SAP
Statement,  or except for changes or developments relating to the conduct of the
business of the Company after the date of this Agreement in conformity with this
Agreement or the requests of the Purchaser, since December 31, 1994, the Company
has operated only in the ordinary  course of business and  consistent  with past
practice,  and (without  limiting the generality of the foregoing) there has not
been, occurred, or arisen:

     (a) any  declaration,  setting  aside,  or payment of any dividend or other
distribution  in respect of the  capital  stock of the  Company or any direct or
indirect redemption,  purchase,  or other acquisition by the Company of any such
stock or of any interest in or right to acquire any such stock;

     (b) any  employment,  deferred  compensation,  or other  salary,  wage,  or
compensation  Contract entered into between the Company and any of its officers,
directors,  employees,  agents, consultants, or similar representatives,  except
for normal and customary  Contracts with agents and  consultants in the ordinary
course of business and consistent  with past  practices;  or any increase in the
salary,  wages, or other  compensation of any kind, whether current or deferred,
of  any  officer,  director,  employee,  agent,  consultant,  or  other  similar
representative of the Company other than routine increases that were made in the
ordinary  course of business and consistent with past practices and that did not
result in an increase of more than five percent (5%) of the  respective  salary,
wages, or  compensation of any such Person;  or any creation of any Benefit Plan
or any contribution to or amendment or modification of any Benefit Plan;

     (c) any issuance,  sale, or  disposition  by the Company of any  debenture,
note,  stock,  or other security issued by the Company,  or any  modification or
amendment of any right of the holder of any outstanding debenture,  note, stock,
or other security issued by the Company;

     (d) any Lien  created  on or in any of the  Assets  and  Properties  of the
Company,  or  assumed by the  Company  with  respect  to any of such  Assets and
Properties,  which Lien relates to Liabilities  individually or in the aggregate
exceeding $25,000 for the Company or which Lien individually or in the aggregate
with any other  Liens  has or may  reasonably  be  expected  to have a  material
adverse effect on the Business or Condition of the Company;

                                       8
<PAGE>


     (e) any  prepayment  of any  Liabilities  individually  or in the aggregate
exceeding $10,000;

     (f) any Liability involving the borrowing of money by the Company;

     (g) any Liability  incurred by the Company in any  transaction  (other than
pursuant to any  insurance  or annuity  Contract  entered  into in the  ordinary
course  of  business  and  consistent  with past  practice)  not  involving  the
borrowing of money, except such Liabilities  incurred by the Company, the result
of which  individually or in the aggregate cannot reasonably be expected to have
a material adverse effect on the Business or Condition of the Company;

     (h) any damage,  destruction, or loss (whether or not covered by insurance)
affecting  any of the  Assets  and  Properties  of the  Company,  which  damage,
destruction,  or loss  individually  exceeds  $25,000  or the  result  of  which
individually  or in the  aggregate  has or may  reasonably be expected to have a
material adverse effect on the Business or Condition of the Company;

     (i) any work stoppage, strike, slowdown, other labor difficulty, or (to the
best knowledge of the Seller or the Company) union  organizational  campaign (in
process or threatened) at or affecting the Company;

     (j)  any  material  change  in  any  underwriting,  actuarial,  investment,
financial  reporting,  or  accounting  practices  or  policies  followed  by the
Company, or in any assumption underlying such a practices or policies, or in any
method of calculating any bad debt, contingency,  or other reserve for financial
reporting purposes or for any other accounting purposes;

     (k) any payment,  discharge,  or satisfaction by the Company of any Lien or
Liability  other  than  Liens or  Liabilities  that were  paid,  discharged,  or
satisfied  since  December  31,  1994 in the  ordinary  course of  business  and
consistent  with past  practice,  or were  paid,  discharged,  or  satisfied  as
required under this Agreement;

     (l) any  cancellation  of any  Liability  owed to the  Company by any other
Person;

     (m) any write-off or write-down  of, or any  determination  to write off or
down any of, the Assets and  Properties  of the Company or any portion  thereof,
except for write-offs or write-downs that do not exceed $10,000  individually or
in the aggregate for the Company;

     (n) any sale,  transfer,  or  conveyance of any  investments,  or any other
Assets and Properties, of the Company with an individual  book  value or with an

                                       9
<PAGE>


aggregate  book value in excess of $10,000,  except as  contemplated  in Section
5.6, and except in the  ordinary  course of business  and  consistent  with past
practices;

     (o) any amendment,  termination,  waiver,  disposal,  or lapse of, or other
failure to preserve, any license,  permit, or other form of authorization of the
Company,  the  result  of  which  individually  or in the  aggregate  has or may
reasonably  be expected  to have a material  adverse  effect on the  Business or
Condition of the Company;

     (p) any transaction or arrangement  under which the Company paid,  lent, or
advanced any amount to or in respect of, or sold, transferred,  or leased any of
its Assets and  Properties  or any  service  to, any  officer or director of the
Seller or the Company (except for payments of salaries and wages in the ordinary
course of business and consistent  with past  practice,  and except for payments
made pursuant to any Contract disclosed in Section 3.10(b) or Section 3.17(a) of
the Disclosure Schedule),  or of any Affiliate of the Seller, the Company, or of
any such  officer of  director;  (ii) any  business or other Person in which the
Seller or the Company,  any such officer or director,  or any such Affiliate has
any  material  interest,  except for  advances  made to, or  reimbursements  of,
officers or directors of the Seller or the Company for travel and other business
expenses in reasonable amounts in the ordinary course of business and consistent
with past practice;  or any Affiliate of the Company pursuant to any Contract of
the type described in Section 3.17(g);

     (q) any  material  amendment  of,  or any  failure  to  perform  all of its
obligations  under,  or any default under,  or any waiver of any right under, or
any termination (other than on the stated expiration date) of, any Contract that
involves or reasonably  would involve the annual  expenditure  or receipt by the
Company  of more  than  $25,000  or that  individually  or in the  aggregate  is
material to the Business or Condition of the Company;

     (r) any decrease in the amount of, or any material change in the nature of,
the insurance or annuities in force of the Company or any material change in the
amount or nature of the reserves,  liabilities  or other similar  amounts of the
Company with  respect to insurance  and annuity  Contracts  (including,  without
limitation,  reserves  and  other  similar  amounts  of a  type  required  to be
reflected  respectively on lines 1 through 11.3 on page 3 of an Annual Statement
of the Company);

     (s) any amendment to the articles or certificate of incorporation or Bylaws
of the Company;

     (t)  any  termination,  amendment,  or  execution  by  the  Company  of any
reinsurance,  coinsurance,  or other  similar  Contract,  as ceding or  assuming
insurer;

                                       10
<PAGE>



     (u) any  expenditure  or  commitment  for  additions  to  property,  plant,
equipment or other tangible or intangible capital assets of the Company,  except
for any expenditure or commitment  that does not exceed $10,000  individually or
the result of which  individually  or in the aggregate does not have and may not
reasonably  be expected  to have a material  adverse  effect on the  Business or
Condition of the Company;

     (v) any  amendment  or  introduction  by the  Company of any  insurance  or
annuity  Contract  other than in the ordinary  course of business and consistent
with past practice; or

     (w) any Contract to take any of the actions described in this Section other
than actions expressly permitted under this Section.

     3.11  No  Undisclosed  Liabilities.   Except  to  the  extent  specifically
reflected in the balance  sheet  included in the December 31, 1994 SAP Statement
(or in the notes  relating  thereto),  or except as disclosed in Section 3.11 of
the  Disclosure  Schedule,  there were no Liabilities  (other than  policyholder
benefits  payable in the ordinary  course of business and  consistent  with past
practices)  against,  relating to, or  affecting  the Company as of December 31,
1994 that individually or in the aggregate have or may reasonably be expected to
have a material  adverse  effect on the  Business or  Condition  of the Company.
Except to the extent specifically reflected in the balance sheet included in the
December 31, 1994 SAP Statement (or in the notes relating thereto), or except as
disclosed in Section 3.11 of the Disclosure  Schedule,  since December 31, 1994,
the Company has not incurred any Liabilities  (other than policyholder  benefits
payable in the ordinary  course of business and  consistent  with past practice)
that individually or in the aggregate have or may reasonably be expected to have
a material adverse effect on the Business or Condition of the Company.

     3.12 Taxes.  Except as disclosed in Section 3.12 of the Disclosure Schedule
(with paragraph references corresponding to those set forth below):

     (a) All Tax Returns  required to be filed with  respect to the Company have
been duly and timely  filed,  and all such Tax Returns are true and  complete in
all material  respects.  The Company has duly and timely paid all Taxes that are
due, or claimed or asserted by any taxing  authority to be due, from the Company
for the periods  covered by such Tax Returns or has duly  provided  for all such
Taxes in the Books and Records of the Company  and in  accordance  with GAAP and
SAP, including,  without limitation,  in the Financial Statements.  There are no
Liens with respect to Taxes  (except for Liens with respect to real and personal
property  Taxes  not yet  due)  upon any of the  Assets  and  Properties  of the
Company.

     (b) With  respect  to any period  for which Tax  Returns  have not yet been
filed,  or for which Taxes are not yet due or owing,  the Seller and the Company
have made due and sufficient current accruals for such Taxes in their respective
Books and

                                       11
<PAGE>


Records and in accordance with SAP and GAAP, and such current  accruals  through
the Closing Date are duly and fully  provided for in the SAP and GAAP  Financial
Statements of the Seller and the Company for the period then ended.

     (c) The United  States  federal  income  Tax  Returns of the Seller and the
Company and of each  affiliated  group (within the meaning of the Code) of which
the Seller and the Company  are or have been  members  have not been  audited or
examined by the IRS, and the statute of limitations  for all periods through the
year 1988 has expired.  The state,  local, and foreign income Tax Returns of the
Seller and the Company and of each affiliated or consolidated group of which the
Seller  and the  Company  are or have  been  members  have not been  audited  or
examined,  and all statutes of limitation for all applicable  state,  local, and
foreign  taxable  periods  through the  respective  years  specified  in Section
3.12(c) of the  Disclosure  Statement  have  expired.  There are no  outstanding
agreements,   waivers,  or  arrangements   extending  the  statutory  period  of
limitation  applicable  to any claim for,  or the period for the  collection  or
assessment of, Taxes due from the Seller or the Company for any taxable  period.
The Seller has previously delivered to the Purchaser true and complete copies of
each of the United States federal, state, local, and foreign income Tax Returns,
for each of the last three  taxable  years,  filed by the Seller and the Company
(insofar as such returns  relate to either the Seller or the  Company)  filed by
any affiliated or consolidated group of which the Seller or the Company was then
a member.

     (d) No audit or other  proceeding by any court,  governmental or regulatory
authority,  or similar  Person is pending or (to the  knowledge  of the  Seller)
threatened  with  respect to any Taxes due from the Seller or the Company or any
Tax  Return  filed by or  relating  to the  Seller or the  Company.  To the best
knowledge of the Seller,  no assessment of Tax is proposed against the Seller or
the Company or any of their Assets and Properties.

     (e) No election  under any of Sections 108, 168, 338, 441, 463, 472,  1017,
1033, or 4977 of the Code (or any predecessor provisions) has been made or filed
by or with  respect  to the  Seller or the  Company  or any of their  Assets and
Properties.  No consent to the application of Section  341(f)(2) of the Code (or
any  predecessor  provision)  has been made or filed by or with  respect  to the
Seller or the Company or any of their Assets and Properties.  None of the Assets
and  Properties  of the Seller or the Company is an asset or  property  that the
Purchaser  or any of its  Affiliates  is or will be  required  to treat as being
owned by any other Person pursuant to the provisions of Section 168(f)(8) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended and in effect  immediately  before the
enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, or tax-exempt  use property  within the
meaning of Section  168(h)(1)  of the Code.  No closing  agreement  pursuant  to
Section 7121 of the Code (or any predecessor provision) or any similar provision
of any state, local, or foreign Law

                                       12
<PAGE>


has been  entered into by or with respect to the Seller or the Company or any of
their Assets and Properties.

     (f) Neither the Seller nor the Company has agreed to or is required to make
any  adjustment  pursuant  to  Section  481(a)  of the Code (or any  predecessor
provision) by reason of any change in any accounting method of the Seller or the
Company, and neither the Seller nor the Company has any application pending with
any taxing  authority  requesting  permission  for any changes in any accounting
method of the Seller or the Company. To the best knowledge of the Seller the IRS
has not proposed any such adjustment or change in accounting method.

     (g) Neither the Seller nor the Company has been or is in violation (or with
notice or lapse of time or both,  would be in violation) of any  applicable  Law
relating to the payment or withholding of Taxes. The Seller and the Company have
duly and timely withheld from employee  salaries,  wages, and other compensation
and paid over to the appropriate  taxing  authorities all amounts required to be
so withheld and paid over for all periods under all applicable Laws.

     (h)  Neither  the Seller nor the Company is a party to, is bound by, or has
any  obligation   under,   any  Tax  sharing   Contract  or  similar   Contract;
notwithstanding any disclosure contained in the Disclosure Schedule,  the Seller
represents and warrants that, at the Closing, neither the Seller nor the Company
shall be a party to, be bound by or have any obligation  under,  any Tax sharing
Contract or similar Contract or arrangement. The Company is not a foreign person
within the meaning of Section 1445(f)(3) of the Code.

     (i) Neither the Seller nor the  Company has made any direct,  indirect,  or
deemed  distributions  that have been or could be taxed under Section 815 of the
Code.

     (j) All  ceding  commission  expenses  paid or  accrued  by the  Company in
connection with any reinsurance arrangement or Contract or transaction have been
capitalized and amortized over the life or lives of such reinsurance arrangement
or Contract in accordance  with the decision of the United States  Supreme Court
in Colonial American Life Insurance Company v. Commissioner of Internal Revenue,
109 S.Ct. 240 (1980).

     (k) No material Liabilities have been proposed in connection with any audit
or other  proceeding  by any court,  governmental  or regulatory  authority,  or
similar  Person with  respect to any Taxes due from the Seller or the Company or
any Tax Return filed by or relating to the Seller or the Company.

     (l)  Neither  the  Seller  nor the  Company  is a party  to any  agreement,
contract, plan or arrangement that has resulted, or would result,  separately or
in the

                                       13

<PAGE>


aggregate,  in the payment of any "excess parachute payments" within the meaning
of Section 280G of the Code.

    3.13  Litigation.  Except as  disclosed  in Section  3.13 of the  Disclosure
Schedule (with paragraph references corresponding to those set forth below):

     (a) There are no actions, suits, investigations, or proceedings pending, or
(to the best  knowledge  of the  Seller)  threatened,  against the Seller or the
Company or any of their Assets and Properties,  at law or in equity, in, before,
or by any Person that individually or in the aggregate have or may reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect on the validity or  enforceability of
this  Agreement,  on the  ability  of the Seller or the  Company to perform  its
respective obligations under this Agreement,  or on the Business or Condition of
the Seller or the Company.

     (b) There are no actions, suits, investigations, or proceedings pending, or
(to the best  knowledge  of the  Seller)  threatened,  against the Seller or the
Company or any of their respective  Assets and Properties,  at law or in equity,
in, before, or by any Person that individually involve a claim or claims for any
injunction or similar relief or for Damages  exceeding $25,000 or an unspecified
amount of Damages.

     (c) There are no writs, judgments, decrees, or similar orders of any Person
outstanding  against the Seller or the Company that individually  exceed $10,000
or that  individually  or in the aggregate have or may reasonably be expected to
have a material adverse effect on the Business or Condition of the Seller or the
Company,  and  there  are  no  injunctions  or  similar  orders  of  any  Person
outstanding against the Seller or the Company.

     (d) Following the execution of this  Agreement,  Seller and Purchaser shall
jointly pursue settlement of the Becker v. Dixie National Life Insurance Company
litigation  on terms  which are  acceptable  to  Purchaser.  In the event that a
settlement agreement is reached prior to the Closing, then, notwithstanding that
final settlement may be subject to court and/or  policyholder  approval,  Seller
and Purchaser agree as follows:

     The  first  $600,000.00  of  Costs  of  Settlement  shall  be  absorbed  by
Purchaser,  and,  accordingly,  the first  $600,000.00  reduction in the Closing
Adjusted  Capital and Surplus made to record the Costs of  Settlement  shall not
affect the Purchase Price.  Any Costs of Settlement in excess of $600,000.00 but
less than  $1,000,000.00  shall be borne  equally by Seller and  Purchaser  and,
accordingly,  one-half of such cost shall be deducted  from the Purchase  Price.
Any  Costs of  Settlement  in  excess  of  $1,000,000.00  shall be  absorbed  by
Purchaser.  If the costs of settlement are less than $500,000, then the Purchase
Price shall be increased by fifty  percent (50%) of the  difference  between the
costs of settlement and $500,000.  Seller's  obligation to bear a portion of the
Costs of Settlement shall terminate on the Closing Date.

                                       14

<PAGE>


     For purposes of this Section 3.13(d), Costs of Settlement shall include all
fees  and  expenses  and all  costs  incurred  to  effect  the  negotiation  and
settlement of this litigation, including, but not limited to, attorneys fees and
expenses and the statutory  liabilities  required at the time of any replacement
or additional policies are issued to policyholders as part of the settlement.

     3.14  Compliance With Laws. To the best knowledge of the Seller and Company
and except as disclosed in Section 3.14 of the Disclosure Schedule,  the Company
has not been or is not in violation (or with or without  notice or lapse of time
or both, would be in violation) of any term or provision of any Law or any writ,
judgment,  decree, injunction, or similar order applicable to the Company or any
of its Assets and  Properties,  the result of which  violation  individually  or
violations in the aggregate has or may reasonably be expected to have a material
adverse effect on the Business or Condition of the Company. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing:

     (a) Since January 1, 1995, the Company has duly and validly filed or caused
to be so filed all reports, statements,  documents,  registrations,  filings, or
submissions  that were  required  by Law to be filed  with any  Person and as to
which the  failure to so file,  individually  in the  aggregate  with other such
failures, has or may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on
the  Business or  Condition  of the  Company;  all such  filings  complied  with
applicable   Laws  in  all  material   respects  when  filed  and,  no  material
deficiencies have been asserted by any Person with respect to any such filings.

     (b) The  Seller has  previously  delivered  to the  Purchaser  the  reports
reflecting the results of the most recent  financial  examination of the Company
issued by the State of  Mississippi.  Except as disclosed in Section  3.14(b) of
the Disclosure Schedule,  all material deficiencies or violations in such report
have been resolved to the satisfaction of the State of Mississippi.

     (c) Except as disclosed in Section 3.14(c) of the Disclosure Schedule,  all
outstanding insurance and annuity Contracts issued,  reinsured,  or underwritten
by the Company  are, to the extent  required  under  applicable  Laws,  on forms
approved by the insurance  regulatory authority of the jurisdiction where issued
or have been filed with and not objected to by such authority  within the period
provided for objection.

     (d) (1)  Section  3.14(d) of the  Disclosure  Schedule  contains a true and
complete list of each master or prototype (as well as any individually designed)
pension,  profit  sharing,  defined  benefit,  Code  Section  401(k),  and other
retirement or employee benefit plan or Contract (including,  but not limited to,
simplified  employee pension plans, Code Section 403(a),  (b) and (c) annuities,
Keogh plans, and individual  retirement  accounts and annuities) offered or sold
by the Company to, or  maintained  or sponsored for the benefit of any employees
of, any other Person, and each determination  letter relating to the creation or
amendment of any such

                                       15

<PAGE>


plan or  Contract.  Except as  disclosed  in Section  3.14(d) of the  Disclosure
Schedule, each such plan or Contract in all material respects conforms with, and
has been  offered,  sold,  maintained,  and sponsored in  accordance  with,  all
applicable  Laws.  Except as  disclosed  in Section  3.14(d)  of the  Disclosure
Schedule,  the Company is not a fiduciary  with  respect to any plan or Contract
referenced in this Section 3.14(d).

     (2) The  Company  does not  provide  administrative  or  other  contractual
services for any plan or Contract referenced in this Section 3.14(d), including,
but not  limited  to, any third party  administrative  services  for an Employee
Welfare Benefit Plan.

     (3) To the extent that the Company  maintains any  collective or commingled
funds  or  accounts  which  restrict  the  Persons  who may  invest  therein  to
tax-exempt  entities or qualified  plans,  each such fund or account (of which a
true and complete list and description is disclosed in Section 3.14(d)(3) of the
Disclosure Schedule) has been established, maintained and operated in accordance
with all  applicable  Laws,  has  maintained  its  tax-exempt  status and has no
nonqualified plans or trusts or other taxable entities investing in it.

     (4) In addition to the representations and warranties  contained in Section
3.12,  there are no claims  pending,  or (to the best knowledge of the Seller or
Company)  threatened,  against the Company or any of its Assets and  Properties,
under any fiduciary  liability insurance policy issued by or to the Company that
individually  or in the  aggregate  has or may  reasonably be expected to have a
material adverse effect on the Business or Condition of the Company.

    3.15  Benefit Plans, ERISA.

     Except as disclosed in Section 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company
has not had  within  the past six (6)  years  and  does not  currently  have any
Benefit Plan or any commitment or obligation to create any Benefit Plan.

     (a) Neither the Seller, the Company, nor any of their respective Affiliates
has any Contract, plan, or commitment, whether legally binding or not, to create
any  additional  Benefit Plan or to modify or change any existing  Benefit Plan.
Each contribution or other payment required to be made or to be voluntarily made
by each of the  Seller  and the  Company  on or before  December  31,  1994 with
respect to any of the Benefit Plans has been made.

     (b) None of the Benefit Plans is or has been a multi-employer plan, as that
term is  defined  in  Section  3(37) of ERISA.  There  has been no  transaction,
action, or omission involving the Seller, the Company,  any ERISA Affiliate,  or
(to the best knowledge of the Seller) any fiduciary,  trustee,  or administrator
of any Benefit Plan,

                                       16

<PAGE>


or any other Person  dealing with any such Benefit Plan or the related  trust or
funding vehicle, that in any manner violates or will result in a violation (with
or without  notice or lapse of time or both) of Sections  404 or 406 of ERISA or
constitutes or will constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both)
a  prohibited  transaction  (as  defined  in Section  4975(c)(I)  of the Code or
Section  406 of  ERISA)  for  which  there  exists  neither  a  statutory  nor a
regulatory  exemption  and which could  subject the Seller or the Company or any
party in interest  (as  defined in Section  3(14) of ERISA) to criminal or civil
sanctions  under  Section 501 or 502 of ERISA,  or to Taxes  under Code  Section
4975, or to any other Liability.

     (c) There has been no  reportable  event (as defined in Section  4043(b) of
ERISA) with respect to any Employee Pension Benefit Plan or any Employee Welfare
Benefit  Plan for  which  notice  to the PBGC  has not  been  waived  by rule or
regulation.  Neither the Seller nor the Company, nor any ERISA Affiliate has any
Liability to the PBGC (other than any Liability  for insurance  premiums not yet
due to the PBGC), to any present or former  participant in or beneficiary of any
Benefit Plan (or any beneficiary of any such participant or beneficiary),  or to
any Employee  Pension  Benefit Plan or any Employee  Welfare  Benefit  Plan.  No
event,  fact,  or  circumstance  has arisen or occurred that has resulted or may
reasonably  be expected to result in any such  Liability or a claim  against the
Seller or the Company by the PBGC,  by any present or former  participant  in or
any  beneficiary of any Employee  Pension  Benefit Plan or any Employee  Welfare
Benefit Plan (or any beneficiary of any such participant or beneficiary),  or by
any such  Benefit  Plan.  No filing has been or will be made by the Seller,  the
Company, or any ERISA Affiliate,  and no proceeding has been commenced,  for the
complete or partial  termination  of any  Employee  Pension  Benefit Plan or any
Employee  Welfare  Benefit Plan,  and no complete or partial  termination of any
such Benefit  Plan has occurred or, as a result of the  execution or delivery of
this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will
occur.

     (d) All amounts  that each of the Seller and the Company is required to pay
by Law or under  the  terms of the  Benefit  Plans  as a  contribution  or other
payment to or in respect of such Benefit Plans as of December 31, 1994 have been
paid. The funding method used in connection with each Benefit Plan that is or at
any time has been subject to the funding  requirements  of Title I,  Subtitle B,
Part 3 of ERISA,  meets the  requirements of ERISA and the Code. No Benefit Plan
subject  to Title IV of ERISA (or any  trust  established  thereunder)  has ever
incurred any accumulated  funding deficiency (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA
and Section 412 of the Code),  whether or not waived,  as of the last day of the
most recent  fiscal year of such  Benefit  Plan.  With respect to any period for
which any  contribution or other payment to or in respect of any Benefit Plan is
not yet due or  owing,  each of the  Seller  and the  Company  has  made due and
sufficient  current  accruals  for such  contributions  and  other  payments  in
accordance with GAAP and SAP, and such

                                       17

<PAGE>


current  accruals through the Closing will be duly and fully provided for in the
SAP Statement of the Company for the period then ended.

     (e) Each Benefit  Plan is and has been  operated  and  administered  in all
material  respects in accordance with all applicable  Laws,  including,  without
limitation,  ERISA and the Code. Each of the Employee  Pension Benefit Plans and
Employee  Welfare  Benefit  Plans that is  intended to be  qualified  within the
meaning  of  Section  401(a)  of the  Code is so  qualified  and  satisfies  the
requirements  of Sections  401(a) and 501(a) of the Code.  There exists no fact,
condition,  or set of  circumstances  that has or may  reasonably be expected to
have a material  adverse effect on the qualified  status of any Employee Pension
Benefit Plan or any Employee Welfare Benefit Plan intended to be so qualified or
the intended  United States federal income Tax treatment or  consequences of any
Employee  Pension Benefit Plan or any Employee Welfare Benefit Plan. None of the
Benefit  Plans,  or any  related  trust  or  funding  vehicle,  conducts  or has
conducted any unrelated trade or business as that term is defined in Section 513
of  the  Code.  All  necessary  governmental  approvals,   determinations,   and
notifications  for all Employee  Pension Benefit Plans and all Employee  Welfare
Benefit Plans have been obtained.

     (f)  Any  actuarial  assumptions  utilized  by  Seller  or the  Company  in
connection with  determining  the funding of each Employee  Pension Benefit Plan
(as set forth in the actuarial  report for such Benefit Plan) are  reasonable in
all material  respects.  The fair market value of the Assets or Properties  held
under each  Employee  Pension  Benefit Plan exceeds the  actuarially  determined
present  value of all accrued  benefits  of such  Benefit  Plan  (whether or not
vested) determined on an ongoing-Benefit Plan basis.

     (g) Except as disclosed in Section 3.15(g) of the Disclosure Schedule,  and
except  for  claims  by third  parties  for  benefits  owed to  participants  or
beneficiaries under the Benefit Plans, and except for divorce proceedings, there
are no pending or (to the best  knowledge  of the  Seller)  threatened  actions,
suits, investigations, or other proceedings by any present or former participant
or  beneficiary  under  any  Benefit  Plan  (or  any  beneficiary  of  any  such
participant or beneficiary) involving any Benefit Plan or any rights or benefits
under any Benefit  Plan or any rights or benefits  under any Benefit  Plan other
than  ordinary and usual claims for benefits by  participants  or  beneficiaries
thereunder.  There is no writ, judgment, decree, injunction, or similar order of
any  court,  governmental  or  regulatory  authority,  or other  similar  Person
outstanding against or in favor of any Benefit Plan or any fiduciary thereof.

    3.16  Properties.  Except as  disclosed  in Section  3.16 of the  Disclosure
Schedule (with paragraph references corresponding to those set forth below):

                                       18

<PAGE>

     (a) The Company has good and valid title to all debentures,  notes, stocks,
securities,  and other  assets that are of a type  required to be  disclosed  in
Schedules  B through DB of its Annual  Statement  and that are owned by it, free
and clear of all Liens.

     (b) The  Company  owns  good  and  indefeasible  title  to,  or has a valid
leasehold  interest in, all real  property  used in the conduct of its business,
operations,  or affairs or of a type  required to be  disclosed in Schedule A of
the  Company's  Annual  Statement,  free and clear of all  Liens.  All such real
property,  other than raw land, is in good operating condition and repair and is
suitable for its current uses. No improvement  on any such real property  owned,
leased,  or held by the Company  encroaches  upon any real property of any other
Person.  The Company owns,  leases,  or has a valid right under  Contract to use
adequate means of ingress and egress to, from, and over all such real property.

     (c) The  Company  owns  good  and  indefeasible  title  to,  or has a valid
leasehold  interest in or has a valid right under  Contract to use, all tangible
personal  property that is used in the conduct of its business,  operations,  or
affairs,  free and clear of all Liens. All such tangible personal property is in
good operating condition and repair and is suitable for its current uses.

     (d) The Company  has,  and at all times after the  Closing  will have,  the
right to use, free and clear of any royalty or other payment obligations, claims
of  infringement  or alleged  infringement,  or other Liens,  all marks,  names,
trademarks,  service marks, patents,  patent rights, assumed names, logos, trade
secrets, copyrights, trade names, and service marks that are used in the conduct
of its business,  operations,  or affairs (of which a true and complete list and
description is disclosed in Section 3.16(e) of the Disclosure Schedule), and all
computer  software,  programs,  and similar  systems owned by or licensed to the
Seller,  the Company or any  Affiliate  of the Company or used in the conduct of
their  business,  operations,  or affairs (of which a true and complete list and
description is disclosed in Section 3.16(e) of the Disclosure Schedule). Neither
the Seller nor the Company is in conflict  with or in violation or  infringement
of, nor has the Seller or the Company  received any notice of any conflict  with
or violation  or  infringement  of or any claimed  conflict  with,  any asserted
rights of any other  Person  with  respect to any  intellectual  property or any
computer software,  programs, or similar systems, including, without limitation,
any of such items disclosed in Section 3.16(e) of the Disclosure Schedule.

     3.17  Contracts.  Section 3.17 of the Disclosure  Schedule (with  paragraph
references  corresponding to those set forth below) contains a true and complete
list of each of the following Contracts or other documents or arrangements (true
and complete copies, or, if none, written descriptions,  of which have been made
available to the Purchaser,  together with all amendments thereto), to which the
Company  is a party or by which any of its Assets  and  Properties  is or may be
bound:

                                       19

<PAGE>


     (a) all employment,  agency,  consultation,  or representation Contracts or
other Contracts of any type (including,  without limitation,  loans or advances)
with any  present  officer,  director,  employee,  agent,  consultant,  or other
similar  representative of the Company (or former officer,  director,  employee,
agent,  consultant or similar representative of the Company, if there exists any
present or future liability with respect to such Contract,  whether now existing
or   contingent)   (other   than   Contracts   with   consultants   and  similar
representatives who do not receive  compensation of $25,000 or more per year and
other than employment or agency Contracts, not containing terms which are unduly
burdensome  to the  Company,  with  agents who do not  receive  compensation  of
$25,000 or more per year), and the name,  position,  and rate of compensation of
each such Person and the expiration  date of each such Contract,  as well as all
sick leave,  vacation,  holiday,  and other similar practices,  procedures,  and
policies of each of the Seller or the Company  established or administered other
than as Benefit Plans;

     (b) all  Contracts  with any Person  containing  any  provision or covenant
limiting  the  ability of the  Company to engage in any line of  business  or to
compete with or to obtain  products of services  from any Person or limiting the
ability of any Person to compete with or to provide  products or services to the
Company;

     (c) all partnership,  joint venture,  profit-sharing,  or similar Contracts
with any Person (other than Benefit Plans);

     (d) all  Contracts  relating to the borrowing of money by the Company or to
the direct or indirect  guarantee by the Company of any  obligation for borrowed
money in  excess of  $25,000  in the  aggregate  for the  Company  or any of its
Affiliates,  or any other  Liability  in  respect of  indebtedness  of any other
Person, including without limitation any Contract relating to the maintenance of
compensating  balances that are not  terminable by the Company  without  penalty
upon not more than  sixty  (60)  calendar  days'  notice,  any line of credit or
similar facility,  the payment for property,  products, or services of any other
Person even if such property, products, or services are not conveyed, delivered,
or  rendered,  or the  obligation  to  take-or-pay,  keep-well,  make-whole,  or
maintain  surplus  or  earnings  levels or  perform  other  financial  ratios or
requirements;  Section  3.17(d) of the Disclosure  Schedule  contains a true and
complete list of any  requirements for consents or approvals of creditors needed
to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby;

     (e) all  leases  or  subleases  of  real  property  used  in the  Company's
business,  operations, or affairs, and all other leases, subleases, or rental or
use Contracts for which the Company is liable;

     (f) all Contracts  relating to the future disposition or acquisition of any
investment  in or  security  of any Person or of any  interest  in any  business
enterprise

                                       20

<PAGE>


(other than the disposition or acquisition of investments in the ordinary course
of business and consistent with past practice);

     (g) all Contracts or arrangements  (including,  without  limitation,  those
relating to the sharing or  allocation  of  expenses,  personnel,  services,  or
facilities)  between  or  among  the  Seller  or the  Company  and any of  their
Affiliates or any other Person who is described in Section 3.10(p);

     (h) all reinsurance,  coinsurance,  or other similar Contracts  indicating,
with respect to each such Contract,  the information required to be disclosed in
Schedule S of the Company's Annual Statement;

     (i) all outstanding proxies,  powers of attorney, or similar delegations of
authority  of the  Company,  except for powers of  attorney  for the  service of
process   pursuant  to  applicable   insurance  Laws,   except  as  incident  to
participation by the Company in the Insurance Guaranty Fund of any State wherein
the Company is required or elects to participate in such fund.

     (j) all Contracts for any product, service, equipment, facility, or similar
item  (other  than  insurance  and  annuity  Contracts  issued,   reinsured,  or
underwritten by the Company and other than reinsurance,  coinsurance,  and other
similar  Contracts) that by their respective terms do not expire or terminate or
are not terminable by the Company,  without penalty or other  Liability,  within
six (6) months after December 31, 1994; and

     (k) all other Contracts (other than insurance and annuity Contracts issued,
reinsured, or underwritten by the Company) that involve the payment or potential
payment  pursuant to the terms of such  Contracts,  by or to the Company of more
than $10,000  individually or in the aggregate or that are otherwise material to
the Business or Condition of the Company.

Each Contract  disclosed or required to be disclosed in the Disclosure  Schedule
pursuant to this  Section is in full force and effect and  constitutes  a legal,
valid, and binding  obligation of the Company and of each other Person that is a
party thereto in accordance with its terms;  and neither the Company nor (to the
best  knowledge of the Seller and the Company) any other party to such  Contract
is in  violation  or breach of or default  under any such  Contract  (or with or
without  notice or lapse of time or both,  would be in violation or breach of or
default  under any such  Contract).  Except as  disclosed in Section 3.17 of the
Disclosure Schedule (with a specific reference to this sentence), the Company is
not a party  to or  bound  by any  Contract  that  was not  entered  into in the
ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or that has or may
reasonably be expected to have,  individually or in the aggregate with any other
Contracts,  a  material  adverse  effect on the  Business  or  Condition  of the
Company. The Company is not a party to or bound by any collective  bargaining or
similar labor Contract.

                                       21

<PAGE>


    3.18 Insurance Issued by the Company. Except as required by Law or except as
disclosed in Section 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule (with paragraph  references
corresponding to those set forth below):

     (a) All insurance or annuity  Contract  benefits  payable to the Company by
any other Person that is a party to or bound by any reinsurance, coinsurance, or
other similar Contract with the Company have in all material  respects been paid
in accordance  with the terms of the  insurance,  annuity,  and other  Contracts
under  which  they  arose,  except  for such  benefits  for  which  the  Company
reasonably believes there is a reasonable basis to contest payment.

     (b) No outstanding  insurance or annuity  Contract  issued,  reinsured,  or
underwritten  by the Company  entitles the holder thereof or any other Person to
receive  dividends,  distributions,  or to share in the income of the Company or
receive any other  benefits  based on the revenues or earnings of the Company or
any other Person.

     (c) The underwriting  standards utilized and ratings applied by the Company
and (to the best  knowledge  of the Seller and the  Company) by any other Person
that is a party to or bound by any  reinsurance,  coinsurance,  or other similar
Contract with the Company conform in all material  respects to industry accepted
practices and to the standards and ratings required pursuant to the terms of the
respective reinsurance, coinsurance, or other similar Contracts.

     (d) To the best  knowledge  of the Seller and the  Company,  all amounts to
which the Company is entitled under reinsurance,  coinsurance,  or other similar
Contracts (including without limitation amounts based on paid and unpaid losses)
are fully collectible.

     (e) To the best  knowledge  of the Seller and the Company,  each  insurance
agent, at the time such agent wrote, sold, or produced business for the Company,
was duly licensed as an insurance agent (for the type of business written, sold,
or produced by such  insurance  agent) in the particular  jurisdiction  in which
such agent wrote, sold, or produced such business for the Company.

     (f) To the best knowledge of the Seller and the Company,  no such insurance
agent violated (or with or without  notice or lapse of time or both,  would have
violated)  any  term or  provision  of any Law or any  writ,  judgment,  decree,
injunction,  or similar order applicable to the writing,  sale, or production of
business for the Company.

     (g)  The  tax  treatment  under  the  Code  of all  insurance,  annuity  or
investment  policies,  plans,  or contracts;  all financial  products,  employee
benefit plans,  individual  retirement accounts or annuities;  or any similar or
related policy, contract,

                                       22

<PAGE>


plan, or product, whether individual, group, or otherwise, issued or sold by the
Company  is and at all  times  has  been  the  same  or  more  favorable  to the
purchaser,  policyholder or intended  beneficiaries thereof as the tax treatment
under the Code for which such contracts qualified or purported to qualify at the
time of its issuance or purchase.  For  purposes of this  Section  3.18(g),  the
provisions  of the Code relating to the tax  treatment of such  contracts  shall
include,  but not be limited to,  Sections 72, 79, 89, 101,  104, 105, 106, 125,
130, 401, 402, 403, 404, 408, 412, 415, 419, 419A, 501, 505, 817, 818, 7702, and
7702A of the Code.

     (h) There are no reinsurance, coinsurance, or other similar Contracts under
which the Company receives or has received surplus relief.

     3.19  Threats of  Cancellation.  Except as disclosed in Section 3.19 of the
Disclosure  Schedule,  since  December  31,  1994  no  policyholder,   group  of
policyholder  Affiliates,  or Persons writing,  selling,  or producing insurance
business that individually or in the aggregate  accounted for five percent 5% or
more of the premium or annuity income of the Company for the year ended December
31, 1994, has terminated or (to the best knowledge of the Seller or the Company)
threatened to terminate its relationship with the Company.

    3.20  Licenses  and  Permits.  Except as  disclosed  in Section  3.20 of the
Disclosure Schedule (with paragraph references  corresponding to those set forth
below):

     (a) The Company owns or validly holds, all licenses,  franchises,  permits,
approvals,   authorizations,    exemptions,    classifications,    certificates,
registrations,  and similar  documents or instruments  that are required for its
business,  operations, and affairs and that the failure to so own or hold has or
may reasonably be expected to have a material  adverse effect on its Business or
Condition.

     (b) All such  licenses,  franchises,  permits,  approvals,  authorizations,
exemptions, classifications,  certificates, registrations, and similar documents
or  instruments  are  valid  and in  full  force  and  effect,  and  free of any
restrictions imposed by any Person.

    3.21 Operations Insurance.  Section 3.21 of the Disclosure Schedule contains
a true and complete list and  description  of all liability,  property,  workers
compensation,  directors and officers  liability,  and other  similar  insurance
Contracts  that insure the  business,  operations,  or affairs of the Company or
affect or relate to the  ownership,  use, or operations of any of the Assets and
Properties of the Company and that have been issued to the Company or any of its
Affiliates  (including,  without  limitation,  the  names and  addresses  of the
insurers,  the  expiration  dates thereof,  and the annual  premiums and payment
terms thereof) or that are held by the Company or by any Affiliate of the Seller
for the benefit of the Company  following the Closing.  All such insurance is in
full force and effect and (to the best  knowledge of the Seller and the Company)
is with financially sound and reputable  insurers and, in light of the business,
operations, and affairs of the Company, is in amounts and provides coverage that
are reasonable and customary for Persons in similar businesses.

                                       23

<PAGE>

    3.22 Intercompany Accounts. Except as reflected in the December 31, 1994 SAP
Statement,  or except as disclosed in Section 3.22 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,
there are no accounts between the Company and any of its Affiliates, and neither
the Seller nor any of its  Affiliates  provides  or causes to be provided to the
Company any products,  services,  equipment,  facilities, or similar items that,
individually  or in the  aggregate  are  or may  reasonably  be  expected  to be
material to the Business or  Condition  of the  Company.  Except as disclosed in
Section  3.22  of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  since  December  31,  1994 no such
intercompany  accounts in excess of $10,000 have been paid or received,  and all
settlements of such intercompany accounts have been made, and all allocations of
such intercompany expenses have been applied, in the ordinary course of business
and consistent with past practice.  All  intercompany  accounts shall be written
off prior to the Closing  and, if  constituting  an admitted  asset,  taken into
account in calculating the Adjusted Capital and Surplus of the Company.

    3.23 Bank Accounts.  Section 3.23 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true
and  complete  list of the names and  locations of all banks,  trust  companies,
securities brokers, and other financial institutions at which the Company has an
account or safe deposit box or maintains a banking, custodial, trading, or other
similar  relationship  and a true and complete list and description of each such
account,  box, and relationship,  indicating in each case the account number and
the names of the officers,  employees,  agents, or other similar representatives
of the Company transacting business with respect thereto.

    3.24  Brokers.   All  negotiations   relative  to  this  Agreement  and  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby have been carried out by the Seller  directly
with the  Purchaser,  without  the  intervention  of any Person on behalf of the
Seller in such manner as to give rise to any valid  claim by any Person  against
the Purchaser or the Seller for a finder's fee, brokerage commission, or similar
payment.

     3.25  Disclosure.  Neither this Agreement nor any certificate  furnished by
the Seller or the Company to the Purchaser in connection  with this Agreement or
the transactions contemplated hereby contains any untrue statement of a material
fact by the  Seller  or the  Company  or omits to state a  material  fact by the
Seller or the Company  necessary  to make the  statements  herein or therein not
misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

     The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Seller as follows:

                                       24

<PAGE>


    4.1  Organization.  The Purchaser is a corporation  duly organized,  validly
existing,  and in good  standing  under the Laws of the State of Indiana and has
full  corporate  power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform
its obligations under this Agreement. The Purchaser is duly licensed, qualified,
or admitted to do business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which
the failure to be so  licensed,  qualified,  or admitted  and in good  standing,
individually or in the aggregate with other such failure,  has or may reasonably
be expected to have a material adverse effect on the validity or  enforceability
of this  Agreement,  on the ability of the Purchaser to perform its  obligations
under this Agreement or on the Business or Condition of the Purchaser.

    4.2 Authority.  The Board of Directors of the Purchaser has duly and validly
approved this Agreement and the transactions  contemplated hereby. The execution
and  delivery of this  Agreement by the  Purchaser  and the  performance  by the
Purchaser of its  obligations  under this  Agreement  have been duly and validly
authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Purchaser.  This
Agreement  constitutes a legal,  valid, and binding  obligation of the Purchaser
and is enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except to
the extent  that  enforcement  may be  limited by or subject to any  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium,  or similar  Laws now or  hereafter in
effect  relating to or limiting  creditors'  rights  generally and the remedy of
specific  performance  and  injunctive  and other forms of equitable  relief are
subject to certain  equitable  defenses  and to the  discretion  of the court or
other similar Person before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

    4.3 No  Conflicts  or  Violations.  The  execution  and   delivery  of  this
Agreement by the Purchaser do not, and  the  performance by the Purchaser of its
obligations under this Agreement will not:

     (a) subject to obtaining the approvals  contemplated by Section 6.1 hereof,
violate  any  term  or  provision  of any  Law or any  writ,  judgment,  decree,
injunction, or similar order applicable to the Purchaser;

     (b)  conflict  with or result in a  violation  or breach of, or  constitute
(with or without  notice or lapse of time or both) a default  under,  any of the
terms,  conditions,  or provisions of the articles of incorporation or bylaws of
the Purchaser;

     (c) except as disclosed in writing to the Seller, result in the creation or
imposition  of any Lien upon the  Purchaser or any of its Assets and  Properties
that individually or in the aggregate with any other Liens has or may reasonably
be expected to have a material adverse effect on the validity or  enforceability
of this Agreement or on the ability of the Purchaser to perform its  obligations
under this Agreement;

     (d) except as disclosed in writing to the Seller,  conflict  with or result
in a violation or breach of, or constitute  (with or without  notice or lapse of
time or both)

                                       25
<PAGE>

a default under, or give to any person any right of  termination,  cancellation,
acceleration,  or  modification in or with respect to, any Contract to which the
Purchaser is a party or by which any of its Assets and  Properties  may be bound
and as to which any such conflicts,  violations,  breaches,  defaults, or rights
individually  or in the aggregate  have or may  reasonably be expected to have a
material adverse effect on the validity or  enforceability  of this Agreement or
on the ability of the Purchaser to perform its obligations under this Agreement;
or

     (e) require the Purchaser to obtain any consent, approval, or action of, or
make any filing with or give any notice to, any Person except as contemplated in
Section 6.1, as  disclosed in writing to the Seller,  or those which the failure
to  obtain,  make,  or give  individually  or in the  aggregate  with other such
failures has or may reasonably be expected to have no material adverse effect on
the  validity  or  enforceability  of this  Agreement  or on the  ability of the
Purchaser to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

     4.4 Litigation. There are no actions, suits, investigations, or proceedings
pending  against the  Purchaser,  or (to the best  knowledge  of the  Purchaser)
threatened  against the Purchaser,  at law or in equity,  in, before,  or by any
Person, that individually or in the aggregate have or may reasonably be expected
to have a material  adverse  effect on the  validity or  enforceability  of this
Agreement, on the ability of the Purchaser to perform its obligations under this
Agreement or on the Business and Condition of the Purchaser.

    4.5 Purchase for  Investment.  The Shares will be acquired by the  Purchaser
for its own account for the purpose of investment. The Purchaser agrees that: it
will not offer,  sell, pledge,  hypothecate,  or otherwise dispose of the shares
unless such offer,  sale,  pledge,  hypothecation  or other  disposition  is (i)
registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and any other applicable  securities
laws,  or (ii) in  compliance  with an  opinion  of  counsel  to the  Purchaser,
delivered to the Seller and reasonably acceptable to it, to the effect that such
offer,  sale,  pledge,  hypothecation or other  disposition does not violate the
Securities Act of 1933 or such other  securities  laws;  and the  certificate(s)
representing  the Shares  shall bear a legend  evidencing  the  restrictions  or
transfer set forth in the foregoing clause (a).

    4.6  Brokers.   All   negotiations   relative  to  this  Agreement  and  the
transactions contemplated hereby have been carried out by the Purchaser directly
with the  Seller,  without  the  intervention  of any  Person  on  behalf of the
Purchaser  in such  manner  as to give  rise to any  valid  claim by any  Person
against the Seller or the Purchaser for a finder's fee, brokerage commission, or
similar payment.

    4.7 Disclosure.  Neither this Agreement nor any certificate furnished by the
Purchaser to the Seller in connection  with this  Agreement or the  transactions
contemplated  hereby contains any untrue  statement by the Purchaser of material
fact or omits to state a material  fact by the  Purchaser  necessary to make the
statements  herein or therein not  misleading in light of the  circumstances  in
which they were made.

                                       26

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE V

                        COVENANTS OF SELLER AND COMPANY

    The Seller and the Company  covenant and agree with the  Purchaser  that, at
all times before the Closing, the Seller and the Company will comply with all of
the  covenants  and  provisions  of this  Article  V,  except to the  extent the
Purchaser may otherwise  consent in writing or to the extent otherwise  required
or permitted by this Agreement.

     5.1  Regulatory  Approvals.  The Seller and the  Company  will (a) take all
commercially reasonable steps necessary or desirable, and proceed diligently and
in good faith and use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, as promptly
as practicable,  all approvals and consents required by the applicable  Contract
of any  holder  of  indebtedness  of the  Seller  or the  Company;  (b) take all
commercially reasonable steps necessary or desirable, and proceed diligently and
in good faith and use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, as promptly
as practicable,  all approvals,  authorizations,  and clearances of governmental
and regulatory  authorities  required of the Seller or the Company to consummate
the transactions  contemplated  hereby;  (c) provide such other  information and
communications to such governmental and regulatory  authorities as the Purchaser
or such authorities may reasonably request; and (d) cooperate with the Purchaser
in obtaining,  as promptly as practicable,  all approvals,  authorizations,  and
clearances of governmental or regulatory  authorities and others required of the
Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without
limitation,  any required approvals of the insurance  regulatory  authorities in
the State of Mississippi and the State of Indiana.

     5.2 Investigation by the Purchaser. The Seller and the Company will provide
(a) the  Purchaser,  its lenders,  and their  respective  counsel,  accountants,
actuaries,  and other  representatives  with full access,  upon prior notice and
during normal business hours, to all facilities,  officers,  employees,  agents,
accountants,  actuaries,  Assets and  Properties,  and Books and  Records of the
Seller and the Company and will  furnish the  Purchaser  and such other  Persons
during  such  period  with all such  information  and data  (including,  without
limitation,  copies of Contracts,  Benefit  Plans,  and other Books and Records)
concerning the business, operations, and affairs of the Company as the Purchaser
or any of such other Persons  reasonably  may request and (b) the Purchaser with
timely notice of and full access to the minutes of all meetings (and all actions
by written  consent in lieu thereof) of the board of directors and  stockholders
of the  Company  involving  matters  which  are not in the  ordinary  course  of
business and consistent  with past practice,  except such minutes of meetings as
involve  only  matters  related  to  the   consummation   of  the   transactions
contemplated herein.

     5.3 No  Negotiations,  etc. The Seller and the Company  will not take,  and
will not permit any  Affiliate of the Seller or the Company (or permit any other
Person  acting for or on behalf of the Seller or the Company or any Affiliate of
the Seller or the Company) to take,  directly or  indirectly,  any action (a) to
seek or encourage any offer or proposal from

                                       27

<PAGE>


any Person to acquire any shares of capital stock or any other securities of the
Company or any interest therein or Assets and Properties thereof or any interest
therein; (b) to merge, consolidate, or combine, or to permit any other Person to
merge, consolidate or combine, with the Company; (c) to liquidate,  dissolve, or
reorganize the Company in any manner;  (d) to acquire or transfer any Assets and
Properties of the Company or any interests  therein,  except as  contemplated by
the  terms  of this  Agreement;  (e) to reach  any  agreement  or  understanding
(whether  or  not  such  agreement  or  understanding  is  absolute,  revocable,
contingent, or conditional) for, or otherwise to attempt to consummate, any such
acquisition, transfer, merger, consolidation, combination, or reorganization; or
(f) to furnish or cause to be  furnished  any  information  with  respect to the
Company to any Person (other than the Purchaser or the Mississippi Department of
Insurance)  that the Seller or the Company or any Affiliate of the Seller or the
Company (or any Person acting for or on behalf of the Seller, the Company or any
other  Affiliate of the Seller or the Company) knows or has reason to believe is
in the process of  attempting or  considering  any such  acquisition,  transfer,
merger, consolidation, combination, liquidation, dissolution, or reorganization.
If the Seller,  the Company or any other  Affiliate of the Seller or the Company
receives  from any  Person  (other  than the  Purchaser)  any  offer,  proposal,
informational  request,  inquiry or contact that is subject to this Section, the
Seller will promptly advise such Person, by written notice, of the terms of this
Section and will  promptly  deliver a copy of such notice to the  Purchaser  and
advise the Purchaser fully concerning the identity of such Person,  the terms of
any proposal or offer, or the nature of any  informational  request,  inquiry or
contact which is made.

    5.4 Conduct of Business.  The Company will conduct its business  only in the
ordinary  course  and  consistent  with past  practices.  Without  limiting  the
generality of the foregoing:

     (a) The Seller and the Company will use all commercially reasonable efforts
to (i) preserve intact the Company's present business organization,  reputation,
and  policyholder  relations;  (ii) keep available the services of the Company's
present officers,  directors,  employees, agents, consultants, and other similar
representatives; (iii) maintain all licenses, qualifications, and authorizations
of the Company to do business in each  jurisdiction  in which it is so licensed,
qualified, or authorized;  (iv) maintain in full force and effect all Contracts,
documents, and arrangements referred to in Section 3.17 hereof, (v) maintain all
Assets and  Properties  of the  Company  in good  working  order and  condition,
ordinary  wear and tear  excepted and (vi)  continue all current  marketing  and
selling  activities  relating  to the  business,  operations,  or affairs of the
Company,  except the Company shall not issue or commit to issue any insurance or
annuity Contracts except (A) pursuant to existing  insurance or annuity Contract
provisions  or (B)  insurance  or  annuity  contracts  which  have no  impact on
Adjusted Capital and Surplus.

     (b) The Seller  and the  Company  will  cause the Books and  Records of the
Company to be maintained in the usual manner and consistent with past practices

                                       28

<PAGE>


and  will  not  permit  a  material  change  in  any  underwriting,  investment,
actuarial,  financial  reporting,  or  accounting  practices  or policies of the
Company or in any assumption  underlying  such practices or policies,  or in any
method of calculating any bad debt, contingency,  or other reserve for financial
reporting  purposes  or  for  other  accounting  purposes  (including,   without
limitation, any practice, policy, assumption, or method relating to or affecting
the determination of the Company's investment income,  reserves or other similar
amounts, or operating ratios with respect to expenses, losses, or lapses).

     (c) The Seller and the  Company  will:  (i)  properly  prepare and duly and
timely  file all  reports  and all Tax  Returns  required  to be filed  with any
governmental or regulatory authorities with respect to the business, operations,
or affairs of the  Company;  and (ii) duly and fully pay all Taxes  indicated by
such Tax Returns or otherwise  levied or assessed upon the Company or any of its
Assets and  Properties,  and  withhold or collect  and pay to the proper  taxing
authorities  or hold in separate  bank  accounts for such payment all Taxes that
the Company is required to so withhold or collect and pay, unless such Taxes are
being contested in good faith and, if appropriate,  reasonable reserves therefor
have been  established  and reflected in the Books and Records of the Company in
accordance with GAAP and SAP.

     (d) The Company will: (i) cause all reserves and other similar amounts with
respect to  insurance  and annuity  Contracts  established  or  reflected in the
Company's  Books and  Records to be (A)  established  and  reflected  on a basis
consistent with those reserves and other similar  amounts and reserving  methods
followed  by the  Company at  December  31,  1994 and (B) good,  sufficient  and
adequate (under generally accepted actuarial principles consistently applied) to
cover the total  amount of all  reasonably  anticipated  matured  and  unmatured
benefits,  dividends,  losses,  claims,  expenses,  and other Liabilities of the
Company under all insurance and annuity Contracts  pursuant to which the Company
has or will have any Liability  (including,  without  limitation,  any Liability
arising under or as a result of any reinsurance,  coinsurance,  or other similar
Contract);  and (ii) continue to own assets that qualify as legal reserve assets
under all applicable  insurance Laws in an amount at least equal to the required
reserves of the Company and other similar amounts.

     (e) The Company will use all commercially reasonable efforts to maintain in
full  force  and  effect  until the  Closing  substantially  the same  levels of
coverage as the insurance afforded under the Contracts listed in Section 3.21 of
the  Disclosure  Schedule.  Any and all benefits  under such  Contracts  paid or
payable  (whether  before or after the effective  date of this  Agreement)  with
respect to the business,  operations,  affairs,  or Assets and Properties of the
Company will be paid to the Company.

     (f) The Company will continue to comply, in all material respects, with all
Laws applicable to its business, operations, or affairs.

                                       29

<PAGE>


     (g) The Company will determine its Adjusted Capital and Surplus  consistent
with past  practices  for  determining  capital  and  surplus  on its  Financial
Statements for any interim period.

     (h) The Company will not enter into any reinsurance  Contracts  (whether as
the ceding company or the assuming company).

    5.5 Financial  Statements and Reports.  (a) As promptly as practicable after
March 31,  1995,  the Seller will  deliver to the  Purchaser a true and complete
copy of the SAP  Statement  filed by the Company for the quarter ended March 31,
1995, and for each quarter thereafter until Closing, prepared in accordance with
SAP and which  shall  present  fairly the  financial  condition,  the Assets and
Properties,  and the  Liabilities  of the Company as of the date thereof and the
results of operations, capital and surplus account, and cash flow of the Company
for and during each of the periods covered thereby.

     (b) The Seller will deliver to Purchaser audited GAAP Financial  Statements
for the Company for each of the years ended  December  31,  1992,  1993 and 1994
(and the notes relating  thereto),  and unaudited  financial  statements for the
quarter ended March 31, 1995,  and for each quarter  thereafter  until  Closing,
prepared  in  accordance  with GAAP which  shall  present  fairly the  financial
condition,  the Assets and Properties,  and the Liabilities of the Company as of
the date thereof and the results of operations, capital and surplus account, and
cash flow of the Company for and during  each of the  periods  covered  thereby,
within thirty (30) days after Closing.

     5.6  Investments.  The Company  will invest its future cash flow,  any cash
from matured and maturing  investments,  any cash  proceeds from the sale of its
Assets and Properties,  and any cash funds currently held by the Company, in the
ordinary  course of its business and consistent  with past practices to meet the
Company's reasonably  anticipated current obligations.  The Company will take no
actions  unless  approved in writing by the  Purchaser  to sell or transfer  any
Assets and Properties other than in the ordinary course of business.

    5.7   Employee Matters.

     (a) Except as may be required by Law or as  disclosed in Section 5.7 of the
Disclosure  Schedule,  or except for such  representations,  promises,  changes,
alterations,  or amendments  that do not and will not result in any Liability to
the Company or the  Purchaser,  the Seller and the  Company  will  refrain  from
directly or indirectly:

                                       30

<PAGE>


     (i) making any representation or promise,  oral or written, to any officer,
director,  employee,  agent, consultant,  or other similar representative of the
Company concerning any Benefit Plan;

     (ii) making any change to, or amending in any way, the Contracts, salaries,
wages,  or  other  compensation  of  any  officer,  director,  employee,  agent,
consultant,  or  other  similar  representative  of  the  Company  whose  annual
compensation exceeds $25,000,  other than routine changes or amendments that (a)
are made in the ordinary  course of business and consistent with past practices,
(b) do not and will not result in  increases  of more than five  percent (5%) in
the salary,  wages, or other compensation of any such Person, and (c) do not and
will not exceed,  in the  aggregate,  five percent  (5%) of the total  salaries,
wages, and other compensation of all employees of the Company;

     (iii)  adopting,   entering  into,  amending,   altering,  or  terminating,
partially or completely, any Benefit Plan;

     (iv) adopting, entering into, amending, altering, or terminating, partially
or completely, any employment,  agency, consultation, or representation Contract
that is, or had it been in existence  on the  effective  date of this  Agreement
would have been,  required to be disclosed in Section  3.17(a) of the Disclosure
Schedule;

     (v)  approving  any general or  company-wide  pay  increases  for officers,
directors,  employees,  agents, consultants, or other similar representatives of
the Company; or

     (vi)  entering  into any  Contract  with any officer,  director,  employee,
agent,  consultant,  or other similar  representative of the Company that is not
terminable by the Company,  without  penalty or other  Liability,  upon not more
than sixty (60) calendar days' notice.

     5.8 No Charter  Amendments.  The Seller and the Company  will not amend the
articles  or  certificate  of  incorporation  or Bylaws of the  Company and will
refrain from taking any action with respect to any such amendment.

     5.9 No Issuance of Securities. The Seller and the Company will refrain from
authorizing or issuing,  any shares of capital stock or other equity  securities
of the  Company,  or from  entering  into any  Contract or granting  any option,
warrant,  or right calling for the  authorization or issuance of any such shares
or other equity  securities,  or creating or issuing any securities  directly or
indirectly  convertible into or exchangeable for any such shares or other equity
securities,  or issuing any  options,  warrants,  or rights to purchase any such
convertible securities.

                                       31

<PAGE>


    5.10 No Dividends. Except for dividends and distributions declared after the
date of this  Agreement  in  conformity  with this  Agreement or which have been
approved  in  writing by the  Purchaser  and for which any  required  regulatory
approvals have been received,  the Company will refrain from declaring,  setting
aside,  or paying any dividend or other  distribution  in respect of its capital
stock and from  directly  or  indirectly  redeeming,  purchasing,  or  otherwise
acquiring  any of its capital  stock or any  interest in or right to acquire any
such stock.

    5.11 No Disposal  of  Property.  Except as set forth in Section  5.11 of the
Disclosure Schedule or as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Company will
not (a) dispose of any of its Assets and  Properties or permit any of its Assets
and  Properties  to be  subjected  to any  Liens,  except to the extent any such
disposition  or any such Lien is made or incurred in the ordinary  course of the
business and consistent with past  practices,  (b) sell any material part of its
insurance products, operations, or business to any third party (other than sales
of insurance  products in the ordinary  course of business  consistent with past
practices pursuant to Section 5.4(a)),  (c) enter into any contracts  obligating
the Company to administer the insurance  operations of any Person other than any
Affiliate,  (d) enter into any  Contracts  permitting  any Person other than any
Affiliate of the Company to administer the Company's  insurance  operations,  or
(e) enter into or assume any Contract,  if doing so could involve a loss,  cost,
expense or commitment in excess of $10,000.

    5.12 No Breach or Default.  The Company will not violate or breach, and will
not take or fail to take any action  that  (with or  without  notice or lapse of
time or both) would constitute a violation,  breach, or default in any way under
any term or  provision of any Contract to which it is a party or by which any of
its Assets and Properties is or may be bound.

    5.13 No Indebtedness. The Company will not create, incur, assume, guarantee,
or otherwise  become  liable for, and will not cancel,  pay,  agree to cancel or
pay, or  otherwise  provide for a complete or partial  discharge in advance of a
scheduled  payment date with respect to, any  Liability,  and will not waive any
right to receive  any direct or  indirect  payment  or other  benefit  under any
Liability owing to it.

    5.14 No  Acquisitions.  The  Company  will not (a)  merge,  consolidate,  or
otherwise combine or agree to merge, consolidate,  or otherwise combine with any
other Person,  (b) acquire or agree to acquire  blocks of business of, or all or
substantially  all the Assets and  Properties  or capital  stock or other equity
securities  of any other Person,  or (c)  otherwise  acquire or agree to acquire
control or ownership of any other Person.

    5.15  Intercompany  Liabilities.  At least  five  Business  Days  before the
Closing,  the Seller will deliver to the  Purchaser a true and complete list and
description  of all  Liabilities  between the Company and any  Affiliate  of the
Company to be  outstanding  on the Closing Date. The Company will not enter into
any Contract or, except as required by any

                                       32

<PAGE>


Contract disclosed in Section 3.17(g) of the Disclosure Schedule,  engage in any
transaction with any of its Affiliates.

    5.16  Resignations  of Officers and  Directors.  Seller and the Company will
cause the  members of the Board of  Directors  and  officers  of the  Company to
tender, effective at the Closing, their resignations from the Board of Directors
and offices then held by such officers in the Company.

    5.17 Tax  Matters.  The Seller  will  refrain  and will cause the Company to
refrain (a) from making,  filing,  or entering into (whether before or after the
Closing) any election,  consent,  or agreement  described in Section  3.12(e) or
Section  3.12(f) with respect to the Company or any of its Assets and Properties
and (b) from amending or cancelling any reinsurance or coinsurance Contract.

    5.18  Dismissal of Pending  Litigation.  Seller will cause the  counterclaim
filed in the action entitled "Standard Management  Corporation v. Dixie National
Corporation",  currently pending in the Marion County, Indiana Superior Court as
Cause No.  49D129410-CP-0107,  to be dismissed with prejudice,  effective at the
Closing,  and to release any claim to the  principal  sum of Two  Hundred  Fifty
Thousand Dollars ($250,000) plus accrued interest thereon.  Seller shall pay all
attorneys fees incurred by Seller or Company in said litigation.

    5.19 Disclosure  Schedule.  The Seller shall deliver the Disclosure Schedule
to the Purchaser no later than fifteen (15) days after the date hereof.

    5.20 Shareholder Meeting. The Seller shall call a meeting of shareholders of
the Seller as promptly as possible  after the date of this  Agreement  to secure
shareholder approval to the transactions described herein.

    5.21  Notice and Cure.  The Seller  will  notify the  Purchaser  promptly in
writing  of, and  contemporaneously  will  provide the  Purchaser  with true and
complete  copies of any and all  information or documents  relating to, and will
use all commercially  reasonable efforts to cure before the Closing,  any event,
transaction,  or  circumstance  occurring  after  the  effective  date  of  this
Agreement  that  causes or will cause any  covenant or  agreement  of the Seller
under this  Agreement to be breached,  or that renders or will render untrue any
representation  or warranty of the Seller  contained in this Agreement as if the
same were made on or as of the date of such event, transaction, or circumstance.
The Seller also will use all commercially reasonable efforts to cure, before the
Closing, any violation or breach of any representation,  warranty,  covenant, or
agreement made by it in this Agreement,  whether  occurring or arising before or
after the effective date of this Agreement.

    5.22 Triennial Report. The Seller shall promptly deliver all preliminary and
final reports of the financial examination of the Company issued by the State of
Mississippi for the three (3) year period ending December 31, 1994.

                                       33

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI

                             COVENANTS OF PURCHASER

    The Purchaser covenants and agrees with the Seller that, at all times before
the  Closing  and with  respect to  Sections  6.2 and 6.3,  after  Closing,  the
Purchaser  will comply with all  covenants  and  provisions  of this Article VI,
except to the  extent  the  Seller  may  otherwise  consent in writing or to the
extent otherwise required or permitted by this Agreement.

    6.1  Regulatory  Approvals.  The  Purchaser  will (a) take all  commercially
reasonable  steps necessary or desirable,  including the filings  required to be
made with the  Departments of Insurance of the States of Mississippi and Indiana
which shall be made  within  thirty  (30) days of the date  hereof,  and proceed
diligently  and in good  faith and use all  commercially  reasonable  efforts to
obtain,  as  promptly  as  practicable,  all  approvals,   authorizations,   and
clearances of governmental and regulatory  authorities required of the Purchaser
to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby;  (b) provide such other
information and  communications to such governmental and regulatory  authorities
as the Seller or such authorities may reasonably request; and (c) cooperate with
the  Seller  in  obtaining,   as  promptly  as   practicable,   all   approvals,
authorizations,   and  clearances  of  governmental  or  regulatory  authorities
required of the Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

     6.2 Home Office Lease.  The Purchaser will cause the Company to comply with
the monthly  payment  obligations  of that certain home office lease on premises
located at 3760 I-55 North, Jackson, Mississippi 39211 (the "Premises"), through
December 31, 1996, with the lessor, Vanguard, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of
the Seller,  at the rental rate of Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) per month.
For the  first  six  months  after  Closing,  Purchase  shall  pay  for  routine
maintenance, casualty insurance and ad valorem taxes not to exceed $5,000.00 per
month.  The  Purchaser  will  vacate the  Premises  within six (6) months  after
Closing  except  for  reasonable  office  facilities,  furniture  and  equipment
suitable  for two (2)  executives  and one (1)  secretary  of the  Company to be
occupied through December 31, 1996.  During the remainder of the lease following
Closing, Seller may use and occupy all portions of the Premises not reserved for
use of the Company hereunder.  During the six (6) month transitional period, the
Purchaser  shall be  entitled  to use such  furniture  and  equipment  currently
located on the Premises for employees of the Company.

    6.3 Assignment of Certain Agent Debit Balances. After Closing, the Purchaser
will  cause the  Company  to pay to Seller the first One  Hundred  Seventy  Five
Thousand Dollars ($175,000) recovered by the Company with respect to agent debit
balances.  The Purchaser will cause the Company to take commercially  reasonable
efforts to recover such agent debit balances; however, the decision to institute
litigation shall be at the sole

                                       34

<PAGE>

discretion of the Purchaser.  The Seller agrees to reasonably cooperate with the
Purchaser in its efforts to recover said agent debit balances.

    6.4 Notice and Cure.  The  Purchaser  will  notify  the Seller  promptly  in
writing of, and contemporaneously will provide the Seller with true and complete
copies of any and all  information  or  documents  relating to, and will use all
commercially   reasonable  efforts  to  cure  before  the  Closing,  any  event,
transaction,  or  circumstance  occurring  after  the  effective  date  of  this
Agreement  that causes or will cause any covenant or agreement of the  Purchaser
under this  Agreement to be breached,  or that renders or will render untrue any
representation  or warranty of the Purchaser  contained in this  Agreement as if
the  same  were  made  on or as of the  date  of  such  event,  transaction,  or
circumstance. The Purchaser also will use all commercially reasonable efforts to
cure,  before  the  Closing,  any  violation  or breach  of any  representation,
warranty, covenant, or agreement made by it in this Agreement, whether occurring
or arising before or after the effective date of this Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE VII

                     CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF PURCHASER

    The obligations of the Purchaser  hereunder are subject to the  fulfillment,
at or before the Closing,  of each of the  following  conditions  (all or any of
which may be waived in whole or in part by the Purchaser).

    7.1 Representations and Warranties.  The representations and warranties made
by the Seller in this  Agreement and the  statements of the Seller  contained in
the  Disclosure  Schedule  shall  be  true  as of the  effective  date  of  this
Agreement,  the certifications given pursuant to Section 5.5(c) shall be true as
of the date given, and all of such representations,  warranties,  certifications
and  statements  shall  be true on and as of the  Closing  Date as  though  such
representations,  warranties,  certifications and statements were made on and as
of the Closing Date.

    7.2  Performance.  The  Seller and the  Company  shall  have  performed  and
complied with all agreements, covenants, obligations, and conditions required by
this  Agreement  to be so performed  or complied  with by the Seller  and/or the
Company at or before the  Closing,  including  those  specifically  referred  to
elsewhere in this Article VII.

   7.3 Certificates of Officer of Seller. The Seller shall have delivered to the
Purchaser a certificate,  dated the Closing Date in the form of Exhibit C hereto
and executed by the chief executive  officer or chief  financial  officer of the
Seller, certifying (with respect to the Seller and, as appropriate, the Company)
as to the  fulfillment  of the  conditions  set forth in this  Article  VII.  In
addition, the Seller shall have delivered to the Purchaser a certificate,  dated
the Closing Date and executed by the secretary or any assistant secretary of the
Seller,  certifying  that the Seller has duly and  validly  taken all  corporate
action necessary

                                       35

<PAGE>

to authorize its execution and delivery of this Agreement and its performance of
its  obligations  under  this  Agreement,  and that the  resolutions  (true  and
complete  copies of which shall be attached to the  certificate) of the Board of
Directors  with  respect to this  Agreement  and the  transactions  contemplated
hereby have been duly and validly adopted and are in full force and effect.

   7.4 No Injunction. There shall not be in effect on the Closing Date any writ,
judgment,  injunction,  decree,  or similar order of any court or similar Person
restraining,  enjoining,  or  otherwise  preventing  consummation  of any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

   7.5 No Proceeding or Litigation.  There shall not be instituted,  pending, or
(to the best  knowledge of the Purchaser or the Seller)  threatened  any action,
suit,  investigation,   or  other  proceeding  in,  before,  or  by  any  court,
governmental or regulatory  authority,  or other Person to restrain,  enjoin, or
otherwise prevent  consummation of any of the transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement  or to recover any Damages or obtain  other relief as a result of this
Agreement or any of the transactions  contemplated  hereby or as a result of any
Contract  entered  into in  connection  with or as a condition  precedent to the
consummation hereof, which action, suit, investigation, or other proceeding may,
in the reasonable  opinion of the Purchaser,  result in a decision,  ruling,  or
finding that  individually or in the aggregate has or may reasonably be expected
to have a material  adverse  effect on the  validity or  enforceability  of this
Agreement, on the ability of the Seller, the Company or the Purchaser to perform
its respective obligations under this Agreement, or on the Business or Condition
of the  Purchaser  or the  Company.  There shall not be in effect on the Closing
Date any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, receivership,  conservatorship, or
similar proceeding with respect to the Company or the Seller.

   7.6   Consents,   Authorizations,   etc.  All  orders,   consents,   permits,
authorizations,  approvals,  and waivers of every Person  disclosed  pursuant to
Section 4.3 and  necessary to permit the  Purchaser  to perform its  obligations
under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions  contemplated hereby and
to permit  the  Purchaser  to  acquire  the Shares  pursuant  to this  Agreement
(including, without limitation, any requisite action of the insurance regulatory
authorities in the State of Mississippi  and the State of Indiana,  in each case
without the abrogation or diminishment of the Company's  authority or license or
the imposition of significant  restrictions  upon the transactions  contemplated
hereby) shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect,  and the
Seller  and  the  Company   shall  have   obtained  all   consents,   approvals,
authorizations and clearances referred to in Section 5.1 and the Purchaser shall
have  received  evidence  satisfactory  to it of the  receipt of such  consents,
approvals, authorizations and clearances.

   7.7 No Adverse Change.  Except as disclosed in Section 3.10 of the Disclosure
Schedule or as specifically  reflected in the December 31, 1994 Annual Statement
of the Company (it being  understood that no material  adverse trend has been so
disclosed or reflected),  or except for changes or developments  relating to the
conduct of the Company's

                                       36

<PAGE>

business  after the  effective  date of this  Agreement in  conformity  with the
requests of the  Purchaser,  since  December 31, 1994 there shall not have been,
occurred, or arisen any change in, or any event (including,  without limitation,
any  damage,  destruction,  or  loss  whether  or  not  covered  by  insurance),
condition,  or  state  of facts of any  character  that  individually  or in the
aggregate has or may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on
the Business or Condition of the Company.

   7.8 Opinion of Counsel.  The Seller shall have delivered to the Purchaser the
opinion,  dated the Closing Date, of Wells, Moore,  Simmons & Neeld,  counsel to
the Seller, to the effect set forth in Exhibit E hereto.

   7.9 Resignation of Officers and Directors. The resignations of the members of
the Board of  Directors  and officers of the Company  pursuant to Section  5.16,
effective as of the Closing Date,  shall have been delivered to the Purchaser on
or before the Closing Date.

   7.10 Shareholder Approval. The shareholders of the Seller shall have approved
the sale of the Shares of the Company in  accordance  with  applicable  Laws and
Seller's articles of incorporation and bylaws on or before August 1, 1995.

   7.11  Hart-Scott.  Purchaser and Seller shall have made all filings  required
under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (15 USC 18a), and
all waiting  periods  shall have passed  without any action having been taken by
the Department of Justice or any other governmental department.

   7.12 Management  Agreement.  The  current  management  agreement  between the
Seller and the Company shall have been terminated and or, at Purchaser's option,
assigned from Seller to Purchaser.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                      CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER

   The obligations of the Seller hereunder are subject to the fulfillment, at or
before the Closing, of each of the following conditions (all or any of which may
be waived in whole or in part by the Seller).

   8.1 Representations  and Warranties.  The representations and warranties made
by the Purchaser in this  Agreement  shall be true as of the  effective  date of
this  Agreement  and shall be true on and as of the Closing  Date as though such
representations and warranties were made on and as of the Closing Date.

                                       37

<PAGE>


   8.2  Performance.  The Purchaser  shall have  performed and complied with all
agreements, covenants, obligations, and conditions required by this Agreement to
be so performed or complied with by the Purchaser at or before the Closing.

   8.3 Officer's Certificates.  The Purchaser shall have delivered to the Seller
a  certificate,  dated the  Closing  Date in the form of  Exhibit  E hereto  and
executed by the chief executive  officer or the chief  financial  officer of the
Purchaser, certifying with respect to the Purchaser as to the fulfillment of the
conditions set forth in this Article VIII. In addition, the Purchaser shall have
delivered  to the Seller a  certificate,  dated the Closing Date and executed by
the secretary or any assistant  secretary of the Purchaser  certifying  that the
Purchaser has duly and validly taken all corporate action necessary to authorize
its  execution  and  delivery  of  this  Agreement  and its  performance  of its
obligations under this Agreement,  including, without limitation, that Purchaser
has taken all action  necessary to authorize the acquisition of the Shares,  and
that the resolutions (true and complete copies of which shall be attached to the
certificate)  of the Board of  Directors of the  Purchaser  with respect to this
Agreement and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby have been duly and validly
adopted and are in full force and effect.

   8.4 No Injunction. There shall not be in effect on the Closing Date any writ,
judgment,  injunction,  decree,  or similar order of any court or similar Person
restraining,  enjoining,  or  otherwise  preventing  consummation  of any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

   8.5 No Proceeding or Litigation.  There shall not be instituted,  pending, or
(to the best knowledge of the Purchaser or of the Seller) threatened any action,
suit,  investigation,   or  other  proceeding  in,  before,  or  by  any  court,
governmental or regulatory  authority,  or other Person to restrain,  enjoin, or
otherwise prevent  consummation of any of the transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement  or to recover any Damages or obtain  other relief as a result of this
Agreement or any of the transactions  contemplated  hereby or as a result of any
Contract  entered  into in  connection  with or as a condition  precedent to the
consummation hereof, which action, suit investigation,  or other proceeding may,
in the  reasonable  opinion of the  Seller,  result in a  decision,  ruling,  or
finding that  individually or in the aggregate has or may reasonably be expected
to have a material  adverse  effect on the  validity or  enforceability  of this
Agreement,  on the  ability  of the  Purchaser  or the  Seller  to  perform  its
obligations under this Agreement, or on the Business or Condition of the Seller.

   8.6   Consents,   Authorizations,   etc.  All  orders,   consents,   permits,
authorizations,  approvals,  and waivers of every Person  disclosed  pursuant to
Section 3.5 and necessary to permit the Seller to perform its obligations  under
this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall have
been  obtained and shall be in full force and effect,  and the  Purchaser  shall
have obtained all consents, approvals, authorizations and clearances referred to
in Section 6.1 and the Seller shall have received evidence satisfactory to it of
the receipt of such consents, approvals, authorizations and clearances.

                                       38

<PAGE>

   8.7 Opinion of Counsel.  The Purchaser shall have delivered to the Seller the
opinion, dated the Closing Date, of Brunini, Grantham, Grower & Hewes, P.L.L.C.,
counsel to the Purchaser, to the effect set forth in Exhibit F hereto.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                        SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS; REMEDIES

   9.1 Survival.  The  representations,  warranties,  covenants,  and agreements
respectively  made by the Seller and the  Purchaser  in this  Agreement,  in the
Disclosure Schedule, or in any certificate  respectively delivered by the Seller
or the  Purchaser  pursuant  to Section  7.3 or  Section  8.3 will  survive  the
Closing:

     (a)  until  the  expiration  of  all  applicable  statutes  of  limitations
(including  all periods of extension,  whether  automatic or  permissive) in the
case of the  representations and warranties of the Seller respectively set forth
in  Sections  3.1,  3.2,  3.3,  3.12,  and 3.14  hereof,  and in the case of the
indemnification  agreements  respectively  set forth in  Sections  10.1 and 10.2
hereof; and

     (b) until the thirty-sixth  (36th) month  anniversary of the Closing in the
case of all other representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements, except
that  covenants and  agreements to be performed  after the Closing in accordance
with  their  terms  will  survive  until  the last  period to which any such Tax
benefit  could  be  carried  pursuant  to the  Code,  and  each  indemnification
agreement as to litigation set forth in clause (ii) or (iii) of Section  10.3(a)
will survive until a final, nonappealable judgment has been entered with respect
to the last of such litigation.

If a Claim Notice or an  Indemnity  Notice is given in  accordance  with Section
10.5 before  expiration of the applicable  time period  referenced  above,  then
(notwithstanding  such time period) the representation,  warranty,  covenant, or
agreement  applicable to such claim shall survive  until,  but only for purposes
of, resolution of such claim.


   9.2 Available Remedies. Each party expressly agrees that, consistent with its
intention  and  agreement  to be bound by the  terms  of this  Agreement  and to
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, subject only to the performance
or satisfaction  of precedent  conditions or of precedent  requirements  imposed
upon another party hereto, the remedy of specific performance shall be available
to a  non-breaching  and  non-defaulting  party to enforce  performance  of this
Agreement by a breaching or defaulting party, including,  without limitation, to
require the consummation of the Closing on the Closing Date.

                                       39

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE X

                                INDEMNIFICATION

   10.1  Tax Indemnification.

     (a) Subject to the  provisions of Article IX hereof and this  Section,  the
Seller  agrees to pay, and to indemnify the Purchaser and the Company in respect
of,  and hold  each of them  harmless  against,  any and all  Damages  for or in
respect of Taxes  actually  incurred by,  imposed upon, or assessed  against the
Purchaser,  the Seller,  or the Company as a result of or relating to any period
ending on or before the  Closing  Date,  save and except for any  increased  tax
liability for any period, or portion of a period,  prior to Closing that results
from or is contributed to any election (by action or inaction) of Purchaser.

     (b) The Seller will notify the Purchaser,  or (if  applicable)  the Company
will notify the Seller and the Purchaser,  promptly of the  commencement  of any
claim, audit, examination,  or other proposed change or adjustment by any taxing
authority  concerning any Tax or other Damages  covered by Section 10.1(a) ("Tax
Claim").

     (c) The Seller will furnish the Purchaser,  or (if  applicable) the Company
will  furnish  the  Seller  and  the  Purchaser,  promptly  with  copies  of all
correspondence (including, without limitation, notices, requests,  explanations,
determinations, schedules, charts, and lists) received from any taxing authority
in connection  with any Tax Claim.  The Seller will have the right to approve in
advance any  correspondence  sent to any taxing authority by or on behalf of the
Company  with respect to any Tax Claim to the extent such  correspondence  would
adversely  affect the Seller's  obligations  under  Section  10.1(a);  provided,
however, that the Seller will be deemed to have approved any such correspondence
to the extent  notice of its  disapproval  thereof is not delivered or mailed to
the Purchaser in accordance with Article XII hereof with reasonable  promptness,
but in all events at least  fourteen (14) calendar days before the date on which
payment of the Tax is due or, if earlier,  at least  fourteen (14) calendar days
before the date on which the  ability of the  Company to defend  against the Tax
Claim is irrevocably prejudiced.

     (d) At its option (following reasonable notice to and consultation with the
Purchaser),  the Seller may  contest  any Tax Claim in any  legally  permissible
manner until such time as any payment for Taxes or other Damages with respect to
such Tax Claim is due or,  upon the  Seller's  payment  of such  Taxes and other
Damages,  may sue for a refund thereof where permitted by applicable Law. Except
as provided in the last sentence of this subsection, the Seller will control all
proceedings  taken in connection  with any such contest or refund suit,  and may
pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings,  hearings, and
conferences  with the taxing authority in respect of such Tax Claim. The Company
will take such lawful action

                                       40

<PAGE>

in  connection  with the  contest or refund  suit as the  Seller may  reasonably
request  in  writing  from  time to time,  including,  without  limitation,  the
prosecution  of the  contest or refund suit to a final  determination,  provided
that (i) the Seller requests such action with reasonable promptness,  but in all
events at least  fourteen (14) calendar days before the date on which payment of
the Taxes or other  Damages are due or become  final,  or if  earlier,  at least
fourteen (14)  calendar  days before the date on which the Company's  ability to
defend against the Tax Claim is irrevocably prejudiced,  (ii) a reasonable basis
exists  for such  contest  or refund  suit,  and (iii) the  Seller  acknowledges
(without any equivocation)  its obligations under this Section.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.1(e), if such contest or refund suit
has or may reasonably be expected to have a material  effect on the Liability of
the Company or the  Purchaser  for Taxes with respect to any period ending after
the Closing  Date,  then the Seller and the Purchaser  will jointly  control any
such contest or refund suit.

   10.2  Other Indemnification.

     (a) Subject to the  provisions of Article IX and Section  10.4,  the Seller
agrees to indemnify  the  Purchaser and the Company in respect of, and hold each
of them harmless against:

     (i) any and all Damages  (other than Damages that the Seller has paid or is
unequivocally  liable to pay to the Purchaser or the Company pursuant to Section
10.1) resulting from or relating to any  misrepresentation,  breach of warranty,
or nonfulfillment of or failure to perform any covenant or agreement on the part
of the Seller made as a part of or contained in this  Agreement,  the Disclosure
Schedule,  or any certificate delivered by or for the Seller pursuant to Section
7.3;

     (ii) except as disclosed in Section 3.13 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  any
and all Damages resulting from or relating to any action,  suit,  investigation,
or proceeding pending against the Company (whether as a defendant,  counterclaim
or third party defendant,  intervenor, or otherwise) on the Closing Date of this
Agreement  or arising at any time with respect to matters  occurring  before the
Closing,  including,  without  limitation,  any action,  suit,  investigation or
proceeding  relating  to any claims  arising  under any  insurance  policies  or
Contracts  assumed by Seller from Company at any time on or prior to the Closing
Date; and

     (iii) except as disclosed in Section 3.13 of the Disclosure  Schedule,  any
and all punitive,  treble or other exemplary  Damages resulting from or relating
to any claim (other than claims for such actual policy benefits as

                                       41

<PAGE>

are  specified  under  insurance  or annuity  Contracts  issued,  reinsured,  or
underwritten by the Company)  asserted in any action,  suit,  investigation,  or
proceeding  against the Company  (whether as a defendant,  counterclaim or third
party defendant,  intervenor,  or otherwise) pending on the Closing Date of this
Agreement  or arising at any time with respect to matters  occurring  before the
Closing.

     (b) Subject to the provisions of Article IX and Section 10.4, the Purchaser
agrees to  indemnify  the  Seller in respect  of,  and hold the Seller  harmless
against,   any  and   all   Damages   resulting   from   or   relating   to  any
misrepresentation,  breach of  warranty,  or  nonfulfillment  of or  failure  to
perform any covenant or agreement on the part of the Purchaser made as a part of
or  contained  in this  Agreement  or any  certificate  delivered  by or for the
Purchaser pursuant to Section 8.3.

     10.3 Method of  Asserting  Claims.  All claims for  indemnification  by any
Indemnified Party under Section 10.2 will be asserted and resolved as follows:

     (a) In the event any claim or demand for which an Indemnifying  Party would
be liable for  Damages to an  Indemnified  Party under  Section  10.2 or 10.3 is
asserted  against or sought to be  collected  from such  Indemnified  Party by a
Person other than the Seller,  the Purchaser,  the Company,  or any Affiliate of
the Seller or the Purchaser  ("Third Party Claim"),  the Indemnified  Party will
deliver a Claim Notice with  reasonable  promptness to the  Indemnifying  Party;
provided,  however, that except as set forth in Section 10.4(d), no Claim Notice
will be required with respect to any action, suit, investigation,  or proceeding
that is in existence on the Closing Date to which  indemnification  applies.  If
the  Indemnified  Party fails to provide the  Indemnifying  Party with the Claim
Notice  required by the preceding  sentence at least 14 calendar days before the
date on which the Indemnifying Party's ability to defend against the Third Party
Claim is irrevocably  prejudiced by the  Indemnified  Party's failure to provide
such Claim Notice, the Indemnifying Party will not be obligated to indemnify the
Indemnified  Party with  respect to such  portion of the Third Party Claim as to
which the  Indemnifying  Party's  ability to defend has been  prejudiced by such
failure  of the  Indemnified  Party.  The  Indemnifying  Party  will  notify the
Indemnified  Party  with  reasonable  promptness,  but in all events at least 14
calendar days before the date on which the Indemnified Party's ability to defend
against the Third  Party  Claim is  irrevocably  prejudiced  ("Notice  Period"),
whether the Indemnifying  Party disputes the Liability of the Indemnifying Party
to the  Indemnified  Party  hereunder with respect to such Third Party Claim and
whether  the  Indemnifying  Party  desires,  at the sole cost and expense of the
Indemnifying  Party,  to defend the  Indemnified  Party against such Third Party
Claim.

     (b) If the  Indemnifying  Party notifies the  Indemnified  Party within the
Notice Period that the Indemnifying  Party (without any  equivocation)  does not
dispute its Liability to the Indemnified  Party and that the Indemnifying  Party
desires

                                       42

<PAGE>


to defend the  Indemnified  Party with respect to the Third Party Claim pursuant
to this Article X, then the Indemnifying Party will have the right to defend, at
its  sole  cost  and  expense,   such  Third  Party  Claim  by  all  appropriate
proceedings, which proceedings will be diligently prosecuted by the Indemnifying
Party  to a final  conclusion  or  will  be  settled  at the  discretion  of the
Indemnifying  Party (with the consent of the  Indemnified  Party,  which consent
will not be  withheld  unreasonably).  The  Indemnifying  party  will  have full
control of such defense and proceedings,  including any compromise or settlement
thereof; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party may, at the sole cost and
expense of the  Indemnifying  Party,  file during the Notice  Period any motion,
answer,  or other  pleadings  that the  Indemnified  Party may deem necessary or
appropriate to protect its interests or those of the Indemnifying  Party and not
irrevocably  prejudicial  to the  Indemnifying  Party (it being  understood  and
agreed that,  except as provided in Section  10.3(c),  if an  Indemnified  Party
takes any such action that is irrevocably  prejudicial and conclusively causes a
final  adjudication  that is materially  adverse to the Indemnifying  Party, the
Indemnifying Party will be relieved of its obligations hereunder with respect to
the portion of such Third  Party Claim  prejudiced  by the  Indemnified  Party's
action); and provided further,  that if requested by the Indemnifying Party, the
Indemnified  Party  agrees,  at the sole cost and  expense  of the  Indemnifying
Party,  to cooperate with the  Indemnifying  Party and its counsel in contesting
any Third  Party Claim that the  Indemnifying  Party  elects to contest,  or, if
appropriate  and  related to the Third Party  Claim in  question,  in making any
counterclaim  against  the  Person  asserting  the  Third  Party  Claim,  or any
cross-complaint  against any Person (other than the Indemnified  Party or any of
its Affiliates).  The Indemnified Party may participate in, but not control, any
defense or  settlement of any Third Party Claim  controlled by the  Indemnifying
Party pursuant to this Section 10.3(b),  and except as provided in the preceding
sentence,  the  Indemnified  Party  will bear its own costs  and  expenses  with
respect to such participation.

     (c) If the Indemnifying  Party fails to notify the Indemnified Party within
the Notice Period that the Indemnifying  Party (without any  equivocation)  does
not dispute its  Liability to the  Indemnified  Party and that the  Indemnifying
Party  desires to defend the  Indemnified  Party with respect to the Third Party
Claim pursuant to this Article X, or if the Indemnifying Party gives such notice
but fails  diligently and promptly to prosecute or settle the Third Party Claim,
or if the  Indemnifying  Party  fails to give any notice  whatsoever  within the
Notice Period,  then the Indemnified Party will have the right to defend, at the
sole cost and expense of the  Indemnifying  Party,  the Third Party Claim by all
appropriate  proceedings,  which  proceedings  will be promptly  and  vigorously
prosecuted by the Indemnified  Party to a final conclusion or will be settled at
the discretion of the  Indemnified  Party (with the consent of the  Indemnifying
Party, which consent will not be withheld  unreasonably).  The Indemnified Party
will have full control of such defense and proceedings, including any compromise
or settlement thereof;  provided,  however, that if requested by the Indemnified
Party, the Indemnifying Party agrees, at the sole cost and expense of the

                                       43

<PAGE>


Indemnifying  Party, to cooperate with the Indemnified  Party and its counsel in
contesting any Third Party Claim which the Indemnified Party is contesting,  or,
if appropriate  and related to the Third Party Claim in question,  in making any
counterclaim  against  the  Person  asserting  the  Third  Party  Claim,  or any
cross-complaint  against any Person (other than the Indemnifying Party or any of
its  Affiliates).  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of this  Section
10.3(c),  if the  Indemnifying  Party has timely notified the Indemnified  Party
that the Indemnifying  Party disputes its Liability to the Indemnified Party and
if such  dispute  is  resolved  in favor  of the  Indemnifying  Party by  final,
nonappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction, the Indemnifying Party
will not be required to bear the costs and expenses of the  Indemnified  Party's
defense  pursuant  to  this  Section  10.3(c)  or of  the  Indemnifying  Party's
participation  therein at the Indemnified  Party's request,  and the Indemnified
Party will reimburse the  Indemnifying  Party in full for all costs and expenses
incurred by the  Indemnifying  Party in  connection  with such  litigation.  The
Indemnifying  Party  may  participate  in,  but  not  control,  any  defense  or
settlement controlled by the Indemnified Party pursuant to this Section 10.3(c),
and the Indemnifying  Party will bear its own costs and expenses with respect to
such participation.

     (d) At the Closing,  the Seller will provide the Purchaser  with the notice
required by Section 10.3(b) or 10.3(c) hereof with respect to each action, suit,
investigation,  or  proceeding  that is  described  in  clause  (ii) or (iii) of
Section  10.2(a)  hereof  and is in  existence  on the  Closing  Date  to  which
indemnification applies.

     10.4 After-Tax Damages. With respect to the indemnification  agreements set
forth in this Article X, the Seller and the Purchaser agree that:

     (a) the amount of any Tax refund actually  received,  and the amount of any
Tax reduction  actually  realized by any of the Seller,  the  Purchaser,  or the
Company after the Closing as a result of Damages  (including  without limitation
Taxes) for which any indemnification payment has been made or is then due by the
Seller  pursuant to Section  10.1,  10.2(a)  hereof will be promptly paid to the
Seller or offset against Damages then owed by the Seller hereunder; and

     (b) the amount of any Tax refund actually  received,  and the amount of any
Tax reduction actually realized,  by the Seller after the Closing as a result of
Damages  for which any  indemnification  payment has been made or is then due by
the Purchaser  pursuant to Section  10.2(b)  hereof will be promptly paid to the
Purchaser or offset against Damages then owed by the Purchaser hereunder.

   10.5 Assignment of Indemnification. Each of the Purchaser and the Company may
assign  its  rights to  indemnification  under  this  Article X to any direct or
indirect

                                       44

<PAGE>

transferee or transferees of all the Shares, and each such transferee shall have
the same rights to indemnification under this Article X as the Purchaser and the
Company.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                     WAIVER

     11.1 Senior Debt of Seller.  Heretofore,  Purchaser acquired from Trustmark
National Bank of Jackson,  Mississippi,  the Senior Debt of Seller.  Such Senior
Debt is  governed  by the  provisions  of a certain  loan  agreement  (the "Loan
Agreement") dated the 3rd day of May, 1993,  between Trustmark National Bank and
Seller.

     (a) In a Letter of Intent  between the Purchaser and Seller  executed on or
about March 6, 1995,  Purchaser  extended the maturity of the  aforesaid  Senior
Debt until the Closing or ninety (90) days following the  notification by either
party hereto to the other of the impossibility of Closing according to the terms
hereof. Subsequently, Purchaser waived until the maturity of the Senior Debt the
provisions of Section 4.01(v)(a) of the Loan Agreement.

     (b) Purchaser,  for the  consideration  herein stated,  herein confirms the
extension  of the  maturity  of the  aforesaid  Senior  Debt as set forth in the
Letter of Intent.  Further,  Purchaser confirms the waiver of Section 4.01(v)(a)
of the Loan  Agreement  and agrees to waive,  until the  maturity  of the Senior
Debt, Sections 4.01(b), (c), 4.02(a)(solely as related to Seller), (d)(solely as
related to Seller), and (f)(solely as related to Seller).

                                  ARTICLE XII

                                  TERMINATION

   12.1  Termination.  This  Agreement may be terminated,  and the  transactions
contemplated  hereby may be abandoned,  upon notice by the terminating  party to
the other party:

     (a) at any time before the  Closing,  by mutual  written  agreement  of the
Seller and the Purchaser; or

     (b) by the  Purchaser  effective  on the giving of written  notice from the
Purchaser to the Seller stating the Purchaser's disapproval of any aspect of the
Business or Condition of the Company (including,  without limitation, any aspect
disclosed  pursuant to the  information  included in the  Disclosure  Schedule);
provided,  that such written  notice must be received by the Seller with fifteen
(15) days after  delivery of the Disclosure  Schedule  pursuant to Section 5.19.
Delivery of the notice  provided in this Section  11.1(b) shall not be deemed to
create any express or implied

                                       45

<PAGE>

obligation  on the part of the  Purchaser to negotiate  concerning or to justify
its  termination  pursuant  to  this  Section,  such  termination  being  in the
Purchaser's sole and absolute discretion.

     (c) at any time by the Seller if any of the  covenants set forth in Article
VI shall have been breached or any of the  conditions  set forth in Article VIII
hereof  shall not have been  satisfied,  performed,  or  complied  with,  in any
material   respect,   at  or  before   the   Closing   Date  and  such   breach,
non-satisfaction,  non-performance,  or  non-compliance  has not  been  cured or
eliminated  within thirty (30) calendar days after notice thereof has been given
to the Purchaser,  provided that at the time of such  termination the Seller has
neither  breached  any of the  covenants  set forth in  Article V nor  failed to
satisfy,  perform, or comply with any of the conditions set forth in Article VII
hereof, in any material respect; or

     (d) at any  time by the  Purchaser  if any of the  covenants  set  forth in
Article V shall have been breached or any of the conditions set forth in Article
VII hereof shall not have been  satisfied,  performed,  or complied with, in any
material  respect,  before the Closing Date and such  breach,  non-satisfaction,
non-performance or non-compliance has not been cured or eliminated within thirty
(30)  days  after  notice  thereof  has  been  given  to the  Seller,  or if the
Disclosure Schedule is not delivered to the Purchaser within five (5) days after
the date hereof, or if the Disclosure Schedule or other information  provided to
the Purchaser  dis-closes any change in, or event, trend,  condition or state of
facts  of  any  character  that  individually  or in  the  aggregate  has or may
reasonably  be expected  to have a material  adverse  effect on the  Business or
Condition of the Company and such change,  event,  trend,  condition or state of
facts has not been cured or eliminated within ten (10) days after notice thereof
has been given to the Seller,  provided that at the time of such termination the
Purchaser has neither  breached any of the covenants set forth in Article VI nor
failed to satisfy,  perform,  or comply with any of the  conditions set forth in
Article VIII hereof, in any material respect; or

     (e) at any time after August 1, 1995,  by the Seller or the  Purchaser,  if
the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement have not been consummated on or
before  such date and such  failure to  consummate  is not caused by a breach of
this Agreement (or any representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement included
herein) by the party electing to terminate pursuant to this clause (e).

     12.2  Effect  of  Termination.  If this  Agreement  is  validly  terminated
pursuant to Section 11.1, this Agreement will  forth-with  become null and void,
and there will be no  Liability on the part of the Seller or the  Purchaser  (or
any of their respective officers, directors,  employees, agents, consultants, or
other  representatives),  except that the provisions relating to confidentiality
in Section 12.4 will continue to apply following any such termination; provided,
however,  that,  notwithstanding  anything in this Section to the  contrary,  no
party electing to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1 will be

                                       46

<PAGE>


relieved of any  Liability  for Damages that the electing  party may have to the
other party by reason of the electing  party's  breach of this Agreement (or any
representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement included herein).

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

     13.1 (a)  Default.  If  Purchaser  believes  there has been a default  with
respect  to one  or  more  of  the  representations,  warranties,  covenants  or
agreements  of Seller or the  Company in this  Agreement,  Purchaser  shall send
notice to Seller of such alleged default (which notice shall describe the nature
of such default, provide appropriate documentation (where available), and, where
clearly  determinable from the nature of the default,  the amount of the related
claim (including any consequential or incidental  damages) (a "Default Notice").
Thereupon,  the parties shall in good faith  attempt to informally  resolve such
default and agree upon the amount of such claim.

     (b)  Arbitration.  In the event that the parties  are unable to  informally
resolve a matter  which is the subject of a Default  Notice  under this  Section
13.1 within 45 days after  receipt of the notice,  either  party,  upon  written
notice to the other, may elect to submit the matter to arbitration in accordance
with the Commercial  Arbitration Rules of the American  Arbitration  Association
then in effect, except as otherwise provided herein.

     Arbitration shall be before a panel of three (3) neutral arbitrators expert
in the life insurance business.  Within ten (10) days of receipt of notice of an
election of  arbitration,  each party shall select an arbitrator  and notify the
other of such  party's  selection.  Within  ten (10)  days  thereafter,  the two
arbitrators  shall  select a third  arbitrator.  If they  fail to select a third
arbitrator,  then the  third  arbitrator  shall be  designated  by the  American
Arbitration Association.

     All Default Notice matters  subject to arbitration  under this Section 13.1
shall  take place in  Indianapolis,  Indiana.  All  awards  shall be made on the
majority vote of the arbitrators.  The  non-prevailing  party shall pay all fees
and  expenses  of  such  arbitration,  as well as the  reasonably  and  actually
incurred  attorneys'  fees  of  the  prevailing  party.  If  there  is no  clear
prevailing party, the arbitrators may award fees and expenses as they deem just.

     The award in the arbitration shall be final and binding on the parties, and
judgment may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction.

   13.2 Notices.  All notices and other communications under this Agreement must
be in  writing  and  will be  deemed  to have  been  duly  given  if  delivered,
telecopied or mailed, by certified mail, return receipt  requested,  first class
postage prepaid, to the parties at the following addresses:

                                       47

<PAGE>

   If to the Seller, to:

          Dixie National Corporation
          3760 I-55 North
          Jackson, Mississippi  39211
          Attention:  Robert B. Neal
          Telecopy:  (601)981-8076

          With a copy to:

          Wells, Moore Simmons & Neeld
          1300 Deposit Guaranty Plaza
          Jackson, Mississippi  39215-1970
          Attention:  James H. Neeld, III, Esq.
          Telecopy:  (601)355-5850

   If to the Purchaser, to:

          Standard Life Insurance Company of Indiana
          9100 Keystone Crossing, #600
          Indianapolis, Indiana  46240
          Attention:  Edward T. Stahl, Executive Vice President
          Telecopy:  (317)574-6227

   With a copy to:

          Brunini, Grantham, Grower & Hewes, P.L.L.C.
          1400 Trustmark Building
          248 E. Capitol Street
          Jackson, Mississippi  39201
          Attention:  Robert D. Drinkwater, Esq.
          Telecopy:  (601)960-6902

All notices and other communications  required or permitted under this Agreement
that  are  addressed  as  provided  in  this  Article  XII  will,  if  delivered
personally,  be deemed given upon delivery,  will, if delivered by telecopy,  be
deemed  delivered  when  confirmed  and will, if delivered by mail in the manner
described  above,  be deemed given on the third Business Day after the day it is
deposited in a regular depository of the United States mail. Any party from time
to time may  change  its  address  for the  purpose  of notices to that party by
giving a similar  notice  specifying a new  address,  but no such notice will be
deemed to have been given until it is actually  received by the party  sought to
be charged with the contents thereof.

   13.3 Entire  Agreement.  Except for documents  executed by the Seller and the
Purchaser pursuant hereto,  this Agreement  supersedes all prior discussions and
agreements

                                       48

<PAGE>

between the parties with respect to the subject  matter of this  Agreement,  and
this Agreement  (including the exhibits thereto,  the Disclosure  Schedule,  and
other  Contracts and documents  delivered in connection  herewith)  contains the
sole and entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject
matter hereof.

     13.4  Expenses.  Except as otherwise  expressly  provided in this Agreement
(including, without limitation, as provided in Article X and Section 12.2), each
of the  Seller  and the  Purchaser  will  pay  its own  costs  and  expenses  in
connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

     13.5  Public  Announcements.  At all times at or before  the  Closing,  the
Seller and the  Purchaser  will each consult  with the other  before  issuing or
making any reports,  statements,  or releases to the public with respect to this
Agreement  or the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  and will  use good  faith
efforts to agree on the text of a joint public report,  statement, or release or
will use good faith efforts to obtain the other party's  approval of the text of
any public report, statement, or release to be made solely on behalf of a party.
If the Seller  and the  Purchaser  are  unable to agree on or  approve  any such
public report,  statement, or release and such report, statement, or release is,
in  the  opinion  of  legal  counsel  to a  party,  required  by  Law  or may be
appropriate in order to discharge such party's disclosure obligations, then such
party may make or issue the legally required report,  statement, or release. Any
such report,  statement, or release approved or permitted to be made pursuant to
this  Section  may be  disclosed  or  otherwise  provided  by the  Seller or the
Purchaser  to any  Person,  including  without  limitation  to any  employee  or
customer of either party hereto and to any governmental or regulatory authority.

     13.6  Confidentiality.  Each of the Seller and the Purchaser will hold, and
will cause its respective officers,  directors,  employees, agents, consultants,
and other  representatives  to hold, in strict  confidence,  unless compelled to
disclose by judicial or administrative  process (including,  without limitation,
in connection  with  obtaining the  necessary  approval of insurance  regulatory
authorities)  or by other  requirements of Law, all  confidential  documents and
confidential information concerning the other party furnished to it by the other
party or such other party's officers, directors, employees, agents, consultants,
or  representatives  in  connection  with  this  Agreement  or the  transactions
contemplated hereby, except to the extent that such documents or information can
be shown to have been (a) previously  lawfully known by the party receiving such
documents  or  information,  (b) in the public  domain  through no fault of such
receiving party, or (c) later acquired by the receiving party from other sources
not themselves bound by, and in breach of, a confidentiality agreement.  Neither
the Seller  nor the  Purchaser  will  disclose  or  otherwise  provide  any such
confidential  documents or confidential  information to any other Person, except
to the  Purchaser's  lenders  and  investors  and to either  party's  respective
auditors,  actuaries,  attorneys,  financial advisors, and other consultants and
advisors  who need  such  documents  or  information  in  connection  with  this
Agreement and except as required by the provisions of Sections 5.1 and 6.1.

                                       49

<PAGE>


     13.7 Further Assurances. The Seller and the Purchaser agree that, from time
to time after the Closing,  upon the reasonable  request of the other, they will
cooperate  and will cause their  respective  Affiliates  to cooperate  with each
other to effect the orderly transition of the business,  operations, and affairs
of the Company.  Without  limiting the generality of the  foregoing,  the Seller
will give and will cause its Affiliates to give representatives of the Purchaser
reasonable  access to all Books and  Records of the  Seller  and its  Affiliates
reasonably  requested by the Purchaser in the  preparation  of any  post-Closing
financial statements, reports, or Tax Returns.

     13.8 Waiver.  Any term or condition of this  Agreement may be waived at any
time by the party that is entitled to the benefit  thereof.  Such waiver must be
in writing  and must be  executed  by the chief  executive  officer or the chief
operating  officer of such party. A waiver on one occasion will not be deemed to
be a waiver of the same or any other breach on a future occasion.  All remedies,
either under this Agreement, or by Law or otherwise afforded, will be cumulative
and not alternative.

     13.9 Amendment. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a writing
duly executed by or on behalf of the Seller and the Purchaser.


     13.10  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed  simultaneously in any
number of  counterparts,  each of which will be deemed an  original,  but all of
which will constitute one and the same instrument.


     13.11  No  Third  Party  Beneficiary.  The  terms  and  provisions  of this
Agreement are intended  solely for the benefit of the Seller and the  Purchaser,
and their respective  successors or assigns,  and it is not the intention of the
parties to confer third-party beneficiary rights upon any other Person.

     13.12  Governing  Law. THIS  AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF INDIANA  (EXCLUSIVE OF CONFLICTS OF LAW
PRINCIPLES) AND WILL, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT  PRACTICABLE,  BE DEEMED TO CALL FOR
PERFORMANCE IN MARION COUNTY,  INDIANA. COURTS WITHIN THE STATE OF INDIANA SHALL
HAVE JURISDICTION OVER ANY AND ALL DISPUTES BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO,  WHETHER
IN LAW OR EQUITY,  INCLUDING,  WITHOUT LIMITATION,  ANY AND ALL DISPUTES ARISING
OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE PARTIES HEREBY CONSENT TO AND AGREE TO
SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS.  VENUE IN ANY SUCH DISPUTE WHETHER IN
FEDERAL OR STATE COURT SHALL BE LAID IN MARION COUNTY, INDIANA.

     13.13 Binding Effect.  This Agreement is binding upon and will inure to the
benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

                                       50

<PAGE>
     13.14 Assignment.  Except as otherwise provided herein (including,  without
limitation,  as provided in Section 10.6), this Agreement or any right hereunder
or part hereof may not be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written
consent of the other party hereto.

     13.15 Headings, etc. The headings used in this Agreement have been inserted
for convenience  and do not constitute  matter to be construed or interpreted in
connection with this Agreement.

     13.16 Invalid Provisions.  If any provision of this Agreement is held to be
illegal,  invalid,  or unenforceable under any present or future Law, and if the
rights or obligations  of the Seller or the Purchaser  under this Agreement will
not be materially  and adversely  affected  thereby;  (a) such provision will be
fully  severable;  (b) this  Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such
illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a party hereof;
(c) the  remaining  provisions of this  Agreement  will remain in full force and
effect  and will not be  affected  by the  illegal,  invalid,  or  unenforceable
provision  or by its  severance  herefrom;  and (d) in  lieu  of  such  illegal,
invalid, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part
of this Agreement a legal, valid, and enforceable  provision as similar in terms
to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision as may be possible.


                                       51

<PAGE>


   IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by
the parties hereto, effective as of the date first written above.


                                     DIXIE NATIONAL CORPORATION


                                     By: /s/S.L. Reed, Jr.
                                     Name:  S.L. Reed, Jr.
                                     Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

                                     DIXIE NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                                     By: /s/Robert B. Neal
                                     Name:  Robert B. Neal
                                     Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


                                     STANDARD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF
                                    INDIANA


                                     By: /s/Ronald D. Hunter
                                     Name:  Ronald D. Hunter
                                     Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer




                                       52

<PAGE>


                                                                       Exhibit A


                     DEFINITIONS OF TERMS


     "Adjusted  Capital  and  Surplus"  as of any date shall mean the  Company's
statutory capital and surplus as of such date,  adjusted pursuant to the Formula
set forth on Exhibit B hereto and determined based on SAP  consistently  applied
throughout the specified period and in the immediately prior comparable period.

     "Affiliate" shall mean any Person that directly,  or indirectly through one
or more intermediaries,  controls,  is controlled by, or is under common control
with the Person specified.


     "Agreement"  shall mean this Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  together with the
exhibits and the  Disclosure  Schedule  attached  hereto,  and the Contracts and
other documents to be executed and delivered  respectively by Seller and Company
pursuant hereto.

     "Annual  Statement"  shall mean any annual  statement of the Company  filed
with  or  submitted  to the  insurance  regulatory  authority  in the  State  of
Mississippi on forms prescribed or permitted by such authority.

     "Assets and Properties"  shall mean all assets or properties of every kind,
nature,  character,  and description (whether real,  personal,  or mixed whether
tangible  or  intangible,  whether  absolute,  accrued,  contingent,  fixed,  or
otherwise,  and  wherever  situated)  as now  operated,  owned,  or  leased by a
specified  Person,   including   without   limitation  cash,  cash  equivalents,
securities,  accounts and notes receivable,  real estate, equipment,  furniture,
fixtures, insurance or annuities in force, goodwill, and going-concern value.

     "AVR" shall mean the asset valuation reserve required to be established and
maintained by the Company at any particular date,  calculated in accordance with
SAP.

     "Benefit Plans" shall mean all Employee Pension Benefit Plans, all Employee
Welfare Benefit Plans,  all stock bonus,  stock ownership,  stock option,  stock
purchase,  stock  appreciation  rights,  phantom  stock,  and other  stock plans
(whether qualified or nonqualified),  and all other pension, welfare, severance,
retirement,  bonus, deferred  compensation,  incentive  compensation,  insurance
(whether life, accident and health, or other and whether key man, group, workers
compensation,  or other),  profit sharing,  disability,  thrift, day care, legal
services,  leave of absence,  layoff,  and supplemental or excess benefit plans,
and all other benefit Contracts,  arrangements,  or procedures having the effect
of a plan,  in each case  existing on or before the Closing Date under which the
Company is or may hereafter  become obligated in any manner  (including  without
limitation  obligations to make contributions or other payments) and which cover
some or all of the present or former

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
officers,   directors,   employees,   agents,   consultants,  or  other  similar
representatives  providing  services to or for the Company;  provided,  however,
that such term shall not include (a) routine employment  policies and procedures
developed  and applied in the ordinary  course of business and  consistent  with
past practice,  including without limitation sick leave,  vacation,  and holiday
policies, and (b) directors and officers liability insurance.

     "Books and Records" shall mean all accounting,  financial  reporting,  Tax,
business, marketing, corporate, and other files, documents, instruments, papers,
books, and records of a specified Person, including without limitation financial
statements,  budgets,  projections,  ledgers, journals, deeds, titles, policies,
manuals,  minute books,  stock  certificates and books,  stock transfer ledgers,
Contracts,  franchises,  permits,  agency lists,  policyholder  lists,  supplier
lists, reports, computer files, retrieval programs, operating data or plans, and
environmental studies or plans.

     "Business Day" shall mean a day other than Saturday,  Sunday, or any day on
which the principal  commercial  banks located in the City of  Indianapolis  are
authorized or obligated to close under the Laws of the State of Indiana.

     "Business or Condition" shall mean the organization,  existence, authority,
capitalization,  business,  licenses,  condition (financial or otherwise),  cash
flow, management,  sales force, solvency,  prospects, SAP results of operations,
insurance or annuities in force, SAP capital and surplus, MSVR, Liabilities,  or
Assets and Properties of a specified Person.

     "Claim  Notice" shall mean written  notification  of a Third Party Claim by
and  Indemnified  Party to an  Indemnifying  Party pursuant to Section  10.3(a),
enclosing a copy of all papers served, if any.

     "Closing" shall mean the closing of the  transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement as provided in Section 2.4.

     "Closing  Adjusted  Capital and Surplus" shall have the meaning ascribed to
in Section 2.3 hereof.

     "Closing  Date" shall mean the earlier of (a) the fifth  Business  Day next
following  the  satisfaction  to all  conditions  to  Seller's  and  Purchaser's
obligations,  or (b) such other date as the  Purchaser  and Seller may  mutually
agree upon in writing.

     "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended  (including
without   limitation  any  successor   code),  and  the  rules  and  regulations
promulgated thereunder.

     "Common  Stock"  shall have the meaning  ascribed to it in the  preamble of
this Agreement.

                                      A-2

<PAGE>


     "Damages"  shall mean any and all  monetary  damages,  Liabilities,  fines,
fees,  penalties,  interest  obligations,  deficiencies,  losses,  and  expenses
(including  without  limitation  punitive,  treble,  or other exemplary or extra
contractual damages, amounts paid in settlement, interest, court costs, costs of
investigation, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants, actuaries, and other
experts,  and  other  expenses  of  litigation  or of  any  claim,  default,  or
assessment).

     "Dixie   Convertible   Subordinated   Notes"  shall  mean  the  outstanding
subordinated convertible notes dated May 1, 1993, issued by Seller.

     "Disclosure  Schedule" shall mean the bound record dated the effective date
of this  Agreement,  furnished by Seller to the  Purchaser,  and  containing all
lists,  descriptions,  exceptions,  and other  information  and materials as are
required to be included therein pursuant to this Agreement.

     "Employee  Pension  Benefit Plan" shall mean each employee  pension benefit
plan (whether or not insured),  as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, which is or
was in  existence  on or before the Closing  Date and to which the Company is or
may hereafter become obligated in any manner as an employer.

     "Employee  Welfare  Benefit Plan" shall mean each employee  welfare benefit
plan (whether or not insured),  as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, which is or
was in  existence  on or before the Closing  Date and to which the Company is or
may hereafter become obligated in any manner as an employer.

     "ERISA" shall mean the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended  (including  without  limitation  any successor  act), and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.

     "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean any Person under common control (as defined in
Section 414 of the Code) with the Company.

     "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted  accounting  principles,  consistently
applied  throughout the specified period and in the immediately prior comparable
period.

     "IMR"  shall  mean  the  interest   maintenance   reserve  required  to  be
established and maintained by the Company at any particular date,  calculated in
accordance with SAP.

     "Indemnified Party" shall mean a Person claiming indemnification under this
Agreement.

     "Indemnifying   Party"   shall  mean  a  Person   against  whom  claims  of
indemnification are being asserted under this Agreement.

                                      A-3

<PAGE>



     "IRS"  shall  mean  the  United  States  Internal  Revenue  Service  or any
successor agency.

     "Laws" shall mean all laws, statutes,  ordinances,  regulations,  and other
pronouncements  having the effect of law in the United  States of  America,  any
foreign country, or any domestic or foreign state, province, commonwealth, city,
country,  municipality,  territory,  protectorate,  possession, court, tribunal,
agency,  government,  department,  commission,  arbitrator,  board,  bureau,  or
instrumentality thereof.

     "Liabilities" shall mean all debts, obligations, and other liabilities of a
Person (whether absolute, accrued,  contingent,  fixed, or otherwise, or whether
due or to become due).

     "Lien" shall mean any  mortgage,  pledge,  assessment,  security  interest,
lease, sublease,  lien, adverse claim, levy, charge, or other encumbrance of any
kind, or any  conditional  sale Contract,  title  retention  Contract,  or other
Contract to give or to refrain from giving any of the foregoing.

     "Market  Value" shall mean the value at which any Assets or  Properties  of
the  Company  would be sold in an arm's  length  transaction  between  a willing
seller and a willing purchaser, neither of whom was under any obligation to sell
or purchase such Assets or Properties.  The Market Value of securities for which
quotes are available in The Wall Street Journal shall be determined by reference
to the Closing Bid price for such Assets and  Properties  as quoted in the final
edition of the Wall Street  Journal on the Closing Date;  and for securities for
which a quoted  price  is not  available,  by a  securities  firm of  recognized
national standing mutually  acceptable to the parties.  In the event the parties
cannot agree upon the Market Value of any specific  Assets or  Properties of the
Company,  such Assets and Properties shall be sold within five (5) Business Days
after the Closing Date,  and the Market Value shall be the amount  realized upon
the sale of such Assets and Properties.

     "Non-Admitted  Assets" shall mean any assets of the Company  required to be
reported  as "assets  not  admitted"  on Exhibit 13 of any Annual  Statement  or
Quarterly Statement filed by the Company.

     "Notice Period" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 10.3(a).

     "PBGC"  shall mean the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  established
under ERISA.

     "Prime  Rate" shall mean the prime  commercial  interest  rate as quoted by
Trustmark National Bank at its main offices as its prime rate as of the date the
principal liability accrued.

     "Purchaser"  shall have the meaning  ascribed to it in the preamble of this
Agreement.

                                      A-4

<PAGE>
     "Quarterly  Statement"  shall mean any  quarterly  statement of the Company
filed with or submitted to the  insurance  regulatory  authority in the State of
Mississippi on forms prescribed or permitted by such authority.

     "SAP" shall mean the  accounting  practices  required or  permitted  by the
National  Association of Insurance  Commissioners  and the insurance  regulatory
authority  in the State of  Mississippi,  consistently  applied  throughout  the
specified period and in the immediately prior comparable period.

     "SAP Statements" shall mean the Annual  Statements,  Quarterly  Statements,
and other  financial  statements and  presentations  of the Company  prepared in
accordance with SAP and delivered to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement.

     "Seller"  shall have the  meaning  ascribed  to it in the  preamble of this
Agreement and shall include the Company, unless the context otherwise requires.

     "Senior Debt" shall mean that certain promissory note of Seller in favor of
Trustmark  National  Bank  dated  May 3, 1993 in the  principal  amount of Three
Million Six Hundred  Eighty-Eight  Thousand Seven Hundred  Forty-Six Dollars and
34/100 ($3,688,746.34), which was sold to Purchaser on November 7, 1994.

     "Shares" shall have the  meaning  ascribed to it  in the preamble  of  this
Agreement.

     "SMC" shall mean Standard Management Corporation.

     "Taxes"  shall mean all taxes,  charges,  fees,  levies,  or other  similar
assessments or Liabilities, including without limitation income, gross receipts,
ad valorem, premium, excise, real property,  personal property, windfall profit,
sales, use, transfer, licensing,  withholding,  employment,  payroll, Phase III,
and franchise taxes imposed by the United States of America or any state, local,
or foreign government, or any subdivision agency, or other similar Person of the
United States or any such government;  and such term shall include any interest,
fines, penalties,  assessments, or additions to tax resulting from, attributable
to, or  incurred  in  connection  with any such tax or any  contest  or  dispute
thereof.

     "Tax Claim" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 10.1(b).

     "Tax Returns" shall mean any report,  return, or other information required
to be supplied to a taxing authority in connection with Taxes.

     "Third  Party  Claim"  shall  have the  meaning  ascribed  to it in Section
10.3(a).

     "Work  Papers" shall mean all  summaries,  calculations,  compilations  and
similar written  documentation derived from the accounts of the Company and used
or prepared by  accountants  in the process of  computing  Adjusted  Capital and
Surplus.

                                      A-5

<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                            FORMULA FOR DETERMINING
                    ADJUSTED CAPITAL AND SURPLUS OF COMPANY
                             AS OF THE CLOSING DATE
                           PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.3(b)

     The  Adjusted  Capital and Surplus of the Company on the Closing Date shall
be determined as follows (the "Formula"):

     1. SAP Capital  and Surplus as of the month end prior to the Closing  Date,
PLUS:

     2. The  present  value of the IMR of the  Company on the month end prior to
the Closing Date, discounted at the rate of 4.0% per annum; PLUS:

     3. The AVR held by the Company as of the month end prior to Closing Date.






















                                      B-1

<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT C

                    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF OFFICER OF SELLER


     At the Closing,  the Seller shall deliver to the  Purchaser a  certificate,
dated the  Closing  Date,  executed  by the  Chief  Executive  Officer  or Chief
Financial Officer of the Seller, to the following effect:

     Pursuant to the  provisions of Section 7.3 of that certain  Stock  Purchase
Agreement  dated April 18, 1995 (the  "Agreement")  by and among Dixie  National
Corporation  (the  "Seller"),   Dixie  National  Life  Insurance   Company  (the
"Company") and Standard Life Insurance Company of Indiana (the "Purchaser"), and
relating to the  purchase  and sale of  1,489,904  shares of the common  capital
stock of the  Company  (the  "Stock")  by the  Seller to the  Purchaser,  I, the
undersigned [Chief Executive  Officer/Chief  Financial Officer] of the Seller do
hereby certify to the Purchaser as follows:

     1. That I am the duly  elected  [Chief  Executive  Officer/Chief  Financial
Officer]  of the  Seller,  and in that  capacity  have the  requisite  power and
authority to execute and deliver this  certificate  on behalf of the Seller and,
as appropriate, the Company;

     2. That the  representations  and  warranties of the Seller and the Company
made in  connection  with the Agreement and contained in Article III thereof and
in the  Disclosure  Schedule  attached to the Agreement  and the  certifications
given pursuant to Section 5.5(c) of the Agreement are true and correct as of the
date of this  certificate as though made by the Seller and the Company on and as
of the date, whether or not they were untrue or incorrect prior to such date;

     3. That the Seller and the Company have each  performed  and complied  with
all agreements,  covenants, obligations and conditions required by the Agreement
to be so  performed  or  complied  with by the Seller  and/or the  Company at or
before the Closing,  including those specifically  referred to in Articles V and
VII of the Agreement; and

     4.  That all of the  conditions  to the  obligations  of the  Purchaser  to
purchase  the Stock from the Seller  set forth in Article  VII of the  Agreement
have fulfilled.

                                      C-1

<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT D

                       FORM OF SELLER'S COUNSEL'S OPINION


     At the  Closing,  Seller  shall  deliver to  Purchaser  the  opinion of its
counsel, Wells, Moore Simmons & Neeld, to the following effect:

     1. The Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the State of Mississippi and has full corporate power
and  authority  to  enter  into  the  Agreement  and  perform  its   obligations
thereunder.

     2. The Company is an insurance company duly organized, validly existing and
in good  standing  under  the  laws of the  State  of  Mississippi,  and is duly
licensed,  qualified or admitted to do business  and is in good  standing in all
jurisdictions  listed on Section 3.1 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  and has full
corporate  power and  authority  to enter into the  Agreement  and  perform  its
obligations thereunder.

     3. The  execution  and  delivery  of the  Agreement  by the  Seller and the
Company and the performance of their respective obligations thereunder have been
duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the
Seller and the  Company,  and the  Agreement  constitutes  the legal,  valid and
binding obligation of the Seller and the Company and is enforceable against each
of them in accordance with its terms,  except to the extent that (a) enforcement
may be  limited by or subject  to any  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,
moratorium  or other  similar  Laws now or  hereafter  in effect  relating to or
limiting creditors' rights generally and (b) the remedy of specific  performance
and  injunctive  and other  forms of  equitable  relief  are  subject to certain
equitable  defenses and to the  discretion  of the court or other Person  before
which any such proceeding therefor may be brought.

     4. The  authorized  capital stock of the Company is as set forth in Section
3.3 of the  Agreement;  all of such shares are validly  issued and  outstanding,
fully  paid  and   nonassessable,   and  1,489,904  of  such  shares  are  owned
beneficially and of record by the Seller, free and clear of all Liens, except as
may be disclosed  in Section 3.3 of the  Disclosure  Schedule;  and there are no
securities,  obligations,  rights, subscriptions,  warrants, options, charter or
founders insurance  policies,  phantom stock rights, or Contracts of any kind of
the Company  which are subject of any rights or options of the nature  described
in Section 3.3 of the Agreement.

     5. The  execution  and  delivery  of the  Agreement  by the  Seller and the
Company  does not,  and the  performance  by the Seller and the Company of their
respective  obligations  under the agreement will not,  subject to obtaining the
approvals contemplated by Sections 5.1 and 6.1 of the Agreement, (a) violate any
term or  provisions  of any Law or any writ,  judgment,  decree,  injunction  or
similar order applicable to the Seller or the Company; (b)

                                      D-1

<PAGE>


conflict  with or result in a  violation  or breach of, or  constitute  (with or
without  notice or lapse of time or both) a  default  under,  any of the  terms,
conditions,  or provisions of the articles or  certificate of  incorporation  or
Bylaws of the Seller or the Company; (c) result in the creation or imposition of
any Lien upon the Seller,  the Company,  or any of their  respective  Assets and
Properties that individually or in the aggregate with any other Liens has or may
reasonably  be expected  to have a material  adverse  effect on the  validity or
enforceability of the Agreement,  on the ability of the Seller or the Company to
perform their respective obligations under the Agreement,  or on the Business or
Condition  of the Seller or the  Company;  of (d)  conflict  with or result in a
violation or breach of, or constitute  (with or without  notice or lapse of time
or both) a  default  under,  or give to any  Person  any  right of  termination,
cancellation,  acceleration, or modification in or with respect to, any Contract
to  which  the  Seller  or the  Company  is a party  or by  which  any of  their
respective Assets or Properties may be bound and as to which any such conflicts,
violations,  breaches,  defaults or rights individually or in the aggregate have
or may reasonably be expected to have a material  adverse effect on the validity
or enforceability of the Agreement,  on the ability of the Seller or the Company
to perform its respective obligations under the Agreement, or on the Business or
Condition of the Seller or the Company.

     6. Any consent,  approval, order or authorization of, or any waiting period
imposed by any regulatory  authority  under federal or state law,  including the
laws of the State of  Mississippi  and the State of Indiana,  which  require the
Seller or the Company to obtain any consent, approval, or action of, or make any
filing with or give any notice to, any person  except those which the failure to
obtain,  make,  or give  individually  or in the  aggregate  with any other such
failures has or may reasonably be expected to have no material adverse effect on
the validity or enforceability of the Agreement, or in the Business or Condition
of the Seller or the Company,  in connection  with the execution and delivery of
the  Agreement  and the  performance  by the  Seller  and the  Company  of their
respective  obligations under the Agreement has been obtained or, in the case of
any such waiting period, has expired.

     7. To such counsel's actual knowledge,  except as disclosed in Section 3.13
of the Disclosure  Schedule:  (a) there are no actions,  suits investigations or
proceedings  pending or  threatened  against the Seller or the Company or any of
their respective Assets and properties,  at law or in equity,  in, before, or by
any Person that  individually  or in the  aggregate  have or may  reasonably  be
expected to have a material adverse effect on the validity or  enforceability of
the  Agreement,  on the  ability of the Seller or the  Company to perform  their
respective  obligations under the Agreement,  or on the Business or Condition of
the Seller or the  Company;  and (b) there are no writs,  judgments,  decrees or
similar  orders of any Person  restraining,  enjoining or  otherwise  preventing
consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.

                                      D-2

<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT E

                  FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF OFFICER OF PURCHASER


     At the Closing,  the Purchaser  shall deliver to the Seller a  certificate,
dated the  Closing  Date,  executed  by the  Chief  Executive  Officer  or Chief
Financial Officer of the Purchaser, to the following effect:

     Pursuant to the  provisions of Section 8.3 of that certain  Stock  Purchase
Agreement  dated April 18, 1995 (the  "Agreement")  by and among Dixie  National
Corporation  (the  "Seller"),   Dixie  National  Life  Insurance   Company  (the
"Company") and Standard Life Insurance Company of Indiana (the "Purchaser"), and
relating to the  purchase  and sale of  1,489,904  shares of the common  capital
stock of the  Company  (the  "Stock")  by the  Seller to the  Purchaser,  I, the
undersigned [Chief Executive  Officer/Chief  Financial Officer] of the Purchaser
do hereby certify to the Seller as follows:

     1. That I am the duly  elected  [Chief  Executive  Officer/Chief  Financial
Officer] of the  Purchaser,  and in that capacity  have the requisite  power and
authority to execute and deliver this certificate on behalf of the Purchaser;

     2. That the  representations  and warranties of the Purchaser in connection
with the  Agreement  and contained in Article IV thereof are true and correct as
of the date of this certificate as though made by the Purchaser on and as of the
date, whether or not they were untrue or incorrect prior to such date;

     3. That the  Purchaser  has  performed  and complied  with all  agreements,
covenants,  obligations  and  conditions  required  by  the  Agreement  to be so
performed or complied with by the Purchaser at or before the Closing,  including
those specifically referred to in Articles VI and VIII of the Agreement; and

     4.  That all of the  conditions  to the  obligations  of Seller to sell the
Stock to the  Purchaser  set forth in Article  VIII of the  Agreement  have been
fulfilled.

                                      E-1

<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT F

                     FORM OF PURCHASER'S COUNSEL'S OPINION


     At the  Closing,  Purchaser  shall  deliver  to Seller  the  opinion of its
counsel, Brunini, Grantham, Grower and Hewes, P.L.L.C., to the following effect:

     1. The  Purchaser  is a life  insurance  company  duly  organized,  validly
existing  and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of Indiana  and has
full  corporate  power and authority to enter into the Agreement and perform its
obligations thereunder.

     2. The  execution  and delivery of the  Agreement by the  Purchaser and the
performance of its obligations  thereunder have been duly and validly authorized
by all  necessary  corporate  action  on the  part  of the  Purchaser,  and  the
Agreement  constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Purchaser
and is enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with the terms, except to
the extent that (a)  enforcement may be limited by or subject to any bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium,  or similar  Laws now or  hereafter in
effect relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally and (b) the remedy of
specific  performance  and  injunctive  and other forms of equitable  relief are
subject to certain  equitable  defenses  and to the  discretion  of the court or
other similar Person before which any such proceeding therefor may be brought.

     3. The execution  and delivery of the Agreement by the Purchaser  does not,
and the performance by the Purchaser of its obligations under the Agreement will
not, subject to obtaining the approvals  contemplated by Sections 5.1 and 6.1 of
the  Agreement,  (a)  violate  any term or  provisions  of any Law or any  writ,
judgment,  decree,  injunction or similar order applicable to the Purchaser; (b)
conflict  with or result in a  violation  or breach of, or  constitute  (with or
without  notice or lapse of time or both) a  default  under,  any of the  terms,
conditions,  or provisions of the articles or  certificate of  incorporation  or
Bylaws of the  Purchaser;  (c) result in the creation or  imposition of any Lien
upon the Purchaser or any of its Assets and Properties  that  individually or in
the aggregate  with any other Liens has or may  reasonably be expected to have a
material adverse effect on the validity or enforceability of the Agreement or on
the ability of the  Purchaser  to perform  its  obligations  thereunder;  or (d)
conflict  with or result in a  violation  or breach of, or  constitute  (with or
without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give any Person any
right of  termination,  cancellation,  acceleration,  or modification in or with
respect to, any  Contract to which the  purchaser  is a party or by which any of
its  Assets  or  Properties  may be bound  and as to which  any such  conflicts,
violations,  breaches,  defaults or rights individually or in the aggregate have
or may reasonably be expected to have a material  adverse effect on the validity
or enforceability of the Agreement or on the ability of the Purchaser to perform
its obligations under the Agreement.

                                      F-1

<PAGE>
     4. Any consent,  approval, order or authorization of, or any waiting period
imposed by any regulatory  authority  under federal or state law,  including the
laws of the State of  Mississippi  and the State of Indiana,  which  require the
Purchaser to obtain any consent,  approval or action of, or make any filing with
or give any  notice to, any Person  except  those  which the  failure to obtain,
make, or give  individually or in the aggregate with any other such failures has
or may be  expected  to have no  material  adverse  effect  on the  validity  or
enforceability  of the  Agreement or on the ability of the  Purchaser to perform
its obligations  thereunder in connection with the execution and delivery of the
Agreement and the performance by the Purchaser of its obligations thereunder has
been obtained or, in the case of any such waiting period, has expired.






                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX B

                           ARTICLE 13 OF MISSISSIPPI
                            BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT


Section 79-4-13.01.  Definitions

In this article:

     (1)  "Corporation"  means the issuer of the shares held by a dissenter
     before the corporate action, or the surviving or acquiring corporation
     by merger or share exchange of that issuer.

     (2)  "Dissenter"  means a shareholder  who is entitled to dissent from
     corporate action under Section 79-4-13.02 and who exercises that right
     when  and in the  manner  required  by  Sections  79-04-13.20  through
     79-4-13.28.

     (3) "Fair  value," with  respect to a  dissenter's  shares,  means the
     value  of  the  shares  immediately  before  the  effectuation  of the
     corporate  action  to  which  the  dissenter  objects,  excluding  any
     appreciation or  depreciation in anticipation of the corporate  action
     unless exclusion would be inequitable.

     (4) "Interest" means interest from the effective date of the corporate
     action until the date of payment,  at the average rate  currently paid
     by the  corporation on its principal bank loans, or if none, at a rate
     that is fair and equitable under all the circumstances.

     (5)  "Record  shareholder"  means the person in whose name  shares are
     registered in the records of a corporation or the beneficial  owner of
     shares to the extent of the rights granted by a nominee certificate on
     file with a corporation.

     (6)  "Beneficial  shareholder"  means the person  who is a  beneficial
     owner of shares  held in a voting  trust or by a nominee as the record
     shareholder.

     (7)  "Shareholder"  means the  record  shareholder  or the  beneficial
     shareholder.

Section 79-4-13.02.  Right to dissent.

(a) A shareholder  is entitled to dissent from,  and obtain  payment of the fair
value of his shares in the event of, any of the following corporate actions:

     (1)  Consummation  of a plan of merger to which the  corporation  is a
     party  (i) if  shareholder  approval  is  required  for the  merger by
     Section   79-4-11.03  of  the  articles  of   incorporation   and  the
     shareholder is entitled to vote on the merger, or

                                                1
<PAGE>
     (ii) if the corporation is a subsidiary that is merged with its parent
     under Section 79-4-11.04;

     (2)  Consummation of a plan of share exchange to which the corporation
     is a party as the  corporation  whose shares will be acquired,  if the
     shareholder is entitled to vote on the plan;

     (3) Consummation of a sale or exchange of all, or  substantially  all,
     of the property of the corporation other than in the usual and regular
     course of  business,  if the share  holder is  entitled to vote on the
     sale or exchange, including a sale in dissolution, but not including a
     sale  pursuant to court order or a sale for cash pursuant to a plan by
     which all or substantially all of the net proceeds of the sale will be
     distributed to the shareholders  within one (1) year after the date of
     sale;

     (4) An amendment of the articles of incorporation  that materially and
     adversely  affects  rights in respect of a dissenter's  shares because
     it:

          (i) Alters or abolishes a preferential right of the shares;

          (ii)  Creates,  alters or  abolishes  a right in  respect of
          redemption,  including a provision respecting a sinking fund
          for the redemption or repurchase, of the shares;

          (iii) Alters or  abolishes a preemptive  right of the holder
          of the shares to acquire shares or other securities;

          (iv)  Excludes or limits the rights of the shares to vote on
          any matter, or to cumulate votes, other than a limitation by
          dilution through issuance of shares or other securities with
          similar voting rights; or

          (v) Reduces the number of shares owned by the shareholder to
          a fraction of a share if the fraction share so created is to
          be acquired for cash under Section 79-4-6.04; or

     (5) Any corporate action taken pursuant to s a shareholder vote to the
     extent the articles of  incorporation,  by laws or a resolution of the
     board of directors provides that voting or nonvoting  shareholders are
     entitled to dissent and obtain payment for their shares.

(b) Nothing in subsection (a)(4) shall entitle a shareholder of a corporation to
dissent  and obtain  payment of his  shares as a result of an  amendment  of the
articles of incorporation  exclusively for the purpose of either (i) making such
corporation subject to application of the Mississippi Control Share Act, or (ii)
making such act inapplicable to a control share acquisition of such corporation.

(c) A  shareholder  entitled to dissent and obtain  payment for his shares under
this article may not  challenge the corporate  action  creating his  entitlement
unless the action is unlawful or fraudulent  with respect to the  shareholder of
the corporation.

                                       2
<PAGE>
Section 79-4-13.03.  Dissent by nominees and beneficial owners.

(a) A record  shareholder may assert dissenters' rights as to fewer than all the
shares  registered  in his name only if he dissents  with  respect to all shares
beneficially  owned by any one person and notifies the corporation in writing of
the name and  address  of each  person on whose  behalf he  asserts  dissenters'
rights.  The rights of a partial  dissenter under this subsection are determined
as if the shares as to which he dissents and his other shares were registered in
the names of different shareholders.

(b) A beneficial  shareholder may assert dissenters' rights as to shares held on
his behalf only if:

     (1) He submits to the  corporation  the record  shareholder's  written
     consent  to the  dissent  not  later  than  the  time  the  beneficial
     shareholder asserts dissenters' rights; and

     (2)  He  does  so  with  respect  to all  shares  of  which  he is the
     beneficial shareholder or over which he has power to direct the vote.

Section 79-4-13.20.  Notice of dissenters' rights.

(a) If proposed  corporate  action  creating  dissenters'  rights under  Section
79-4-13.02 is submitted to a vote at a shareholders' meeting, the meeting notice
must state that shareholders are or may be entitled to assert dissenters' rights
under this article and be accompanied by a copy of this article.

(b) If corporate action creating  dissenters' rights under Section 79-4-13.02 is
taken without a vote or  shareholders,  the corporation  shall notify in writing
all shareholders entitled to assert dissenters' rights that the action was taken
and send them the dissenters' notice described in Section 79-4-13.22.

Section 79-4-13.21.  Notice of intent to demand payment.

(a) If proposed  corporate  action  creating  dissenters'  rights under  Section
79-4-13.02 is submitted to a vote at a shareholders'  meeting, a shareholder who
wishes to assert  dissenters'  rights (1) must deliver to the corporation before
the vote is taken written  notice of his intent to demand payment for his shares
if the proposed action is effectuated, and (2) must not vote his shares in favor
of the proposed action.

(b) A shareholder  who does not satisfy the requirement of subsection (a) is not
entitled to payment for his shares under this article.

                                       3
<PAGE>
Section 79-4-13.22  Dissenters' notice.

(a) If proposed  corporate  action  creating  dissenters'  rights under  Section
79-4-13.02 is authorized  at a  shareholders'  meeting,  the  corporation  shall
deliver a written  dissenters'  notice to all  shareholders  who  satisfied  the
requirements of Section 79-4-13.21.

(b) The  dissenters'  notice  must be sent no later than ten (10) days after the
corporate action was taken, and must:

     (1) State  where the  payment  demand  must be sent and where and when
     certificates for certificated shares must be deposited;

     (2) Inform holders of uncertificated shares to what extent transfer of
     the shares will be restricted after the payment demand is received;

     (3) Supply a form for demanding  payment that includes the date of the
     first  announcement  to news media or to  shareholders of the terms of
     the proposed  corporate  action and required that the person asserting
     dissenters'  rights  certify  whether  or not he  acquired  beneficial
     ownership of the shares before that date;

     (4) Set a date by which  the  corporation  must  receive  the  payment
     demand,  which  date may not be fewer than  thirty  (30) nor more than
     sixty (60) days after the date the subsection (a) notice is delivered;
     and

     (5) Be accompanied by a copy of this article.

Section 79-4-13.23.  Duty to demand payment.

(a) A shareholder sent a dissenters' notice described in Section 79-4-13.22 must
demand payment,  certify whether he acquired beneficial  ownership of the shares
before the date required to be set forth in the  dissenter's  notice pursuant to
Section  79-4-13.22(b)(3),  and deposit his  certificates in accordance with the
terms of the notice.

(b) The shareholder who demands payment and deposits his shares under subsection
(a) retains all other rights of a shareholder until these rights are canceled or
modified by the taking of the proposed corporate action.

(c) A shareholder who does not demand payment or deposit his share  certificates
where required,  each by the date set in the dissenters' notice, is not entitled
to payment of his shares under this article.

                                       4
<PAGE>
Section 79-4-13.24.  Share restrictions.

(a) The Corporation may restrict the transfer of uncertificated  shares from the
date the  demand for their  payment is  received  until the  proposed  corporate
action is taken or the restrictions released under Section 79-4-13.26.

(b) The person for whom  dissenters'  rights are  asserted as to  uncertificated
shares  retains  all other  rights of a share  holder  until  these  rights  are
canceled or modified by the taking of the proposed corporate action.

Section 79-4-13.25.  Payment.

(a) Except as provided in Section 79-4-13.27,  as soon as the proposed corporate
action is taken, or upon receipt of a payment demand,  the corporation shall pay
each dissenter who complied with Section  79-4-13.23 the amount the  corporation
estimates to be the fair value of his shares, plus accrued interest.

(b) The payment must be accompanied by:

     (1) The  corporation's  balance  sheet as of the end of a fiscal  year
     ending not more than sixteen  (16) months  before the date of payment,
     an  income  statement  of r that  year,  a  statement  of  changes  in
     shareholders'  equity for that year, and the latest available  interim
     financial statements, if any;

     (2) A statement  of the  corporation's  estimates of the fair value of
     the shares;

     (3) An explanation of how the interest was calculated;

     (4) A  statement  of the  dissenters'  right to demand  payment  under
     Section 79-4-13.28; and

     (5) A copy of this article.

Section 79-4-13.26.  Failure to take action.

(a) If the corporation does not taken the proposed action within sixty (60) days
after the date set for demanding payment and depositing share certificates,  the
corporation  shall return the  deposited  certificates  and release the transfer
restrictions imposed on uncertificated shares.

(b)  If  after  returning   deposited   certificates   and  releasing   transfer
restrictions,  the  corporation  takes the proposed  action,  it must send a new
dissenters'  notice  under  Section  79-4-13.22  and repeat the  payment  demand
procedure.

                                       5
<PAGE>
Section 79-4-13.27.  After-acquired shares.

(a) A corporation may elect to withhold payment  required by Section  79-4-13.25
from a dissenter  unless he was the  beneficial  owner of the shares  before the
date set forth in the dissenters'  notice as the date of the first  announcement
to news media or to shareholders of the terms of the proposed corporate action.

(b) To the extent the corporation  elects to withhold  payment under  subsection
(a),  after taking the proposed  corporate  action,  it shall estimate the faire
value of the shares,  plus  accrued  interest  and shall pay this amount to each
dissenter  who  agrees to  accept it in full  satisfaction  of his  demand.  The
corporation  shall send with its offer a statement  of its  estimate of the fair
value of the shares,  an  explanation  of how the interest was  calculated and a
statement of the dissenter's right to demand payment under Section 79-4-13.28.

Section  79-4-13.28.  Procedure if a  shareholder  dissatisfied  with payment or
offer.

(a) A dissenter may notify the corporation in writing of his own estimate of the
fair value of his shares and amount of interest  due, and demand  payment of his
estimate   (less  any  payment   under  Section   79-4-13.25),   or  reject  the
corporation's  offer under  Section  79-4-13.27  and demand  payment of the fair
value of his shares and interest due, if:

     (1)  The  dissenter  believes  that  the  amount  paid  under  Section
     79-4-13.25 or offered  under Section  79-4-13.27 is less than the fair
     value  of  his  shares  or  that  the  interest  due  is   incorrectly
     calculated;

     (2) The  corporation  fails to make payment under  Section  79-4-13.25
     within sixty (60) days after the date set for demanding payment; or

     (3) The corporation,  having failed to take the proposed action,  does
     not  return  the  deposited   certificates  or  release  the  transfer
     restrictions  imposed on uncertificated  shares within sixty (60) days
     after the date set for demanding payment.

(b) A dissenter  waives his right to demand payment under this section unless he
notifies the  corporation  of his demand in writing under  subsection (a) within
thirty (30) days after the corporation made or offered payment for his shares.


Section 79-4-13.30. Court action.

(a) If a demand for payment  under Section  79-4-13.28  remains  unsettled,  the
corporation  shall commence a proceeding  within sixty (60) days after receiving
the payment  demand and petition  the court to  determine  the fair value of the
shares and accrued interest. If the corporation

                                       6
<PAGE>
does not commence the  proceeding  within the 60-day  period,  it shall pay each
dissenter whose demand remains unsettled the amount demanded.

(b) The  corporation  shall commence the proceeding in the chancery court of the
county where a corporation's  principal  office (of, if none in this state,  its
registered  office) is  located.  If the  corporation  is a foreign  corporation
without a registered  office in this state,  it shall commence the proceeding in
the county in this state where the registered office of the domestic corporation
merged  with or whose  shares  were  acquired  by the  foreign  corporation  was
located.

(c) The corporation shall make all dissenters  (whether or not residents of this
state) whose demands remain unsettled  parties to the proceeding as in an action
against their shares and all parties must be served with a copy of the petition.
Nonresidents  may be served by registered or certified mail or by publication as
provided by law.

(d) The  jurisdiction  of the court in which the  proceeding is commenced  under
subsection  (b) is plenary  and  exclusive.  The court may  appoint  one or more
persons as appraisers to receive evidence and recommend decision on the question
of fair value.  The appraisers have the powers described in the order appointing
them,  or in any  amendment  to it.  The  dissenters  are  entitled  to the same
discovery rights as parties in other civil proceedings.

(e) Each  dissenter  made a party to the  proceeding is entitled to judgment (1)
for the  amount,  if any, by which the court finds the fair value of his shares,
plus interest,  exceeds the amount paid by the corporation,  or (2) for the fair
value,  plus  accrued  interest,  of his  after-acquired  shares  for  which the
corporation elected to withhold payment under Section 79-4-13.27.

Section 79-4-13.31.  Court costs and counsel fees.

(a) The court in an appraisal  proceeding  commenced  under  Section  79-4-13.30
shall  determine  all  costs  of  the   proceeding,   including  the  reasonable
compensation and expenses of appraisers  appointed by the court. The court shall
assess the costs against the corporation, except that the court may assess costs
against all or some of the dissenters, in the amounts the court finds equitable,
to the extent the court finds the dissenters acted  arbitrarily,  vexatiously or
not in good faith in demanding payment under Section 79-4-13.28

(b) The court may also  assess the fees and  expenses of counsel and experts for
the respective parties, in amounts the courts finds equitable:

     (1) Against the  corporation  and in favor of any or all dissenters if
     the court finds the corporation did not substantially  comply with the
     requirements of Section 79-4-13.20 through 79-4-13.28; or

     (2) Against  either the  corporation  or a dissenter,  in favor of any
     other party,  if the court finds that the party  against whom the fees
     and expenses are assessed acted
                                       7
<PAGE>
     arbitrarily,  vexatiously  or not in good  faith  with  respect to the
     rights provided by this article.

(c) If the court finds that the  services of counsel for any  dissenter  were of
substantial benefit to other dissenters  similarly  situated,  and that the fees
for those services should not be assessed against the corporation, the court may
award to these counsel reasonable fees to be paid out of the amounts awarded the
dissenters who were benefited.


                                       8
<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX C

                                 Mercer Capital
                          5860 Ridgeway Center Parkway
                                   Suite 410
                         Memphis, Tennessee 38120-4048
                              Phone (901)685-2120
                            Telecopier (901)685-2199

                                   June 5, 1995


Board of Directors
c/o Mr. Robert B. Neal
President and Chief Executive Officer
Dixie National Corporation
3760 I-55 North
Jackson, Mississippi 39211

       RE:  Fairness Opinion Related to the Acquisition of Dixie National
            Life Insurance Company by Standard Life Insurance Company of
            Indiana.

Dear Board Members:

Mercer Capital  Management,  Inc.  ("Mercer  Capital") was retained on March 13,
1995 by the Board of  Directors  of Dixie  National  Corporation  ("Dixie",  the
"Company", "the Seller" or "DNC"), Jackson,  Mississippi, to provide its opinion
of the fairness from a financial point of view to Dixie's common shareholders of
the proposed  acquisition  of the Company's  1,489,904  shares of (99.33% of the
1,500,000  outstanding)  Dixie  National  Life  Insurance  Company  ("DNLIC") by
Standard  Life  Insurance  Company  of  Indiana  ("SLIC"  or  "the  Purchaser"),
Indianapolis, Indiana, a subsidiary of Standard Management Company ("SMC").

Mercer Capital is routinely engaged in the valuation of businesses in connection
with mergers and  acquisitions,  estate and gift tax compliance,  employee stock
ownership  plans,  and  a  variety  of  corporate   planning  and  restructuring
activities.

THE TRANSACTION

The Stock Purchase Agreement ("the Agreement") dated April 18, 1995 among Dixie,
DNLIC, and SLIC includes, among other things, the following provisions:

     *    Dixie will receive an aggregate  purchase  price of  $8,583,746 -
          $3,000,000  of which  will be paid in cash at  closing;  the Term
          Loan of  $3,688,746  owed by Dixie to SLIC will be canceled;  and
          Convertible  Notes of $1,720,000  would be assumed by SLIC;  and,
          the first  $175,000  recovered by DNLIC from agent debit balances
          will be paid to DNC.





                   AMERICA'S BUSINESS VALUATION RESOURCE
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
June 5, 1995
Page 2

     *    DNLIC  will also  honor its lease  with  Vanguard,  Inc.  through
          December 31, 1996 at the rate of $15,000 per month. For the first
          six months after closing, SLIC (or its subsidiaries) will pay for
          routine maintenance,  casualty insurance, ad valorem taxes not to
          exceed $5,000 per month. It is contemplated that SLIC will vacate
          the  building  within six months of closing  except for space for
          two  executives  and one  secretary.  


     *    Among other things, the Agreement  includes certain  requirements
          which are a condition to closing:

          1.   The purchase price will be decreased by the amount that
               Adjusted Capital and Surplus is less than $6,410,000 or
               increased  by the  amount  that  Adjusted  Capital  and
               Surplus is greater than  $6,500,000.  Interest  will be
               paid by the party which owes an  increment or decrement
               in the purchase price.

          2.   Prior to  closing,  SLIC and DNC  will  jointly  pursue
               settlement of the litigation  styled as Becker v. Dixie
               National Life Insurance Company.  The first $600,000 of
               settlement  costs shall be  absorbed by the  Purchaser.
               Any costs of settlement  greater than $600,000 but less
               than  $1,000,000 will be borne equally by the Purchaser
               and  Seller.  Any  costs  of  settlement  greater  than
               $1,000,000 will be borne by the Purchaser. If the costs
               of settlement are less than $500,000, then the purchase
               price  shall  be  increased  by 50%  of the  difference
               between  the  costs of  settlement  and  $500,000.  The
               Seller will have no obligation for any settlement costs
               after closing.

          3.   The  Seller  will  purchase  at book  value at  closing
               DNLIC's entire  investment in Fry-Guy,  Inc.  equipment
               and leases and Cambria  loans and release the Purchaser
               from any obligation to make future loans or investments
               related to these activities.

REVIEW PROCEDURES

We have reviewed the documents listed in Exhibit 1. In conjunction with previous
negotiations  between DNC and SMC we have  visited with  management  of Dixie in
Jackson, Mississippi and management of SMC in Indianapolis,  Indiana. There have
been  numerous  subsequent  meetings  with  management of Dixie in person and by
telephone.  These visits provided an important  perspective on the operations of
the  Company  and DNLIC in order to gain  greater  insight  into  each  entity's
historical and prospective financial performance.

Mercer  Capital  did not  compile or audit the  financial  statements  of DNC or
DNLIC,  nor have we  independently  verified the information  reviewed.  We have
relied upon such  information  as being  complete  and  accurate in all material
respects.  We have not made an appraisal of the  Company's  assets,  nor have we
determined the liquidation value of the Company's assets.
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
June 5, 1995
Page 3

IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS OF THE TRANSACTION

The following  factors were  considered with respect to Dixie and Dixie National
Life Insurance Company:

     *    The historical financial condition and performance of the Company
          as measured by Generally Accepted Accounting  Principles ("GAAP")
          and  Dixie  National  Life  Insurance   Company  as  measured  by
          Statutory Accounting Principles ("SAP");

     *    Growth potential in the relevant markets;

     *    Historical dividend performance;

     *    Prior  efforts to find a buyer for DNC or DNLIC or other  sources
          of financing;

     *    Statutory capital requirements;

     *    Potential effect on statutory capital of DNLIC of pending Charter
          Contract litigation;

     *    Prospective  financial  performance and future cash flow needs of
          the Company; and,

     *    Trading in the Company's stock including price and volume.

The following factors regarding pricing and terms are considered relevant to the
transaction:

     *    Total consideration and terms received by Dixie for the shares of
          DNLIC including probable  adjustments to the purchase price based
          upon statutory financial results through closing;

     *    Potential  financial  impact on Dixie and its  shareholders if no
          satisfactory   resolution   to   the   Company's   debt   service
          requirements can be obtained;

     *    Potential  value to be  received  by a  shareholder  of Dixie who
          dissents  from the  transaction  and  receives  fair value  under
          Mississippi law;

     *    Review of the pricing of publicly traded insurance companies with
          similar lines of business;

     *    Review  of   transactions   involving  the  sale  of  controlling
          interests of small insurance companies; and,

     *    Prior efforts by management to find a buyer of Dixie or to obtain
          new capital.
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
June 5, 1995
Page 4

CONCLUSION

Based upon our  analysis of Dixie  National  Corporation,  Dixie  National  Life
Insurance  Company,  and the  pricing  and terms of the  transaction,  it is our
opinion  that  the  transaction  is fair to the  shareholders  of  Dixie  from a
financial point of view.

                                   Sincerely yours,

                                   MERCER CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.

                                   /s/Kenneth W. Patton
                                   Kenneth W. Patton, ASA
                                   Executive Vice President

<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX 1


The following documents were reviewed in the preparation of this opinion.

     1.   Stock Purchase Agreement dated April 18, 1995;
     2.   Draft Proxy  Statement  dated June 2, 1995 for annual  meeting of
          shareholders;
     3.   Audited financial  statements for Dixie National  Corporation for
          the fiscal  years  ended  December  31,  1990-94 as  prepared  by
          DeMiller,  Denny,  Word & Co.  (1990-91)  and the Horne CPA Group
          (1992-94)
     4.   Forms 10-K for Dixie  National  Corporation  for the fiscal years
          ended December 31, 1990-94
     5.   Forms 8-K for Dixie  National  Corporation  dated  March 6, 1995,
          September 30, 1994,  September 16, 1994,  July 22, 1994, and June
          7, 1994.
     6.   Forms 10-Q for Dixie National  Corporation for the quarters ended
          March 31, 1994, June 30, 1994,  September 30, 1994, and March 31,
          1995.
     7.   Annual  Statement of Dixie  National  Life  Insurance  Company as
          prepared for the Insurance Department of the State of Mississippi
          for the fiscal years ended  December 31,  1990-94 and the quarter
          ended March 31, 1995.
     8.   Annual  reports  for Dixie  National  Corporation  for the fiscal
          years ended December 31, 1990-93: and,
     9.   Such other documents as were necessary to complete the opinion.

<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX D

                           DIXIE NATIONAL CORPORATION

                             1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

     As used  herein,  terms have the meaning  hereinafter  set forth unless the

context should clearly indicate the contrary:

     (a)  "Board"  shall  mean the Board of  Directors  of the  Company,  or the

Executive Committee of such Board;

     (b)  "Business  Days" shall mean for  calculation  purposes the days of the

week in which  the New York  Stock  Exchange  conducts  and is open for  regular

trading activity;

     (c) "Committee" shall mean the  Administrative  Committee  appointed by the

Board to oversee the administration of this Plan;

     (d)  "Company"  shall  mean  Dixie  National  Corporation,   a  Mississippi

corporation;

     (e)  "Director" shall mean a member of the Board;

     (f) "Fair  market  value" shall mean the average of the bid and asked price

at which the Stock is listed in the NASDAQ quotation system on the day an Option

is granted  hereunder or, in the absence of any reported  quote on such day, the

first preceding day on which there was such a quote available;

     (g)  "Grant"  means the  issuance  of an Option  hereunder  to an  Optionee

entitling  such Optionee to acquire Stock on the terms and  conditions set forth

in a Stock Option Agreement to be entered into with the Optionee;
<PAGE>
     (h) "Incentive  Stock Option" shall mean a compensatory  Option provided to

an employee of the  Company  giving him or her the right to purchase  Stock at a

predetermined  price  under a plan  the  meets  certain  Internal  Revenue  Code

requirements.

     (i) "Key Employee" shall mean a Company employee who in the judgment of the

Committee has the ability to positively  affect the  profitability  and economic

well-being of the Company.

     (j) "Option"  shall mean the right  granted to an Optionee to acquire Stock

of the Company pursuant to the Plan;

     (k)  "Optionee"  shall mean an employee  of the  Company or a  non-employee

Director of the Company to whom a Grant hereunder has been made;

     (l) "Plan"  shall mean the Dixie  National  Corporation  1995 Stock  Option

Plan, the terms of which are herein set forth;

     (m) "Stock" shall mean the common stock of the Company or, in the event the

outstanding  shares of stock are hereafter  changed into or exchanged for shares

of a different  stock or  securities  of the Company or some other  corporation,

such other stock or securities;

     (n) "Stock Option  Agreement" shall mean the agreement  between the Company

and an Optionee under which an Optionee may acquire Stock pursuant to the Plan.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                    THE PLAN

     2.1. NAME.

     The Plan  shall be known as the  "Dixie  National  Corporation  1995  Stock

Option Plan".

                                       2
<PAGE>
     2.2. PURPOSE.

     The purpose of the Plan is to advance the business and  development  of the

Company and its  shareholders  by affording to the Key  Employees of the Company

and non-employee Directors of the Company the opportunity to acquire a propriety

interest in the Company by the grant of Options to such persons  under the terms

herein set forth. By so doing, the Company seeks to motivate, retain and attract

highly  competent,  highly  motivated  personnel  whose  judgment,   initiative,

leadership and continued  efforts will contribute to the success of the Company.

The Options to be granted  hereunder are either "Incentive Stock Options" within

the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for

certain Key Employees or  non-statutory  Options made available to  non-employee

Directors.  However,  at no time will the Plan be  considered  or  operate  as a

"tandem"  option  plan or will any Key  Employee  or  non-employee  Director  be

subjected to a tandem option provision.

     2.3. EFFECTIVE DATE.

     The Plan  shall  become  effective  upon its  adoption  by the Board of the

Company.  Thereafter,  the Plan shall be  submitted to the  shareholders  of the

Company for approval within 12 months after the date said Plan is adopted by the

Board.

     2.4  TERMINATION DATE.

     The Plan shall  terminate  ten (10) years from the date the Plan is adopted

by the Board of the Company and at which such time any Options granted hereunder

shall be void and of no further force or effect.

                                       3
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE III

                                  PARTICIPANTS

     Any Key Employee or non-employee  Director of the Company shall be eligible

to be granted an Option  under the Plan.  The  Committee  shall  adopt  criteria

pursuant to which Options  shall be granted.  The Committee may grant Options to

any eligible  Key  Employee or  non-employee  Director in  accordance  with such

determinations  as the Committee may, from time to time, in its sole  discretion

make. A Director of the Company or of a  subsidiary  who is not also an employee

of the  Company  will not be  eligible to receive an  "Incentive  Stock  Option"

pursuant to the Plan. Non-employee Directors are only eligible for non-statutory

Options which do not qualify under Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue Code, as

amended.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                 ADMINISTRATION

     4.1.  DUTIES AND POWERS OF THE COMMITTEE.

     The Plan shall be  administered  by the  Committee.  Subject to the express

provisions  of the  Plan,  the  Committee  shall  have the sole  discretion  and

authority to determine from among eligible persons those to whom and the time or

times at which  Options  may be granted  and the number of shares of Stock to be

subject to each  Option.  Subject to the  express  provisions  of the Plan,  the

Committee  shall  also  have  complete  authority  to  interpret  the  Plan,  to

prescribe,  amend  and  rescind  rules  and  regulations  related  to it  and to

determine the details and provisions of each Stock Option  Agreement and to make

all other  determinations  necessary or advisable in the  administration  of the

Plan.

                                       4
<PAGE>
     4.2.  RECORDS OF PROCEEDINGS.

     The Committee shall maintain  written minutes of its actions which shall be

maintained among the records of the Company.

     4.3.  MAJORITY.

     A majority of the members of the  Committee  shall  constitute a quorum and

any  action  taken by a majority  present  at such  meeting at which a quorum is

present or any action taken without a meeting evidenced by a writing executed by

all members of the Committee shall constitute the action of the Committee.

     4.4.  COMPANY ASSISTANCE.

     The Company  shall supply full and timely  information  to the Committee in

all matters relating to eligible  Optionees,  their status,  death,  retirement,

disability  and such other  pertinent  facts as the Committee  may require.  The

Company shall furnish the Committee  with such clerical and other  assistance as

is necessary in the  performance  of its duties.  All expenses of the  Committee

shall be paid by the Company.

     4.5.  COMPOSITION OF THE COMMITTEE.

     The Committee shall consist of three (3) individuals appointed by the Board

from among its members.  Appointment to the Committee shall be for a term of one

(1) year.  Any  individual  designated  and serving as a member of the Committee

shall be entitled to  indemnification in relation to such service by the Company

to the fullest extent called for or permitted by Article XI of the Bylaws of the

Company.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     4.6  COMMITTEE AUTHORITY.

     If the Committee  deems it necessary or in the best interest of the Company

or its  shareholders,  the Committee may impose  restrictions  on the subsequent

transferability of Stock issued pursuant to Options to be granted hereunder.  In

the event of the imposition of any such conditions,  the Stock of the Company to

be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall have any such restrictions

prominently displayed as a legend on such certificate.

                                   ARTICLE V

                      SHARES OF STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

     5.1. LIMITATION.

     Subject to adjustment pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.3 hereof, the

number of shares of Stock  which  may be  issued  and sold  hereunder  shall not

exceed  500,000  shares,  with  400,000  shares  reserved  for  issuance  to Key

Employees  pursuant to their Incentive Stock Options and 100,000 shares reserved

for issuance to non-employee  Directors pursuant to their non-statutory Options.

The Company shall take such action as necessary to reserve the aforesaid  number

of shares for issuance pursuant to the Plan.

     5.2.  OPTIONS GRANTED UNDER THE PLAN.

     Shares of Stock with respect to which an Option is granted  hereunder,  but

which  lapses  prior  to  exercise,  shall be  considered  available  for  grant

hereunder.  Therefore,  if Options  granted  hereunder  shall  terminate for any

reason  without  being wholly  exercised,  new Options may be granted  hereunder

covering the number of shares to which such terminated Options related.

                                       6
<PAGE>

     5.3.  ANTI-DILUTION.

     In the event the Stock  subject to  Options  hereunder  is changed  into or

exchanged  for a different  number or kind of stock or other  securities  of the

Company  or of  another  organization  by reason  of  merger,  consolidation  or

reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination of shares, stock

split or stock dividend;

          (a) The  aggregate  number  and kind of  shares  of Stock  subject  to

Options which may be granted hereunder shall be adjusted appropriately;

          (b) Rights under outstanding Options granted hereunder, both as to the

number of subject shares and the Option price, shall be adjusted appropriately;

          (c) Where  dissolution  or liquidation of the Company or any merger of

consolidation  in which the Company is not a surviving  corporation is involved,

each  outstanding  Option shall  terminate and the Optionee  holding such Option

shall have the right immediately prior to such dissolution,  liquidation, merger

or combination  to exercise his Option,  in whole or in part, to the extent that

it shall not have been  exercised  without  regard to any  installment  exercise

provision.

     The manner of  application of the foregoing  provision  shall be determined

solely by the Committee and any such  adjustment may provide for the elimination

of fractional share interests.

                                   ARTICLE VI

     6.1. OPTIONS.

     Each Option granted hereunder shall be evidenced by minutes of a meeting of

or the written consent of the Committee and by a written Stock Option  Agreement

dated as of the

                                       7
<PAGE>
date of grant and  executed  by the Company and the  Optionee,  which  agreement

shall set forth such terms and  conditions as may be determined by the Committee

consistent with the Plan.

     6.2.  PARTICIPATION, LIMITATIONS.

     (a) Options  qualifying as "incentive  stock  options" under Section 422 of

the Internal  Revenue Code, as amended,  may be granted from time to time to Key

Employees of the Company to purchase shares of the Company's Stock.

          (1) The maximum number of shares for which an Option or Options may be

granted under the Plan to any one Key Employee shall be 100,000.

     (b)  Options  defined as  non-statutory  Options  which do not  satisfy the

requisites  of Section 422 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  as amended,  may be

granted  from time to time only to  non-employee  Directors  of the  Company  to

purchase shares of the Company's Stock.

          (1) The maximum number of shares for which an Option or Options may be

granted under the Plan to any one participating  non-employee  Director shall be

10,000.

     6.3.  OPTION PRICE.

     The per share  Option  price for the stock  subject to each Option shall be

determined by the Committee,  but the per share exercise price shall not be less

than the fair market value of the Stock on the date the Option is granted.

     6.4.  OPTION PERIOD.

     Each Option  granted  hereunder  must be granted within five (5) years from

the effective date of the Plan. The period for the exercise of each Option shall

be determined

                                       8
<PAGE>

by the  Committee,  but in no instance  shall such period  exceed five (5) years

from the date of grant of the Option.  The Committee  may prescribe  such period

after grant of an Option  which must expire  before such Option may be exercised

and the Committee deems appropriate.

     6.5.  OPTION EXERCISE.

     (a) Options  granted  hereunder  may not be exercised  until and unless the

Optionee  shall meet the conditions  precedent  established by the Committee for

the Key Employees and the non-employee Directors.

     (b) Options may be exercised by Key  Employees  for whole shares only.  Key

Employee  Optionees  may  exercise  20% of  their  Options  in  each  year  on a

cumulative  basis with any portion not exercised to be carried over for exercise

in subsequent  years.  Options shall be exercised by written notice of intent to

exercise  the Option with respect to a specified  number of shares  delivered to

the Company at its  principal  office and payment in full to the Company at said

office of the amount of the Option  price for the number of shares with  respect

to which the Option(s) are then being exercised.

     (c) Options may be exercised  by  participating  non-employee  Directors in

whole at any time,  or in part from time to time with  respect to whole  shares,

and can be  exercised  to the full extent of his Option at any time after grant,

and shall be exercised  by written  notice of intent to exercise the Option with

respect  to a  specified  number  of  shares  delivered  to its  Company  at its

principal office and payment in full to the Company at said office of the amount

of the Option price for the number of shares with respect to which the Option(s)

are then being exercised.

                                       9
<PAGE>
     (d) No person to whom Options are granted  hereunder shall receive Options,

first  exercisable  during any single calendar year, for Stock,  the fair market

value of which  (determined  at the time of the  grant of the  Options)  exceeds

$100,000.00.

     (e) No  Option  may be  exercised  by any  Optionee  unless a  registration

statement  covering the Stock  subject  thereto has been filed with and declared

effective  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  and  an  appropriate

registration or exemption  therefrom,  is in effect or available in the state of

residence of the exercising Optionee.

     6.6.  NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION.

     No Option or any right relative thereto shall be transferred by an Optionee

otherwise  than by will or by the laws of descent and  distribution.  During the

lifetime of an Optionee, the Option shall be exercisable only by him or her.

     6.7. EFFECT OF DEATH OR OTHER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR DIRECTORSHIP.

     (a) If the Key Employee's or non-employee  Director's relationship with the

Company shall be  terminated,  with or without  cause,  or by the act of the Key

Employee or non-employee Director, the Optionee's right to exercise such Options

shall  terminate  and all rights  thereunder  shall cease ten (10) Business Days

after  the date on which  such  person's  association  is  terminated.  Provided

however,  that if the  Optionee  shall die or  become  permanently  and  totally

disabled while employed by or serving as a non-employee Director of the Company,

as solely  determined  by the Committee in  accordance  with its policies,  then

either his or her personal  representatives or a transferee under the Optionee's

will or  pursuant  to the laws of  descent  and  distribution,  or the  disabled

Optionee  may  exercise  the  Option  in full one (1) year from the date of such

death or disability.  In the 

                                       10
<PAGE>

case of an Optionee's  retirement in accordance  with the Company's  established

retirement  policy,  such Option  shall remain  exercisable  by the Optionee for

three (3) months from the date of such retirement.

     (b) No transfer of an Option by the Optionee by will or the laws of descent

and distribution shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Company shall

have been furnished with a written notice thereof and an  authenticated  copy of

the will  and/or such other  evidence as the  Committee  may deem  necessary  to

establish the validity of the transfer and the  acceptance by the  transferee or

transferees of the terms and conditions of such Option.

     6.8.  RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER.

     An  Optionee  or a  transferee  of an  Option  shall  have no  rights  as a

shareholder of the Company with respect to any shares subject to any unexercised

Options.

     6.9. REQUIRED FILINGS.

     A  Optionee  to whom an  Option is  granted  under the terms of the Plan is

required to file appropriate  reports with the Internal  Revenue  Service.  As a

condition of the receipt of an Option  hereunder,  Optionees shall agree to make

necessary filings with the Internal Revenue Service.  The Committee shall assist

and cooperate with Optionees by providing the necessary information required for

compliance of this condition.

                                  ARTICLE VII

                               STOCK CERTIFICATES

     The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any  certificate  for

shares of Stock purchased upon the exercise of any Option granted hereunder,  or

any portion thereof,

                                       11
<PAGE>

prior to the  obtaining of any  approval or clearance  from any federal or state

governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, determine

to be necessary or advisable.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

              TERMINATION, AMENDMENT, OR MODIFICATION OF THE PLAN

     The Board may at any time, upon recommendation of the Committee, terminate,

and may at any time and from time to time and in any respect amend or modify the

Plan.  Provided  however,  if the Plan has been submitted to and approved by the

shareholders  of the  Company no such  action by the Board may be taken  without

approval of the majority of the shareholders of the Company which: (a) increases

the total number of shares of Stock subject to the Plan,  except as contemplated

in Section 5.3 hereof;  (b) changes the manner of determining  the Option price;

or (c) withdraws the administration of the Plan from the Committee.

                                   ARTICLE IX

     9.1.  EMPLOYMENT.

     Nothing in the Plan or any Option granted  hereunder or in any Stock Option

Agreement  shall confer a upon  non-employee  Director  receiving such Option or

Stock  Option  Agreement  the status as an  employee  of the  Company.  Further,

nothing in the Plan or any Option granted  hereunder  shall in any manner create

in any Optionee  the right to continue  their  relationship  with the Company or

create any vested interest in such relationship, including employment.

     9.2.  OTHER COMPENSATION PLANS.

                                       12
<PAGE>
     The  adoption  of the  Plan  shall  not  effect  any  other  stock  option,

incentive,  or other  compensation  plan in effect for the Company or any of its

subsidiaries,  nor shall the Plan preclude the Company or any subsidiary thereof

from  establishing  any  other  forms of  incentive  or other  compensation  for

employees or non-employee Directors of the Company, or any subsidiary thereof.

     9.3.  PLAN EFFECT.

     The Plan shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company.

     9.4.  TENSE.

     When used herein nouns in the singular shall include the plural.

     9.5.  HEADINGS OF SECTIONS ARE NOT PART OF THE PLAN.

     Headings of articles and sections  hereof are inserted for  convenience and

reference and constitute no part of the Plan.

                                       13
<PAGE>
                          STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

     This Agreement is made this the ____ day of ________, 199___, between DIXIE

NATIONAL    CORPORATION,     a    Mississippi    corporation    ("Dixie")    and

______________________ ("Employee").

     WHEREAS, Employee is employed by Dixie and is one of Dixie's Key Employees.

Dixie  considers  it  desirable  and in the  best  interest  of  Dixie  and  its

shareholders  that  Employee  be given an  inducement  to acquire a  proprietary

interest in Dixie and an added incentive to advance the interest of Dixie,  such

inducement  and  incentive  being in the form of an  option  (the  "Option")  to

purchase shares of the common stock of Dixie (the "Stock"), and

     WHEREAS,  the Option  hereby  granted is granted  pursuant to the terms and

provisions  of Dixie  National  Corporation  1995 Stock  Option Plan adopted the

26th day of May, 1995, and

     WHEREAS,  any  capitalized  term not  defined  herein  shall  have the same

meaning as defined in the Dixie National Corporation 1995 Stock Option Plan, and

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises it is agreed as follows:

     1. GRANT OF OPTION. Dixie hereby grants to Employee the right and Option to

acquire _____ shares of the Stock at a purchase  price of $_________  per share,

such price being not less than the fair market value of the Stock as of the date

hereof.  The Option hereby  granted is to be exercised in the manner and subject

to the conditions hereinafter provided.

                                       1
<PAGE>
     2.  TIME OF  EXERCISE  OF  OPTION.  This  Option  may be  exercised  by Key

Employees  for whole shares only.  Key  Employee  Optionees  may exercise 20% of

their Options in each year on a cumulative  basis  commencing on the ____ day of

_________, 199__, with any portion not exercised to be carried over for exercise

in  subsequent  years.  The right of the Employee to exercise the Option  hereby

granted is  conditioned  upon the fact that the Employee is an employee of Dixie

or a  subsidiary  of Dixie as of the time of the  granting  of this  option  and

through and  including  the date of exercise,  except in the event of the death,

disability or retirement of the Employee as provided in Paragraph 4 hereof.

     3. METHOD OF  EXERCISE.  This Option may be  exercised  by Employee  giving

written  notice to Dixie at its  principal  place of business  accompanied  by a

check in payment of the  purchase  price for the Stock as to which the Option is

being exercised.  Dixie shall make prompt delivery of such Stock,  provided that

if any law or regulation  requires  Dixie to take any action with respect to the

Stock as to which the Option is being  exercised,  the date of  delivery of such

Stock shall be extended for the period necessary to take such action.

     4.  TERMINATION OF OPTION.  Except as otherwise  stated herein,  the Option

hereby granted, to the extent not previously exercised, shall terminate ten (10)

business days after the date on which Employee's  continuous employment by Dixie

is terminated, provided:

          (a) That in the event of an  Employee's  death or permanent  and total

disability  while in the employ of Dixie,  the  disabled  Employee or his or her

personal

                                       2
<PAGE>
representatives may exercise this Option in full at any time within one (1) year

following the date of an Employee's disability or death; or

          (b) Three (3) months after the date on which the Employee's continuous

employment  with Dixie  ceases due to the  Employee's  retirement  from Dixie in

accordance with Dixie's established retirement policy.

     The term "business  days" shall mean for  calculation  purposes the days of

the week in which the New York Stock  Exchange  conducts and is open for regular

trading activity.

     5. LIMITATIONS. In accordance with the terms of Section 422 of the Internal

Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  the Option  granted  un.der this agreement is

limited so that the  aggregate  fair market value of the stock which an Employee

may first  purchase  hereunder in any calendar year does not exceed  $100,000.00

based on such fair market value as of the date of grant of the Option.

     6. RECLASSIFICATION, CONSOLIDATION OR MERGER. If and to the extent that the

number of issued  common  shares of Dixie  shall be  increased  or  reduced by a

change in par  value,  split-up,  reclassification,  distribution  of a dividend

payable in shares, or by any similar occurrence, the number of shares subject to

this  Option  and the  purchase  price  to be paid  for  such  shares  shall  be

proportionately adjusted as provided in the Plan.

     7.  RIGHTS  PRIOR TO  EXERCISE  OF  OPTION.  The Option  hereby  granted is

non-transferrable  by  Employee  except as  otherwise  provided  in  Paragraph 4

hereof.  During the lifetime of Employee,  the Options  hereby  granted shall be

exercisable only by the Employee. Employee shall have no rights as a shareholder

in the shares of Stock  purchasable  pursuant to Options hereunder until payment

of the  purchase  price and  delivery

                                       3
<PAGE>

to the Employee of such shares as herein provided.

     8. APPROVAL BY SHAREHOLDERS. The granting of the Option as provided in this

Agreement is being made  pursuant to a Stock Option Plan adopted by the Board of

Directors  of Dixie on the 26th day of May,  1995.  Such Plan was  approved by a

majority the  shareholders of Dixie on the ___ day of  ____________,  1995. Such

Stock Option Plan includes an aggregate of 500,000 shares of the common stock of

Dixie which may be issued under options granted  pursuant to the Plan.  Employee

is a member of the class of employees  eligible under the provisions of the Plan

to receive such options.

     9.  RESTRICTED  TRANSFERABILITY  OF STOCK.  Any sale or  transfer  of Stock

purchased  pursuant to this Option must be made in  accordance  with  applicable

federal and state securities laws.

     10.  BINDING  EFFECT.  This  Agreement  shall be  binding  upon the  heirs,

executors, administrators and successors of the parties hereto.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have hereto  caused this  Agreement to be

executed as first hereinabove set forth.


DIXIE NATIONAL CORPORATION

By:______________________


_________________________
EMPLOYEE


                                       4
<PAGE>
                          STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

     This Agreement is made this the ____ day of ________, 199___, between DIXIE

NATIONAL    CORPORATION,     a    Mississippi    corporation    ("Dixie")    and

______________________ ("Director").

     WHEREAS,  Director  is  not  employed  by  Dixie  but  is  one  of  Dixie's

non-employee Directors. Dixie considers it desirable and in the best interest of

Dixie and its  shareholders  that  Director be given an  inducement to acquire a

proprietary  interest in Dixie and an added incentive to advance the interest of

Dixie,  such  inducement  and  incentive  being  in the form of an  option  (the

"Option") to purchase shares of the common stock of Dixie (the "Stock"), and

     WHEREAS,  the Option  hereby  granted is granted  pursuant to the terms and

provisions  of Dixie  National  Corporation  1995 Stock  Option Plan adopted the

26th day of May, 1995, and

     WHEREAS,  any  capitalized  term not  defined  herein  shall  have the same

meaning as defined in the Dixie National Corporation 1995 Stock Option Plan, and

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises it is agreed as follows:

     1. GRANT OF OPTION. Dixie hereby grants to Director the right and Option to

acquire _____ shares of the Stock at a purchase  price of $_________  per share,

such price being not less than the fair market value of the Stock as of the date

hereof.  The Option hereby  granted is to be exercised in the manner and subject

to the conditions hereinafter provided.

                                       1
<PAGE>
     2. TIME OF EXERCISE OF OPTION.  This Option may be exercised by Director as

to 100% of the shares  subject to the Option  hereby  granted  commencing on the

____ day of _________,  199__.  The right of the Director to exercise the Option

hereby granted is conditioned  upon the fact that the Director is a non-employee

Director  of Dixie or a  subsidiary  of Dixie as of the time of the  granting of

this Option and through and including the date of exercise,  except in the event

of the death,  disability or retirement of the Director as provided in Paragraph

4 hereof.

     3. METHOD OF  EXERCISE.  This Option may be  exercised  by Director  giving

written  notice to Dixie at its  principal  place of business  accompanied  by a

check in payment of the  purchase  price for the Stock as to which the Option is

being exercised.  Dixie shall make prompt delivery of such Stock,  provided that

if any law or regulation  requires  Dixie to take any action with respect to the

Stock as to which the Option is being  exercised,  the date of  delivery of such

Stock shall be extended for the period necessary to take such action.

     4.  TERMINATION OF OPTION.  Except as otherwise  stated herein,  the Option

hereby granted, to the extent not previously exercised, shall terminate upon ten

(10) business  days after the date on which  Director's  continuous  association

with Dixie is terminated, provided:

          (a) That in the event of a  Director's  death or  permanent  and total

disability while associated with Dixie, the his or her personal  representatives

or the  disabled  Director  may  exercise  this  Option in full as to any of the

shares  subject hereto which Director could have exercised at the time of his or

her  disability or death at any time within one (1) year following the date of a

Director's death or disability; or

                                       2
<PAGE>
          (b) Three (3) months after the date on which the Director's continuous

association  with Dixie ceases due to the Director's  retirement  from the Dixie

Board of Directors in accordance with Dixie's established retirement policy.

     The term "business  days" shall mean for  calculation  purposes the days of

the week in which the New York Stock  Exchange  conducts and is open for regular

trading activity.

     5. RECLASSIFICATION, CONSOLIDATION OR MERGER. If and to the extent that the

number of issued  common  shares of Dixie  shall be  increased  or  reduced by a

change in par  value,  split-up,  reclassification,  distribution  of a dividend

payable in shares, or by any similar occurrence, the number of shares subject to

this  Option  and the  purchase  price  to be paid  for  such  shares  shall  be

proportionately adjusted.

     6.  RIGHTS  PRIOR TO  EXERCISE  OF  OPTION.  The Option  hereby  granted is

non-transferrable  by  Director  except as  otherwise  provided  in  Paragraph 4

hereof.  During the lifetime of Director,  the Options  hereby  granted shall be

exercisable only by the Director. Director shall have no rights as a shareholder

in the shares of Stock  purchasable  pursuant to Options hereunder until payment

of the  purchase  price and  delivery  to the  Director of such shares as herein

provided.

     7. APPROVAL BY SHAREHOLDERS. The granting of the Option as provided in this

Agreement is being made  pursuant to a Stock Option Plan adopted by the Board of

Directors  of Dixie on the 26th day of May,  1995.  Such Plan was  approved by a

majority the  shareholders of Dixie on the ___ day of  ____________,  1995. Such

Stock Option Plan includes an aggregate of 500,000 shares of the common stock of

Dixie which may be issued under options granted  pursuant to the Plan.  Director

is a member of the

                                       3
<PAGE>
class of non-employees eligible under the provisions of the Plan to receive such

options.

     8. RESTRICTED  TRANSFERABILITY  OF STOCK. Any sale or transfer of the Stock

purchased  pursuant to this Option must be in accordance with applicable federal

and state securities laws.

     9.  BINDING  EFFECT.  This  Agreement  shall be  binding  upon the  heirs,

executors, administrators and successors of the parties hereto.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have hereto  caused this  Agreement to be

executed as first hereinabove set forth.


DIXIE NATIONAL CORPORATION


By:______________________


_________________________
DIRECTOR


                                       4
<PAGE>
                           DIXIE NATIONAL CORPORATION
                 PROXY FOR 1995 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                            TO BE HELD JULY 18, 1995

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned hereby constitutes and
appoints:  S. L. Reed, Jr., T. H.  Etheridge,  and Robert B. Neal, or any two of
them, with the power of substitution, as his/her proxy to appear and vote all of
the shares of Common Stock standing in the name of the undersigned,  at the 1995
annual meeting of shareholders  of Dixie National  Corporation to be held in the
Board Room, Dixie National Life insurance Company  Building,  3760 Interstate 55
North,  Jackson,  Mississippi,  on the 18th day of July,  1995,  at 1:00 o'clock
P.M..,  (C.T.)  and at any and all  adjournments  thereof;  and the  undersigned
hereby instructs said attorneys to vote:

   1.   For (  ), against (  ) or abstain (  ) Proposal No. 1 Sale of Dixie
         National Life Insurance Company.
   2.   For (  ), against (  ) or abstain (  ) Proposal No. 2 1995 Stock Option
         Plan.
   3.   For (  ), against (  ) or abstain (  ) the Board of Directors for the
         forthcoming year to be composed of  9 members.
   4.   For ( ), or  to  withhold  such  vote ( ),  the  election  of  nine  (9)
         Directors as nominated by the Board of Directors and named in the proxy
         statement.  TO WITHHOLD  AUTHORITY  TO VOTE FOR A  PARTICULAR  NOMINEE,
         STRIKE THE NAME OR NAMES OF THE PERSON(S)  FOR WHOM YOU WISH  AUTHORITY
         TO BE WITHHELD:  Etheridge,  Haggar, Neal, Nielsen,  Pegram, Reed, Jr.,
         Ricketts, Rogers III, ___________.
   5.   For ( ), against ( ), or  abstain ( ),  ratification  of the appointment
         of Horne CPA Group as independent auditors for the year ending December
         31, 1995.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THE PROXY WILL BE VOTED AS SPECIFIED.  IF NO CHOICE IS
SPECIFIED, THE PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR PROPOSALS 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5.

The undersigned  hereby  acknowledges  receipt of the PROXY STATEMENT dated June
26, 1994.

- --------------------------------------
     Shareholder              Date

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY.



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission